20-F 1 d893415d20f.htm FORM 20-F Form 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number: 1-10110

 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

BANK BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Kingdom of Spain

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Paseo de La Castellana, 81

28046, Madrid

Spain

(Address of principal executive offices)

Ricardo Gómez Barredo

Paseo de la Castellana, 81

28046 Madrid

Spain

Telephone number +34 91 537 7000

Fax number +34 91 537 6766

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and /or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing

the right to receive one ordinary share,

par value €0.49 per share

  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, par value €0.49 per share   New York Stock Exchange*

Guarantee of Non-Cumulative Guaranteed

Preferred Securities, Series C, liquidation preference $1,000 each, of BBVA International Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal

  New York Stock Exchange**
Guarantee of Guaranteed Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2015 of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal   New York Stock Exchange***

 

* The ordinary shares are not listed for trading, but are listed only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.
** The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Non-Cumulative Guaranteed Preferred Securities of BBVA International Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).
*** The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Guaranteed Fixed Rate Senior Notes of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

The number of outstanding shares of each class of stock of the Registrant as of December 31, 2014, was:

Ordinary shares, par value €0.49 per share—6,171,338,995

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  x            No   ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ¨            No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x            No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  ¨            No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer  x            Accelerated filer  ¨            Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨   

International Financial Reporting Standards as Issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  x

   Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  ¨             Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ¨            No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

PART I

    

ITEM 1.

 

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     6   

A.

 

Directors and Senior Management

     6   

B.

 

Advisers

     6   

C.

 

Auditors

     6   

ITEM 2.

 

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     6   

ITEM 3.

 

KEY INFORMATION

     7   

A.

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     7   

B.

 

Capitalization and Indebtedness

     11   

C.

 

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

     11   

D.

 

Risk Factors

     12   

ITEM 4.

 

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

     28   

A.

 

History and Development of the Company

     28   

B.

 

Business Overview

     33   

C.

 

Organizational Structure

     60   

D.

 

Property, Plants and Equipment

     60   

E.

 

Selected Statistical Information

     60   

F.

 

Competition

     81   

ITEM 4A.

 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     82   

ITEM 5.

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

     82   

A.

 

Operating Results

     89   

B.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     128   

C.

 

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

     133   

D.

 

Trend Information

     133   

E.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     135   

F.

 

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

     135   

ITEM 6.

 

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     136   

A.

 

Directors and Senior Management

     136   

B.

 

Compensation

     143   

C.

 

Board Practices

     148   

D.

 

Employees

     154   

E.

 

Share Ownership

     158   

ITEM 7.

 

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     158   

A.

 

Major Shareholders

     158   

B.

 

Related Party Transactions

     159   

C.

 

Interests of Experts and Counsel

     160   

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     160   

A.

 

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

     160   

B.

 

Significant Changes

     161   

ITEM 9.

 

THE OFFER AND LISTING

     161   

A.

 

Offer and Listing Details

     161   

B.

 

Plan of Distribution

     168   

C.

 

Markets

     168   

D.

 

Selling Shareholders

     168   

E.

 

Dilution

     168   

F.

 

Expenses of the Issue

     169   

ITEM 10.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     169   

A.

 

Share Capital

     169   

B.

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

     169   


Table of Contents
         PAGE  

C.

 

Material Contracts

     172   

D.

 

Exchange Controls

     173   

E.

 

Taxation

     174   

F.

 

Dividends and Paying Agents

     180   

G.

 

Statement by Experts

     180   

H.

 

Documents on Display

     180   

I.

 

Subsidiary Information

     180   

ITEM 11.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     181   

ITEM 12.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     188   

A.

 

Debt Securities

     188   

B.

 

Warrants and Rights

     188   

C.

 

Other Securities

     188   

D.

 

American Depositary Shares

     189   

PART II

    

ITEM 13.

 

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     191   

ITEM 14.

 

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     191   

ITEM 15.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     191   

ITEM 16.

 

[RESERVED]

     193   

ITEM 16A.

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     193   

ITEM 16B.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

     193   

ITEM 16C.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     194   

ITEM 16D.

 

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

     195   

ITEM 16E.

 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

     195   

ITEM 16F.

 

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     195   

ITEM 16G.

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     195   

ITEM 16H.

 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

     198   

PART III

    

ITEM 17.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     198   

ITEM 18.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     198   

ITEM 19.

 

EXHIBITS

     199   

 

2


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

The terms below are used as follows throughout this report:

 

    BBVA”, “Bank”, the “Company”, the “Group” or the “BBVA Group” means Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

    BBVA Bancomer” means Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

    BBVA Compass” means BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

    Consolidated Financial Statements” means our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”).

 

    Latin America” refers to Mexico and the countries in which we operate in South America and Central America.

First person personal pronouns used in this report, such as “we”, “us”, or “our”, mean BBVA, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

In this report, “$”, “U.S. dollars”, and “dollars” refer to United States Dollars and “” and “euro” refer to Euro.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may include words such as “believe”, “expect”, “estimate”, “project”, “anticipate”, “should”, “intend”, “probability”, “risk”, “VaR”, “target”, “goal”, “objective” and similar expressions or variations on such expressions and includes statements regarding future growth rates. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. The accompanying information in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, the information under the items listed below, identifies important factors that could cause such differences:

 

    “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors”;

 

    “Item 4. Information on the Company”;

 

    “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”; and

 

    “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

Other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include, among others:

 

    general political, economic and business conditions in Spain, the European Union (“EU”), Latin America, the United States and other regions, countries or territories in which we operate;

 

3


Table of Contents
    changes in applicable laws and regulations, including increased capital and provision requirements and taxation, and steps taken towards achieving an EU fiscal and banking union;

 

    the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks in Spain, the EU, the United States, Mexico and elsewhere;

 

    changes or volatility in interest rates, foreign exchange rates (including the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate), asset prices, equity markets, commodity prices, inflation or deflation;

 

    ongoing market adjustments in the real estate sectors in Spain, Mexico and the United States;

 

    the effects of competition in the markets in which we operate, which may be influenced by regulation or deregulation;

 

    changes in consumer spending and savings habits, including changes in government policies which may influence investment decisions;

 

    adverse developments in emerging countries, in particular Latin America and Turkey, including unfavorable political and economic developments, social instability, and changes in governmental policies, including expropriation, nationalization, international ownership legislation, interest-rate caps and tax policies;

 

    our ability to hedge certain risks economically;

 

    downgrades in our credit ratings or in the Kingdom of Spain’s credit ratings;

 

    the success of our acquisitions (including the acquisition of an additional stake in Türkiye Garanti Bankası A.Ş.), divestitures, mergers and strategic alliances;

 

    our ability to make payments on certain substantial unfunded amounts relating to commitments with personnel;

 

    the performance of our international operations and our ability to manage such operations;

 

    weaknesses or failures in our Group’s internal processes, systems (including information technology systems) and security;

 

    our success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing, which depends, among other things, on our ability to anticipate events that cannot be captured by the statistical models we use; and

 

    force majeure and other events beyond our control.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to release publicly the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, including, without limitation, changes in our business or acquisition strategy or planned capital expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

4


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Accounting Principles

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 in conformity with EU-IFRS. The Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (as amended or supplemented from time to time, “Circular 4/2004”), which requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting system to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of EU-IFRS.

Differences between EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and IFRS-IASB are not material for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Accordingly, the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB.

The financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 may differ from previously reported financial information as of such dates and for such periods in our respective annual reports on Form 20-F for certain prior years, mainly as a result of the implementation of changes in the accounting standards set out in IFRS 10 and 11 that came into force in 2013. In addition, the financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 may differ from previously reported financial information as of such date and for such period in our respective annual reports on Form 20-F for certain prior years, as a result of adoption of IFRIC interpretation 21 “Levies”.

IFRIC interpretation 21 “Levies” and restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information

In May 2013, the IFRS Interpretations Committee issued IFRIC 21 (Levies) to provide guidance on when to recognize a liability for a levy imposed by a government, both for levies that are accounted for in accordance with IAS 37 (Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets) and those where the timing and amount of the levy is certain (for more information see Note 2.3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements on recent IFRS pronouncements). As adopted by the EU, IFRIC 21 is effective for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2014 and is applied retrospectively, with early application permitted. The implementation of IFRIC 21 resulted in a change in our accounting policy with respect to contributions made by us mainly to the Spanish Deposit Guarantee Fund.

In our Consolidated Financial Statements, the comparative financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was restated for comparative purposes as a result of the application at December 31, 2014 of IFRIC 21. See Note 1.3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information” for additional information on the effects of this restatement. Moreover, the comparative financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included in this Annual Report has been restated to give effect to IFRIC 21. Therefore, such information is presented on comparable basis with the financial information as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the years then ended included in this Annual Report. As a result of these restatements, the financial information included in this Annual Report as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 differs from that reported in our annual reports on Form 20-F for prior years.

Statistical and Financial Information

The following principles should be noted in reviewing the statistical and financial information contained herein:

 

    Average balances, when used, are based on the beginning and the month-end balances during each year. We do not believe that such monthly averages present trends that are materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages.

 

5


Table of Contents
    The book value of BBVA’s ordinary shares held by its consolidated subsidiaries has been deducted from equity.

 

    Unless otherwise stated, any reference to loans refers to both loans and advances.

 

    Interest income figures include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent that cash payments have been received in the period in which they are due.

 

    Financial information with respect to subsidiaries may not reflect consolidation adjustments.

 

    Certain numerical information in this Annual Report may not sum due to rounding. In addition, information regarding period-to-period changes is based on numbers which have not been rounded.

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not Applicable.

 

6


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

A. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The historical financial information set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 has been selected from, and should be read together with, the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. The audited financial statements for 2011 and 2010 are not included in this document, and they instead are derived from the respective annual reports on Form 20-F for certain prior years previously filed by us with retrospective adjustments made for the application of certain changes in accounting principles.

For information concerning the preparation and presentation of the financial information contained herein, see “Presentation of Financial Information”.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013(1)     2012 (1)     2011 (1)     2010 (1)  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Per Share/ADS Data (In Euros))  

Consolidated Statement of Income Data

          

Interest and similar income

     22,838        23,512        24,815        23,229        21,130   

Interest and similar expenses

     (8,456     (9,612     (10,341     (10,505     (7,814

Net interest income

     14,382        13,900        14,474        12,724        13,316   

Dividend income

     531        235        390        562        529   

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

     343        694        1,039        787        331   

Fee and commission income

     5,530        5,478        5,290        4,874        4,864   

Fee and commission expenses

     (1,356     (1,228     (1,134     (980     (831

Net gains(losses) on financial assets and liabilities

     1,435        1,608        1,636        1,070        1,372   

Net exchange differences

     699        903        69        410        455   

Other operating income

     4,581        4,995        4,765        4,212        3,537   

Other operating expenses

     (5,420     (5,833     (4,705     (4,019     (3,240

Gross income

     20,725        20,752        21,824        19,640        20,333   

Administration costs

     (9,414     (9,701     (9,396     (8,634     (8,007

Depreciation and amortization

     (1,145     (1,095     (978     (810     (754

Provisions (net)

     (1,142     (609     (641     (503     (475

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (4,340     (5,612     (7,859     (4,185     (4,718

Net operating income

     4,684        3,735        2,950        5,508        6,379   

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

     (297     (467     (1,123     (1,883     (489

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

     46        (1,915     3        44        41   

Negative goodwill

     —          —          376        —          1   

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

     (453     (399     (624     (271     127   

Operating profit before tax

     3,980        954        1,582        3,398        6,059   

Income tax

     (898     16        352        (158     (1,345

Profit from continuing operations

     3,082        970        1,934        3,240        4,714   

Profit from discontinued operations (net) (2)

     —          1,866        393        245        281   

Profit

     3,082        2,836        2,327        3,485        4,995   

Profit attributable to parent company

     2,618        2,084        1,676        3,004        4,606   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     464        753        651        481        389   

Per share/ADS (3) Data

          

Number of shares outstanding (at period end)

     6,171,338,995        5,785,954,443        5,448,849,545        4,903,207,003        4,490,908,285   

Profit attributable to parent company (4)

     0.44        0.36        0.30        0.62        1.10   

Dividends declared

     0.080        0.100        0.200        0.200        0.270   

 

(1) Restated for comparative purposes as a result of the application at December 31, 2014 of IFRIC 21 (Levies). See “—Restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information” below.

 

7


Table of Contents
(2) For 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, includes the capital gains from the sale of Afore Bancomer in Mexico and the South America pension fund administrators, as well as the earnings recorded by these companies up to the date of these sales.
(3) Each American Depositary Share (“ADS”) represents the right to receive one ordinary share.
(4) Calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of BBVA’s ordinary shares outstanding during the relevant period including the average number of estimated shares to be converted and, for comparative purposes, a correction factor to account for the capital increases carried out in November 2010, April 2011, October 2011, April 2012, October 2012, April 2013, October 2013, April 2014, October 2014 and December 2014, and excluding the weighted average number of treasury shares during the period (5,905 million, 5,815 million, 5,829 million, 5,093 million and 4,388 million shares in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively). With respect to the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

     As of and for Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013 (1)     2012 (1)     2011 (1)     2010 (1)  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

          

Total assets

     631,942        582,697        621,132        582,899        552,753   

Common stock

     3,024        2,835        2,670        2,403        2,201   

Loans and receivables (net)

     372,375        350,945        371,347        369,916        364,707   

Customer deposits

     319,060        300,490        282,795        272,402        275,789   

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

     72,191        74,676        98,070        96,427        102,599   

Non-controlling interest

     2,511        2,371        2,372        1,893        1,556   

Total equity

     51,609        44,565        43,661        39,917        37,439   

Consolidated ratios

          

Profitability ratios:

          

Net interest margin (2)

     2.40     2.32     2.38     2.29     2.38

Return on average total assets (3)

     0.5     0.5     0.4     0.6     0.9

Return on average total equity (4)

     5.8     4.7     4.1     8.0     15.8

Credit quality data

          

Loan loss reserve (5)

     14,277        14,996        14,159        9,139        9,473   

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables (net)

     3.83     4.27     3.81     2.47     2.60

Non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio) (6)

     5.98     6.95     5.1     4.0     4.1

Impaired loans and advances to customers

     22,703        25,445        19,960        15,416        15,361   

Impaired contingent liabilities to customers (7)

     413        410        312        217        324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  23,116      25,855      20,272      15,633      15,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

  352,901      338,557      356,278      351,634      348,253   

Contingent liabilities to customers

  36,970      36,183      36,891      37,126      35,816   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  389,871      374,740      393,169      388,760      384,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Information has been restated for comparative purposes as a result of the application at December 31, 2014 of IFRIC 21 (Levies). See “—Restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information” below.
(2) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average total assets.
(3) Represents profit as a percentage of average total assets.
(4) Represents profit attributable to parent company as a percentage of average equity, excluding “Non-controlling interest”.
(5) Represents impairment losses on loans and receivables to credit institutions, loans and advances to customers and debt securities. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(6) Represents the sum of impaired loans and advances to customers and impaired contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of loans and advances to customers and contingent liabilities to customers.
(7) We include contingent liabilities in the calculation of our non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio). We believe that impaired contingent liabilities should be included in the calculation of our NPA ratio where we have reason to know, as of the reporting date, that they are impaired. The credit risk associated with contingent liabilities (consisting mainly of financial guarantees provided to third-parties on behalf of our customers) is evaluated and provisioned according to the probability of default of our customers’ obligations. If impaired contingent liabilities were not included in the calculation of our NPA ratio, such ratio would generally be higher for the periods covered, amounting to approximately 6.4%, 7.5%, 5.6%, 4.4% and 4.4% as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

8


Table of Contents

Restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information

The tables set forth below reflect the impact of the implementation of the new accounting interpretation set out in IFRIC 21 (Levies) on our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2013 and on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The retroactive implementation of IFRIC 21 had no impact on our consolidated income statement for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. For more information see Note 1.3 and Annex IX to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Presentation of Financial Information—IFRIC interpretation 21 “Levies” and restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information”.

Income statement for the year ended December 31, 2013

 

     2013
As restated
     Impact of
restatement
     2013
Before restatement
 
     (Millions of Euros)  

Other operating expenses

     (5,833      (206      (5,627

Rest of other operating expenses

     (2,507      (206      (2,301

Net operating income

     3,735         (206      3,941   

Income tax

     16         62         (46

Profit from continuing operations

     970         (144      1,114   

Profit

     2,836         (144      2,981   

Profit attributable to parent company

     2,084         (144      2,228   

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2013

 

     December 31,
2013
As restated
     Impact of
restatement
     December 31,
2013
Before restatement
 
     (Millions of Euros)  

Tax assets

     11,704         122         11,582   

Deferred

     9,202         122         9,080   

Total assets

     582,697         122         582,575   

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     464,549         407         464,141   

Other financial liabilities

     6,067         408         5,659   

Total liabilities

     538,133         407         537,725   

Stockholders’ funds

     46,025         (285      46,310   

Reserves

     19,767         (141      19,908   

Accumulated reserves (losses)

     19,317         (141      19,458   

Income attributed to the parent company

     2,084         (144      2,228   

Total equity

     44,565         (285      44,850   

Total liabilities and equity

     582,697         122         582,575   

 

9


Table of Contents

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2012

 

     December 31,
2012
As restated
     Impact of
restatement
     December 31,
2012
Before restatement
 
     (Millions of Euros)  

Tax assets

     11,710         61         11,650   

Deferred

     9,859         61         9,799   

Total assets

     621,132         61         621,072   

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     490,807         202         490,605   

Other financial liabilities

     7,792         202         7,590   

Total liabilities

     577,472         202         577,270   

Stockholders’ funds

     43,473         (141      43,614   

Reserves

     19,531         (141      19,672   

Accumulated reserves (losses)

     18,580         (141      18,721   

Total equity

     43,661         (141      43,802   

Total liabilities and equity

     621,132         61         621,072   

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2011

 

     2011
As restated
     Impact of
restatement
     2011
Before restatement
 
     (Millions of Euros)  

Tax assets

     7,788         61         7,727   

Deferred

     6,328         61         6,267   

Total assets

     582,899         61         582,838   

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     465,919         202         465,717   

Other financial liabilities

     7,612         202         7,410   

Total liabilities

     542,982         202         542,780   

Reserves

     17,799         (141      17,940   

Accumulated reserves (losses)

     17,439         (141      17,580   

Total equity

     39,917         (141      40,058   

Total liabilities and equity

     582,899         61         582,838   

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2010

 

     2010
As restated
     Impact of
restatement
     2010
Before restatement
 
     (Millions of Euros)  

Tax assets

     6,664         15         6,649   

Deferred

     5,551         15         5,536   

Total assets

     552,753         15         552,738   

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     453,215         51         453,164   

Other financial liabilities

     6,647         51         6,596   

Total liabilities

     515,314         51         515,263   

Reserves

     14,324         (36      14,360   

Accumulated reserves (losses)

     14,269         (36      14,305   

Total equity

     37,439         (36      37,475   

Total liabilities and equity

     552,753         15         552,738   

 

10


Table of Contents

Exchange Rates

Spain’s currency is the euro. Unless otherwise indicated, the amounts that have been converted to euro in this Annual Report have been done so at the corresponding exchange rate published by the European Central Bank (“ECB”) on December 31 of the relevant year.

For convenience in the analysis of the information, the following tables describe, for the periods and dates indicated, information concerning the noon buying rate for euro, expressed in dollars per €1.00. The term “noon buying rate” refers to the rate of exchange for euros, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, in the City of New York for cable transfers payable in foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes.

 

Year ended December 31

   Average (1)  

2010

     1.3216   

2011

     1.4002   

2012

     1.2908   

2013

     1.3303   

2014

     1.3210   

2015 (through April 10, 2015)

     1.0957   

 

(1) Calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

 

Month ended

   High      Low  

September 30, 2014

     1.3136         1.2628   

October 31, 2014

     1.2812         1.2517   

November 30, 2014

     1.2554         1.2394   

December 31, 2014

     1.2504         1.2101   

January 31, 2015

     1.2015         1.1279   

February 28, 2015

     1.1462         1.1197   

March 31, 2015

     1.1212         1.0524   

April 30, 2015 (through April 10, 2015)

     1.1008         1.0598   

The noon buying rate for euro from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, expressed in dollars per €1.00, on April 10, 2015, was $ 1.0598.

As of December 31, 2014, approximately 43% of our assets and approximately 43% of our liabilities were denominated in currencies other than euro. See Note 2.2.16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

For a discussion of our foreign currency exposure, please see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Market Risk Management—Market Risk in Non-Trading Portfolio in 2014—Structural Risk Structural Currency Risk”.

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not Applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable.

 

11


Table of Contents
D. Risk Factors

Macroeconomic Risks

Economic conditions in the countries where the Group operates could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Despite recent improvements in certain segments of the global economy (including, to a lesser extent, the Eurozone), uncertainty remains concerning the future economic environment. The deterioration of economic conditions in the countries where the Group operates could adversely affect the cost and availability of funding for the Group, the quality of the Group’s loan and investment securities portfolios, levels of deposits and profitability, require the Group to take impairments on its exposures to the sovereign debt of one or more countries or otherwise adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the process the Group uses to estimate losses inherent in its credit exposure requires complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans. The degree of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of the Group’s estimates, which may, in turn, affect the reliability of the process and the sufficiency of the Group’s loan loss provisions.

The Group faces, among others, the following economic risks:

 

    weak economic growth or recession in the countries where it operates;

 

    deflation, mainly in Europe, or significant inflation, such as the significant inflation recently experienced by Venezuela and Argentina;

 

    changes in foreign exchange rates, such as the recent local currency devaluations in Venezuela and Argentina, as they result in changes in the reported earnings of the Group’s subsidiaries outside the Eurozone, and their assets, including their risk-weighted assets, and liabilities;

 

    a lower interest rate environment, which could lead to decreased lending margins and lower returns on assets; or a higher interest rate environment, including as a result of an increase in interest rates by the Federal Reserve, which could affect consumer debt affordability and corporate profitability;

 

    any further tightening of monetary policies, including to address upward inflationary pressures in Latin America, which could endanger a still tepid and fragile economic recovery and make it more difficult for customers of the Group’s mortgage and consumer loan products to service their debts;

 

    adverse developments in the real estate market, especially in Spain, Mexico and the United States, given the Group’s exposures to such markets;

 

    poor employment growth and structural challenges restricting employment growth, such as in Spain, where unemployment has remained relatively high, which may negatively affect the household income levels of the Group’s retail customers and may adversely affect the recoverability of the Group’s retail loans, resulting in increased loan losses;

 

    lower oil prices, which could particularly affect producing areas, such us Venezuela, Mexico, Texas or Colombia, to which we are materially exposed;

 

    the potential exit by an EU Member State from the European Monetary Union (“EMU”), which could materially adversely affect the European and global economy, cause a redenomination of financial instruments or other contractual obligations from the euro to a different currency and substantially disrupt capital, interbank, banking and other markets, among other effects; and

 

12


Table of Contents
    an eventual government default on public debt, which could affect the Group primarily in two ways: directly, through portfolio losses, and indirectly, through instabilities that a default in public debt could cause to the banking system as a whole, particularly since commercial banks’ exposure to government debt is generally high in several countries in which the Group operates;

For additional information relating to certain economic risks that the Group faces in Spain, see “—Since BBVA’s loan portfolio is highly concentrated in Spain, adverse changes affecting the Spanish economy could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition.” For additional information relating to certain economic risks that the Group faces in emerging market economies such as Latin America and Turkey, see “—The Group may be materially adversely affected by developments in the emerging markets economies where it operates.”

Any of the above risks could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Since BBVA’s loan portfolio is highly concentrated in Spain, adverse changes affecting the Spanish economy could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition.

The Group has historically developed its lending business in Spain, which continues to be its main place of business. The Group’s loan portfolio in Spain has been adversely affected by the deterioration of the Spanish economy since 2009. After rapid economic growth until 2007, Spanish GDP contracted in the period 2009-10 and 2012-13. The effects of the financial crisis were particularly pronounced in Spain given its heightened need for foreign financing as reflected by its high current account deficit, resulting from the gap between domestic investment and savings, and its public deficit. While the current account imbalance has now been corrected (with GDP growth of 1.4% in 2014) and the public deficit is diminishing, real or perceived difficulties in servicing public or private debt could increase Spain’s financing costs. In addition, unemployment levels continue to be high and a change in the current recovery of the labor market would adversely affect households’ gross disposable income.

The Spanish economy is particularly sensitive to economic conditions in the Eurozone, the main market for Spanish goods and services exports. Accordingly, an interruption in the recovery in the Eurozone might have an adverse effect on Spanish economic growth. Given the relevance of the Group’s loan portfolio in Spain, any adverse changes affecting the Spanish economy could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any decline in the Kingdom of Spain’s sovereign credit ratings could adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Since BBVA is a Spanish company with substantial operations in Spain, its credit ratings may be adversely affected by the assessment by rating agencies of the creditworthiness of the Kingdom of Spain. As a result, any decline in the Kingdom of Spain’s sovereign credit ratings could result in a decline in BBVA’s credit ratings. In addition, the Group holds a substantial amount of securities issued by the Kingdom of Spain, autonomous communities within Spain and other Spanish issuers. Any decline in the Kingdom of Spain’s credit ratings could adversely affect the value of the Kingdom of Spain’s and other public or private Spanish issuers’ respective securities held by the Group in its various portfolios or otherwise materially adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the counterparties to many of the Group’s loan agreements could be similarly affected by any decline in the Kingdom of Spain’s credit ratings, which could limit their ability to raise additional capital or otherwise adversely affect their ability to repay their outstanding commitments to the Group and, in turn, materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Group may be materially adversely affected by developments in the emerging markets where it operates.

The economies of some of the emerging markets where the Group operates, mainly Latin America and Turkey, experienced significant volatility in recent decades, characterized, in some cases, by slow or declining growth, declining investment and hyperinflation.

 

13


Table of Contents

Emerging markets are generally subject to greater risks than more developed markets. For example, there is typically a greater risk of loss from unfavorable political and economic developments, social instability, and changes in governmental policies, including expropriation, nationalization, international ownership legislation, interest-rate caps and tax policies. In addition, these emerging markets are affected by conditions in global financial markets and some are particularly affected by commodities price fluctuations, which in turn may affect financial market conditions through exchange rate fluctuations, interest rate volatility and deposits volatility. As a global economic recovery remains fragile, there are risks of a deterioration. If the global economic conditions deteriorate, the business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows of BBVA’s subsidiaries in emerging economies, mainly in Latin America and Turkey, may be materially adversely affected.

Furthermore, financial turmoil in any particular emerging market could negatively affect other emerging markets or the global economy in general. Financial turmoil in emerging markets tends to adversely affect stock prices and debt securities prices of other emerging markets as investors move their money to more stable and developed markets, and may reduce liquidity to companies located in the affected markets. An increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies in general, or the emerging market economies where the Group operates in particular, could dampen capital flows to such economies and adversely affect such economies.

If economic conditions in the emerging market economies where the Group operates deteriorate, the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The Group’s earnings and financial condition have been, and its future earnings and financial condition may continue to be, materially affected by depressed asset valuations resulting from poor market conditions.

Severe market events such as the past sovereign debt crisis, rising risk premiums and falls in share market prices, have resulted in the Group recording large write-downs on its credit market exposures in recent years. In particular, negative growth expectations and lack of confidence that policy changes would solve problems led to steep falls in asset values and a severe reduction in market liquidity in 2012 and 2013, and a moderated recovery in 2014. Additionally, in dislocated markets, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective as they are in more normal market conditions due in part to the decreasing credit quality of hedge counterparties. Any deterioration in economic and financial market conditions could lead to further impairment charges and write-downs.

Exposure to the real estate market makes the Group vulnerable to developments in this market.

The Group has substantial exposure to the real estate market, mainly in Spain, Mexico and the Unites States. The Group is exposed to the real estate market due to the fact that real estate assets secure many of its outstanding loans and due to the significant amount of real estate assets held on its balance sheet (mainly in Spain). Any deterioration of real estate prices could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

BBVA is subject to substantial regulation and regulatory and governmental oversight. Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

The financial services industry is among the most highly regulated industries in the world. In response to the global financial crisis and the European sovereign debt crisis, governments, regulatory authorities and others have made and continue to make proposals to reform the regulatory framework for the financial services industry to enhance its resilience against future crises. Legislation has already been enacted and regulations issued in response to some of these proposals. The regulatory framework for financial institutions is likely to undergo further significant change. This creates significant uncertainty for BBVA and the financial industry in general. The wide range of recent actions or current proposals includes, among other things, provisions for more stringent regulatory capital and liquidity standards, restrictions on compensation practices, special bank levies and financial transaction

 

14


Table of Contents

taxes, recovery and resolution powers to intervene in a crisis including “bail-in” of creditors, separation of certain businesses from deposit taking, stress testing and capital planning regimes, heightened reporting requirements, new TLAC (as defined below) requirements and reforms of derivatives, other financial instruments, investment products and market infrastructures.

In addition, the new institutional structure in Europe for supervision, with the creation of the single supervisor, and for resolution, with the new single resolution mechanism could lead to changes in the near future. The specific effects of a number of new laws and regulations remain uncertain because the drafting and implementation of these laws and regulations are still on-going. In addition, since some of these laws and regulations have been recently adopted, the manner in which they are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. No assurance can be given that laws or regulations will be enforced or interpreted in a manner that will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, regulatory scrutiny under existing laws and regulations has become more intense.

Furthermore, regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in how to regulate banks, and this discretion, and the means available to the regulators, have been steadily increasing during recent years. Regulation may be imposed on an ad hoc basis by governments and regulators in response to a crisis, and these may especially affect financial institutions such as BBVA that are deemed to be systemically important.

In addition, local regulations in certain jurisdictions where BBVA operates differ in a number of material respects from equivalent regulations in Spain or the United States. Changes in regulations may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition, particularly in Mexico, the United States, Venezuela, Argentina and Turkey. Furthermore, regulatory fragmentation, with some countries implementing new and more stringent standards or regulation, could adversely affect BBVA’s ability to compete with financial institutions based in other jurisdictions which do not need to comply with such new standards or regulation. Moreover, to the extent recently adopted regulations are implemented inconsistently in the various jurisdictions in which the Group operates, the Group may face higher compliance costs.

Any required changes to BBVA’s business operations resulting from the legislation and regulations applicable to such business could result in significant loss of revenue, limit BBVA’s ability to pursue business opportunities in which BBVA might otherwise consider engaging, affect the value of assets that BBVA holds, require BBVA to increase its prices and therefore reduce demand for its products, impose additional costs on BBVA or otherwise adversely affect BBVA’s businesses. For example, BBVA is subject to substantial regulation relating to liquidity. Future liquidity standards could require it to maintain a greater proportion of its assets in highly-liquid but lower-yielding financial instruments, which would negatively affect its net interest margin. Moreover, BBVA’s regulators, as part of their supervisory function, periodically review BBVA’s allowance for loan losses. Such regulators may require BBVA to increase its allowance for loan losses or to recognize further losses. Any such additional provisions for loan losses, as required by these regulatory agencies whose views may differ from those of BBVA’s management, could have an adverse effect on BBVA’s earnings and financial condition.

Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy relating to any of the foregoing or other matters could have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Increasingly onerous capital requirements may have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

CRD IV requirements

As a Spanish financial institution, BBVA is subject to the Directive 2013/36/EU, of June 26, of the European Parliament on access to credit institution and investment firm activities and an prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms that replaced Directives 2006/48 and 2006/49 (“CRD IV”), through which the EU began implementing the Basel III capital reforms, with effect from January 1, 2014, with certain requirements in the process of being phased in until January 1, 2019. The core regulation regarding the solvency of credit entities is Regulation (UE) No. UE 575/2013 of June 26, of the European Parliament on prudential requirements on credit institutions and investment firms (the “CRR”), which is complemented by several binding technical standards, all of which are directly applicable in all EU member states, without the need for national implementation measures. The implementation of CRD IV into Spanish law has largely taken place through

 

15


Table of Contents

Royal Decree-Law 14/2013 of November 29 (“RD-L 14/2013”), Law 10/2014, of June 26, on organization, supervision and solvency of credit institutions (“Law 10/2014”) and Royal Decree 84/2015, of February 13 (“RD 84/2015”), and Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014, of January 31. However, further regulatory developments in this area remain pending as at the date hereof.

The new regulatory regime has, among other things, increased the level of capital required by means of a “combined buffer requirement” that entities must comply with from 2016 onwards.

Moreover, Article 104 of CRD IV, as implemented by Article 68 of Law 10/2014, and similarly Article 16 of Council Regulation (EU) No 1024/2013 of October 15, conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank (the “ECB”) concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions (the “SSM Regulation”), also contemplate that in addition to the minimum “Pillar 1” capital requirements, supervisory authorities may impose further “Pillar 2” capital requirements to cover other risks, including those not considered to be fully captured by the minimum “own funds” requirements under CRD IV or to address macro-prudential considerations.

Accordingly, Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and the Group are subject to the Single Supervisory Mechanism (the “SSM”) and the ECB is required to carry out assessments under CRD IV at least on an annual basis. Therefore, there can be no assurance that these assessments carried out by the ECB may result in the imposition of additional own funds requirements on Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and/or the Group pursuant to this “Pillar 2” framework.

Any additional own funds requirement that may be imposed on Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and/or the Group by the ECB pursuant to this assessment would require Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and/or the Group to hold capital levels above the minimum “Pillar 1” capital requirements. There can be no assurance that the total capital requirements (“Pillar 1” plus “Pillar 2” plus “combined buffer requirement”) imposed on Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and/or the Group may not be higher than the levels of capital available at any relevant point in time.

Any failure by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and/or the Group to maintain its “Pillar 1” minimum regulatory capital ratios, any “Pillar 2” additional own funds requirements and/or any “combined buffer requirement” could result in administrative actions or sanctions, which, in turn, may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations. In particular, any failure to maintain any additional capital requirements pursuant to the “Pillar 2” framework or any other capital requirements to which Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and/or the Group is or becomes subject (including the “combined buffer requirement”), may result in the imposition of restrictions on “discretionary payments” by BBVA, including dividend payments.

In this regard, according to Law 10/2014, for those entities not meeting the “combined buffer requirement” or the “Pillar 2” capital requirements described above or where a restriction upon “discretionary payments” has been imposed pursuant to Article 68 of Law 10/2014, distributions relating to CET1 capital, variable remuneration or discretionary pension revenues and distributions relating to additional Tier 1 capital may be subject to restrictions until the Maximum Distributable Amount (i.e., the firm’s distributable profits, calculated in accordance with the formula provided for in CRD IV, multiplied by a factor dependent on how far short of the requirement the Tier 1 common equity falls) has been calculated and communicated to the Bank of Spain (and thereafter subject to such Maximum Distributable Amount). The criteria for the calculation of the Maximum Distributable Amount in respect of any such “discretionary payments” have been specified in the regulation developing Law 10/2014 and RD-L 84/2015.

Finally, any failure by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and/or the Group to comply with its regulatory capital requirements could also result in the imposition of further “Pillar 2” requirements and early intervention by resolution authorities pursuant to the Directive 2014/59/EU of May 15 establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (the “BRRD”).

In addition to the above, the EBA published on December 19, 2014 its final guidelines for common procedures and methodologies in respect of the supervisory review and evaluation process (SREP). Included in this were the EBA’s proposed guidelines for a common approach to determining the amount and composition of additional own

 

16


Table of Contents

funds requirements to be implemented by January 1, 2016. Under these guidelines, national supervisors should set a composition requirement for the additional own funds requirements to cover certain specified risks of at least 56% CET1 capital and at least 75% Tier 1 capital. The guidelines also contemplate that national supervisors should not set additional own funds requirements in respect of risks which are already covered by the “combined buffer requirement” and/or additional macro-prudential requirements; and, accordingly, the above “combined buffer requirement” is in addition to the minimum own funds requirement and to the additional own funds requirement.

At its meeting of January 12, 2014, the oversight body of the Basel Committee endorsed the definition of the leverage ratio set forth in CRD IV, to promote consistent disclosure, starting on January 1, 2015. There will be a mandatory minimum capital requirement on January 1, 2018, with an initial minimum leverage ratio of 3% that can be raised after calibration, if European authorities so decide.

TLAC

On November 10, 2014 the Financial Stability Board (the “FSB”) published a consultative document (the “Consultative Document”) containing certain policy proposals to enhance the loss absorbing capacity of global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”), such as BBVA. The policy proposals included in the Consultative Document consist of an elaboration of the principles on loss absorbing and recapitalization capacity of G-SIBs in resolution and a term sheet setting out a proposal for the implementation of these proposals in the form of an internationally agreed standard on total loss absorbency capacity (“TLAC”) for G-SIBs. The consultation period ended on February 2, 2015.

Once finalized, these proposals will form a new minimum TLAC standard for G-SIBs. If implemented as contemplated, the TLAC requirement may create additional minimum capital requirements for BBVA and could require BBVA to maintain an additional minimum TLAC ratio of (i) BBVA’s regulatory capital plus certain types of debt capital instruments and other eligible liabilities that can be written down or converted into equity during resolution to (ii) BBVA’s risk-weighted assets.

However, the final proposed TLAC amount has not been agreed within the FSB and is the subject of a quantitative impact study, expected to be completed in 2015.

The TLAC requirements may apply on a common minimum “Pillar 1” basis, and home and host resolution authorities may specify additional “Pillar 2” TLAC requirements on an individual institution basis. TLAC requirements may further be imposed in addition to the minimum “Pillar 1” capital requirements under CRD IV and the requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) pursuant to the BRRD once implemented in Spain. Any failure by an institution to meet the applicable minimum “Pillar 1” and “Pillar 2” TLAC requirements may be treated in the same manner as a failure to meet minimum regulatory capital requirements, where resolution authorities must ensure that they intervene and place an institution into resolution sufficiently early if it is deemed to be failing or likely to fail and there is no reasonable prospect of recovery.

While it is possible that TLAC requirements will be implemented by means of MREL, that is not yet certain. The conditions required of TLAC eligible instruments (other than own funds) and those required of eligible liabilities for MREL purposes under the BRRD are different and there can be no assurance that it will be possible for BBVA to issue instruments which simultaneously satisfy both requirements. Markets have not yet been established for such instruments (other than own funds instruments) and there can be no assurance that such markets will develop or that, if they do, BBVA will be able to issue sufficient TLAC and MREL eligible liabilities to meet its requirements. That may limit the quantity of BBVA’s CET1 capital which is available to meet its “combined buffer requirement” and may, therefore, limit BBVA’s ability to make “discretionary payments”.

There can be no assurance as to the relationship between the above “combined buffer requirement” and “Pillar 2” additional own funds requirements, the TLAC requirement, MREL and the restrictions on “discretionary payments” discussed above. There can also be no assurance as to how and when effect will be given to the above guidelines of the EBA in Spain, including as to the consequences for an institution of its capital levels falling below those necessary to meet these requirements.

 

17


Table of Contents

BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected if BBVA is not allowed to maintain certain deferred tax assets as regulatory capital.

In addition to introducing new capital requirements, CRD IV provides that deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) that rely on the future profitability of a financial institution must be deducted from its regulatory capital (specifically its core capital or CET1 capital) for prudential reasons, as there is generally no guarantee that DTAs will retain their value in the event of the institution facing difficulties.

This new deduction introduced by CRD IV has a significant impact on Spanish banks due to the particularly restrictive nature of certain aspects of Spanish tax law. For example, in some EU countries when a bank reports a loss the tax authorities refund a portion of taxes paid in previous years but in Spain the bank must earn profits in subsequent years in order for this set-off to take place. Additionally, Spanish tax law does not recognize as tax-deductible certain amounts recorded as costs in the accounts of a bank, unlike the tax legislation of other EU countries.

Due to these differences and the impact of the requirements of CRD IV on DTAs, the Spanish regulator implemented certain amendments to the Spanish Law on Corporate Income Tax (Royal Decree Law 4/2004 of March 5, as amended) through RD-L 14/2013, which also provided for a transitional regime for DTAs generated before January 1, 2014. These amendments enable certain DTAs to be treated as a direct claim against the tax authorities if a Spanish bank is unable to reverse the relevant differences within 18 years or if it is liquidated, becomes insolvent or incurs accounting losses. This will, therefore, allow a Spanish bank not to deduct such DTAs from its regulatory capital. The transitional regime provides for a period in which only a percentage (which increases yearly) of the applicable DTAs will have to be deducted. This transitional regime has also been included in Law 27/2014.

There can be no assurance that the tax amendments implemented by RD-L 14/2013 and Law 27/2014 will not be challenged by the European Commission, that the final interpretation of these amendments will not change and that Spanish banks will ultimately be allowed to maintain certain DTAs as regulatory capital. If this regulation is challenged, this may negatively affect BBVA’s regulatory capital and therefore its ability to pay dividends or require it to issue additional securities that qualify as regulatory capital, to liquidate assets, to curtail business or to take any other actions, any of which may have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The full consolidation of Garanti in the consolidated financial statements of the Group may result in increased capital requirements.

On November 19, 2014, we entered into agreements for the acquisition from Doğuş Holding A.Ş. and Ferit Faik Şahenk, Dianne Şahenk and Defne Şahenk, respectively, of 62,538,000,000 shares of Türkiye Garanti Bankası A.Ş. (“Garanti”) in the aggregate (see “Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts”). The acquisition is conditional on obtaining all necessary regulatory consents from the relevant Turkish, Spanish, European Union and, if applicable, other jurisdictions’ regulatory authorities and is expected to be completed in 2015. Following completion of this acquisition, BBVA will fully consolidate Garanti in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. The consolidation of Garanti will result in a significant increase in BBVA’s risk-weighted assets, reflecting the greater risk profile of Garanti’s asset base, and it may result in an incremental increase in the capital requirements imposed on the Group by the Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency (BRSA) in Turkey and/or the ECB through the SSM.

Increased taxation and other burdens imposed on the financial sector may have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

On February 14, 2013 the European Commission published its proposal for a Council Directive implementing enhanced cooperation in the area of a financial transaction tax (“FTT”), which was intended to take effect on January 1, 2014 but negotiations are still ongoing. The proposed Directive aims to ensure that the financial sector makes a fair and substantial contribution to covering the costs of the recent crisis and creating a level playing field with other sectors from a taxation point of view. A joint statement issued in May 2014 by ten of the eleven participating Member States indicated an intention to implement the FTT progressively, such that it would initially apply to shares and certain derivatives, with this initial implementation occurring by January 1, 2016.

 

18


Table of Contents

Royal Decree-Law 8/2014, of July 4, introduced a 0.03% tax on bank deposits in Spain. This tax is payable annually by Spanish banks. There can be no assurance that additional national or transnational bank levies or financial transaction taxes will not be adopted by the authorities of the jurisdictions where BBVA operates.

Furthermore, Royal Decree-Law 6/2013 of March 22, on protection for holders of certain savings and investment products and other financial measures, included a requirement for banks, including BBVA, to make an exceptional one-off contribution to the Deposit Guarantee Fund (Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos) in addition to the annual contribution to be made by member institutions, equal to €3.00 per each €1,000 of deposits held as of December 31, 2012. The purpose of such contribution was for the Deposit Guarantee Fund to be able to purchase at market prices the unlisted shares of certain Spanish financial institutions involved in restructuring or resolution processes under Law 9/2012 (none of which are part of the Group). There can be no assurance that additional funding requirements will not be imposed by the Spanish authorities for assisting in the restructuring of the Spanish banking sector.

In addition, BBVA may need to make contributions to the EU Single Resolution Fund and will have to pay supervisory fees to the SSM. See “—Regulatory developments related to the EU fiscal and banking union may have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations.”

Any levies, taxes or funding requirements imposed on BBVA in any of the jurisdictions where it operates could have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory developments related to the EU fiscal and banking union may have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The project of achieving a European banking union was launched in the summer of 2012. Its main goal is to resume progress towards the European single market for financial services by restoring confidence in the European banking sector and ensuring the proper functioning of monetary policy in the Eurozone.

Banking union is expected to be achieved through new harmonized banking rules (the single rulebook) and a new institutional framework with stronger systems for both banking supervision and resolution that will be managed at the European level. Its two main pillars are the SSM and the Single Resolution Mechanism (“SRM”).

The SSM is expected to assist in making the banking sector more transparent, unified and safer. In accordance with the SSM Regulation, the ECB fully assumed its new supervisory responsibilities within the SSM, in particular the direct supervision of the largest European banks (including BBVA), on November 4, 2014. In preparation for this step, between November 2013 and October 2014 the ECB conducted, together with national supervisors, a comprehensive assessment of the largest banks, which together hold more than 80% of the Eurozone banking assets. The exercise consisted of three elements: (i) a supervisory risk assessment, which assessed the main balance sheet risks including liquidity, funding and leverage; (ii) an asset quality review, which focused on credit and market risks; and (iii) a stress test to examine the need to strengthen capital or take other corrective measures.

The SSM represents a significant change in the approach to bank supervision at a European and global level, even if it is not expected to result in any radical change in bank supervisory practices in the short term. The SSM will result in the direct supervision of the largest financial institutions, among them BBVA, and indirect supervision of around 3,500 financial institutions. The new supervisor will be one of the largest in the world in terms of assets under supervision. In the coming years, the SSM is expected to work to establish a new supervisory culture importing best practices from the 19 supervisory authorities that will be part of the SSM. Several steps have already been taken in this regard such as the recent publication of the Supervisory Guidelines and the creation of the SSM Framework Regulation. In addition, this new body will represent an extra cost for the financial institutions that will fund it through payment of supervisory fees.

 

19


Table of Contents

The other main pillar of the EU banking union is the SRM, the main purpose of which is to ensure a prompt and coherent resolution of failing banks in Europe at minimum cost. Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union (the “SRM Regulation”), which was passed on July 15, and took legal effect from January 1, 2015, establishes uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions and certain investment firms in the framework of the SRM and a Single Resolution Fund. The new Single Resolution Board started operating from January 1, 2015 but it will not fully assume its resolution powers until January 1, 2016. From that date onwards the Single Resolution Fund will also be in place, funded by contributions from European banks in accordance with the methodology approved by the Council of the European Union. The Single Resolution Fund is intended to reach a total amount of €55 billion by 2024 and to be used as a separate backstop only after an 8% bail-in of a bank’s liabilities has been applied to cover capital shortfalls (in line with the BRRD).

By allowing for the consistent application of EU banking rules through the SSM, the banking union is expected to help resume momentum towards economic and monetary union. In order to complete such union, a single deposit guarantee scheme is still needed which may require a change to the existing European treaties. This is the subject of continued negotiation by European leaders to ensure further progress is made in European fiscal, economic and political integration.

Regulations adopted towards achieving a banking and/or fiscal union in the EU and decisions adopted by the ECB in its capacity as BBVA’s main supervisory authority may have a material effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, the BRRD and Directive 2014/49/EU on deposit guarantee schemes were published in the Official Journal of the EU on June 12, 2014. The BRRD was required to be implemented on or before January 1, 2015, although the bail-in tool will not apply until January 1, 2016, except where a bail-out is required during 2015. In this case, a minimum 8% bail-in of a bank’s liabilities (including senior debt and uncovered deposits) will be required as a precondition for access to any direct recapitalization by the European Stability Mechanism (“ESM”), as agreed by the Eurozone members in December 2014.

The process for the implementation of the BRRD in Spain started on December 1, 2014, with the publication of the draft of the proposed law (anteproyecto de ley) on the restructuring and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (the “BRRD Draft Implementation Law”) for public consultation by the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Finance. Following such consultation and the submission of a revised BRRD Draft Implementation Law to the report of the State Council (Consejo de Estado), the Spanish government approved the submission of a new version of the BRRD Draft Implementation Law, now drafted as a bill of law (proyecto de ley), to the Spanish parliament on March 13, 2015.

In addition, on January 29, 2014, the European Commission released its proposal on the structural reforms of the European banking sector that will impose new constraints on the structure of European banks. The proposal aims at ensuring the harmonization between the divergent national initiatives in Europe. It includes a prohibition on proprietary trading similar to that contained in Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act (also known as the Volcker Rule) and a mechanism to potentially require the separation of trading activities (including market making), such as in the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013, complex securitizations and risky derivatives.

BBVA cannot assure that regulatory developments related to the EU fiscal and banking union, and initiatives undertaken at a EU level, will not have a material adverse effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Group’s anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism policies may be circumvented or otherwise not be sufficient to prevent all money laundering or terrorism financing.

Group companies are subject to rules and regulations regarding money laundering and the financing of terrorism. Monitoring compliance with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules can put a significant financial burden on banks and other financial institutions and pose significant technical problems. Although the Group believes that its current policies and procedures are sufficient to comply with applicable rules and regulations, it cannot guarantee that its anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing policies and procedures will not be circumvented or otherwise not be sufficient to prevent all money laundering or terrorism

 

20


Table of Contents

financing. Any of such events may have severe consequences, including sanctions, fines and notably reputational consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

Local regulation may have a material effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

BBVA’s operations are subject to regulatory risks, including the effects of changes in laws, regulations, policies and interpretations, in the various regions where it operates. Regulations in certain jurisdictions where BBVA operates differ in a number of material respects from equivalent regulations in Spain. Changes in regulations may have a material effect on the Group’s business and operations, particularly in Mexico, the United States, Venezuela, Argentina and Turkey.

The governments in certain regions where the Group operates, have exercised, and continue to exercise, significant influence over the local economy. Governmental actions, including changes in laws or regulations or in the interpretation of existing laws or regulations, concerning the economy and state-owned enterprises, or otherwise affecting the Group’s activity, could have a significant effect on the private sector entities in general and on BBVA’s subsidiaries and affiliates in particular. In addition, the Group’s activities in emerging economies, such as Venezuela, are subject to a heightened risk of changes in governmental policies, including expropriation, nationalization, international ownership legislation, interest-rate caps, exchange controls, government restrictions on dividends and tax policies. These could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Set forth below is additional information on certain recent regulatory developments in Mexico and the United States, the Group’s most significant jurisdictions by assets outside Spain which are relevant to the Group.

Mexico

On January 9, 2014, certain financial reforms which had been proposed in May 2013, were adopted. Such measures address the following matters (i) the establishment of a new mandate for development banks, (ii) the promotion of competition to reduce interest rates, (iii) the creation of incentives for banks to give more credit and (iv) the strengthening of the banking system. The Group will have to adapt to the new requirements and to the new competition framework and it might not be successful in doing so.

In addition, according to the mandate of the Law for Transparent and Ordered Financial Services in place (last modified in 2010), the Mexican National Commission for the Protection and Defense of Financial Services Users (Comisión Nacional para la Defensa de los Usuarios de los Servicios Financieros) (“Condusef”) has continued to request that banks submit several of their service contracts for revision by the Condusef (for example, contracts relating to credit cards and insurance), in order to check that they comply with the relevant transparency and clarity requirements. Condusef does not have systematic ways to evaluate and grade service contracts, and this reflects on a substantial variation in grades from one year to the next and no clear instructions for adequating such contracts. The Law Committee of the Banking Association (ABM) is coordinating the creation of a working group that is expected to propose improvements in the process. In addition, Condusef has asked banks to formulate new procedures so that beneficiaries of deposit accounts can collect the funds in the case of the death of the account owner. BBVA may have to incur compliance costs in connection with any new measures adopted by Condusef.

Furthermore, the Anti-Money Laundering Law (Ley Federal para la Prevención e Identificación de Operaciones con Recursos de Procedencia Ilícita) became effective in July 2013. The Law establishes more severe penalties for non-compliance and sets forth enhanced information requirements for some transactions.

United States

BBVA’s operations may be affected by regulatory reforms in response to the financial crisis, including measures such as those concerning systemic financial institutions and the enactment in the United States in July 2010 of the Dodd-Frank Act. In July 2013, U.S. federal bank regulators issued final rules implementing many

 

21


Table of Contents

elements of the Basel III framework and other U.S. capital reforms. In December 2013, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution, its affiliates and any company that controls an insured depository institution from engaging in proprietary trading and from investing in or sponsoring certain covered funds, such as hedge funds and private equity funds, in each case subject to certain limited exceptions. The final rules also impose significant compliance and reporting obligations.

In February 2014, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule to enhance its supervision and regulation of the U.S. operations of foreign banking organizations (“FBOs”) such as BBVA. Under this rule, FBOs with U.S. $50 billion or more in U.S. assets held outside of their U.S. branches and agencies (“Large FBOs”), such as BBVA, will be required to create a separately capitalized top-tier U.S. intermediate holding company (“IHC”) that will hold all of the Large FBO’s U.S. bank and nonbank subsidiaries, such as Compass Bank and Compass Bancshares. The IHC will be subject to U.S. risk-based and leverage capital, liquidity, risk management, stress testing and other enhanced prudential standards on a consolidated basis. Under the final rule, a Large FBO that is subject to the IHC requirement may request permission from the Federal Reserve to establish multiple IHCs or use an alternative organizational structure. The final rule also permits the Federal Reserve to apply the IHC requirement in a manner that takes into account the separate operations of multiple foreign banks that are owned by a single Large FBO. Although U.S. branches and agencies of Large FBOs will not be required to be held beneath an IHC, such branches and agencies will be subject to liquidity, and, in certain circumstances, asset maintenance requirements. Large FBOs generally will be required to form IHCs and comply with enhanced prudential standards beginning July 1, 2016, although an IHC’s compliance with applicable U.S. leverage ratio requirements is generally delayed until January 1, 2018, and certain enhanced prudential standards have applied to BBVA’s top-tier U.S. bank holding company, Compass Bancshares, since January 1, 2015. The rule does not constitute any significant additional burden for FBOs that already organized their main U.S. subsidiaries through bank holding company structures such as BBVA. Indeed, those FBOs would have anyway been subject to U.S. prudential standards. FBOs that have $50 billion or more in non-branch/agency U.S. assets as of June 30, 2014, such as BBVA, were required to submit an implementation plan by January 1, 2015 on how the FBO will comply with the intermediate holding company requirement. BBVA submitted its implementation plan in December 2014, in which it indicated its intention to designate Compass Bancshares as its IHC. The Federal Reserve has stated that it will issue, at a later date, final rules to implement certain other enhanced prudential standards under the Dodd-Frank Act for large bank holding companies and Large FBOs, including single counterparty credit limits and an early remediation framework.

In September 2014, the federal banking regulators adopted a final rule implementing in the United States the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), the quantitative liquidity standards developed by the Basel Committee. The LCR was developed to ensure that covered banking organizations have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period. The rule introduces a version of the LCR applicable to certain large bank holding companies such as Compass Bancshares. This version differs in certain respects from the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, including a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions and a shorter phase-in schedule beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending on January 1, 2017. The federal banking regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement in the United States the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), additional quantitative liquidity standards developed by the Basel Committee. The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. The Basel Committee contemplates that the NSFR, including any revisions, will be implemented by member countries, including the United States, as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. Various elements of the LCR and the NSFR, if and when it is implemented by the U.S. banking regulators, may cause changes that affect the profitability of BBVA’s business activities and require that it changes certain of its business practices, and could expose BBVA to additional costs (including increased compliance costs). These changes may also cause BBVA to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes.

Liquidity and Financial Risks

BBVA has a continuous demand for liquidity to fund its business activities. BBVA may suffer during periods of market-wide or firm-specific liquidity constraints, and liquidity may not be available to BBVA even if its underlying business remains strong.

Liquidity and funding continues to remain a key area of focus for the Group and the industry as a whole. Like all major banks, the Group is dependent on confidence in the short- and long-term wholesale funding markets. Should the Group, due to exceptional circumstances, be unable to continue to source sustainable funding, its ability to fund its financial obligations could be affected.

BBVA’s profitability or solvency could be adversely affected if access to liquidity and funding is constrained or made more expensive for a prolonged period of time. Under extreme and unforeseen circumstances, such as the

 

22


Table of Contents

closure of financial markets and uncertainty as to the ability of a significant number of firms to ensure they can meet their liabilities as they fall due, the Group’s ability to meet its financial obligations as they fall due or to fulfill its commitments to lend could be affected through limited access to liquidity (including government and central bank facilities). In such extreme circumstances the Group may not be in a position to continue to operate without additional funding support, which it may be unable to access. These factors may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s solvency, including its ability to meet its regulatory minimum liquidity requirements. These risks can be exacerbated by operational factors such as an over-reliance on a particular source of funding or changes in credit ratings, as well as market-wide phenomena such as market dislocation, regulatory change or major disasters.

In addition, corporate and institutional counterparties may seek to reduce aggregate credit exposures to BBVA (or to all banks), which could increase the Group’s cost of funding and limit its access to liquidity. The funding structure employed by the Group may also prove to be inefficient, thus giving rise to a level of funding cost where the cumulative costs are not sustainable over the longer term. The funding needs of the Group may increase and such increases may be material to the Group’s operating results, financial condition or prospects.

Historically, one of BBVA’s principal sources of funds has been savings and demand deposits. Large-denomination time deposits may, under some circumstances, such as during periods of significant interest rate-based competition for these types of deposits, be a less stable source of deposits than savings and demand deposits. The level of wholesale and retail deposits may also fluctuate due to other factors outside BBVA’s control, such as a loss of confidence (including as a result of political initiatives, including bail-in and/or confiscation and/or taxation of creditors’ funds) or competition from investment funds or other products. The recent introduction of a national tax on outstanding deposits could be negative for BBVA’s activities in Spain. Moreover, there can be no assurance that, in the event of a sudden or unexpected withdrawal of deposits or shortage of funds in the banking systems or money markets in which BBVA operates, BBVA will be able to maintain its current levels of funding without incurring higher funding costs or having to liquidate certain of its assets. In addition, if public sources of liquidity, such as the ECB extraordinary measures adopted in response to the financial crisis since 2008, are removed from the market, there can be no assurance that the Group will be able to maintain its current levels of funding without incurring higher funding costs or having to liquidate certain of its assets or taking additional deleverage measures.

The Group’s businesses are subject to inherent risks concerning borrower and counterparty credit quality which have affected and are expected to continue to affect the recoverability and value of assets on the Group’s balance sheet.

The Group has exposures to many different products, counterparties and obligors and the credit quality of its exposures can have a significant effect on the Group’s earnings. Adverse changes in the credit quality of the Group’s borrowers and counterparties or collateral, or in their behavior or businesses, may reduce the value of the Group’s assets, and materially increase the Group’s write-downs and provisions for impairment losses. Credit risk can be affected by a range of factors, including an adverse economic environment, reduced consumer and/or government spending, global economic slowdown, changes in the rating of individual counterparties, the debt levels of individual contractual counterparties and the economic environment they operate in, increased unemployment, reduced asset values, increased personal or corporate insolvency levels, reduced corporate profits, changes (and the timing, quantum and pace of these changes) in interest rates, counterparty challenges to the interpretation or validity of contractual arrangements and any external factors of a legislative or regulatory nature. In recent years, the global economic crisis has driven cyclically high bad debt charges.

Non-performing or low credit quality loans have in the past and can continue to negatively affect BBVA’s results of operations. BBVA cannot assure that it will be able to effectively control the level of the impaired loans in its total loan portfolio. At present, default rates are partly cushioned by low rates of interest which have improved customer affordability, but the risk remains of increased default rates as interest rates start to rise. The timing quantum and pace of any rise is a key risk factor. All new lending is dependent on the Group’s assessment of each customer’s ability to pay, and there is an inherent risk that the Group has incorrectly assessed the credit quality or willingness of borrowers to pay, possibly as a result of incomplete or inaccurate disclosure by those borrowers or as a result of the inherent uncertainty that is involved in the exercise of constructing models to estimate the true risk of lending to counterparties. The Group estimates and establishes reserves for credit risks and potential credit losses inherent in its credit exposure. This process, which is critical to the Group’s results and financial condition, requires

 

23


Table of Contents

difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of how macro-economic conditions might impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. As is the case with any such assessments, there is always a risk that the Group will fail to adequately identify the relevant factors or that it will fail to estimate accurately the effect of these identified factors, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Group’s business is particularly vulnerable to volatility in interest rates.

The Group’s results of operations are substantially dependent upon the level of its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond the Group’s control, including fiscal and monetary policies of governments and central banks, regulation of the financial sectors in the markets in which it operates, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors. Changes in market interest rates can affect the interest rates that the Group receives on its interest-earning assets differently to the rates that it pays for its interest-bearing liabilities. This may, in turn, result in a reduction of the net interest income the Group receives, which could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations.

In addition, the high proportion of loans referenced to variable interest rates makes debt service on such loans more vulnerable to changes in interest rates. In addition, a rise in interest rates could reduce the demand for credit and the Group’s ability to generate credit for its clients, as well as contribute to an increase in the credit default rate. As a result of these and the above factors, significant changes or volatility in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Group has a substantial amount of commitments with personnel considered wholly unfunded due to the absence of qualifying plan assets.

The Group’s commitments with personnel which are considered to be wholly unfunded are recognized under the heading “Provisions—Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in BBVA’s consolidated balance sheets included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. For more information please see Note 24 of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Group faces liquidity risk in connection with its ability to make payments on these unfunded amounts which it seeks to mitigate, with respect to “Post-employment benefits”, by maintaining insurance contracts which were contracted with insurance companies owned by the Group. The insurance companies have recorded in their balance sheets specific assets (fixed interest deposit and bonds) assigned to the funding of these commitments. The insurance companies also manage derivatives (primarily swaps) to mitigate the interest rate risk in connection with the payments of these commitments. The Group seeks to mitigate liquidity risk with respect to “Early retirements” and “Post-employment welfare benefits” through oversight by the Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ALCO”) of the Group. The Group’s ALCO manages a specific asset portfolio to mitigate the liquidity risk resulting from the payments of these commitments. These assets are government and covered bonds which are issued at fixed interest rates with maturities matching the aforementioned commitments. The Group’s ALCO also manages derivatives (primarily swaps) to mitigate the interest rate risk in connection with the payments of these commitments. Should BBVA fail to adequately manage liquidity risk and interest rate risk either as described above or otherwise, it could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

BBVA is dependent on its credit ratings and any reduction of its credit ratings could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

BBVA is rated by various credit rating agencies. BBVA’s credit ratings are an assessment by rating agencies of its ability to pay its obligations when due. Any actual or anticipated decline in BBVA’s credit ratings to below investment grade or otherwise may increase the cost of and decrease the Group’s ability to finance itself in the capital markets, secured funding markets (by affecting its ability to replace downgraded assets with better rated ones), interbank markets, through wholesale deposits or otherwise, harm its reputation, require it to replace funding lost due to the downgrade, which may include the loss of customer deposits, and make third parties less willing to transact business with the Group or otherwise materially adversely affect its business, financial condition and results

 

24


Table of Contents

of operations. Furthermore, any decline in BBVA’s credit ratings to below investment grade or otherwise could breach certain agreements or trigger additional obligations under such agreements, such as a requirement to post additional collateral, which could materially adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Highly-indebted households and corporations could endanger the Group’s asset quality and future revenues.

In recent years, households and businesses have reached a high level of indebtedness, particularly in Spain, which represents increased risk for the Spanish banking system. In addition, the high proportion of loans referenced to variable interest rates makes debt service on such loans more vulnerable to upward movements in interest rates. Highly indebted households and businesses are less likely to be able to service debt obligations as a result of adverse economic events, which could have an adverse effect on the Group’s loan portfolio and, as a result, on its financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the increase in households’ and businesses’ indebtedness also limits their ability to incur additional debt, decreasing the number of new products the Group may otherwise be able to sell them and limiting the Group’s ability to attract new customers satisfying its credit standards, which could have an adverse effect on the Group’s ability to achieve its growth plans.

The Group depends in part upon dividends and other funds from subsidiaries.

Some of the Group’s operations are conducted through its financial services subsidiaries. As a result, BBVA’s ability to pay dividends, to the extent BBVA decides to do so, depends in part on the ability of the Group’s subsidiaries to generate earnings and to pay dividends to BBVA. Payment of dividends, distributions and advances by the Group’s subsidiaries will be contingent upon their earnings and business considerations and is or may be limited by legal, regulatory and contractual restrictions. For instance, the repatriation of dividends from the Group’s Venezuelan and Argentinean subsidiaries have been subject to certain restrictions and there is no assurance that further restrictions will not be imposed. Additionally, BBVA’s right to receive any assets of any of the Group’s subsidiaries as an equity holder of such subsidiaries, upon their liquidation or reorganization, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of such subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors.

Business and Industry Risks

The Group faces increasing competition in its business lines.

The markets in which the Group operates are highly competitive and this trend will likely continue. In addition, the trend towards consolidation in the banking industry has created larger and stronger banks with which the Group must now compete.

The Group also faces competition from non-bank competitors, such as payment platforms, ecommerce businesses, department stores (for some credit products), automotive finance corporations, leasing companies, factoring companies, mutual funds, pension funds, insurance companies and public debt.

There can be no assurance that this competition will not adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The Group faces risks related to its acquisitions and divestitures.

The Group’s mergers and acquisitions activity involves divesting its interests in some businesses and strengthening other business areas through acquisitions. The Group may not complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis or at all. Even though the Group reviews the companies it plans to acquire, it is generally not feasible for these reviews to be complete in all respects. As a result, the Group may assume unanticipated liabilities, or an acquisition may not perform as well as expected. In addition, transactions such as these are inherently risky because of the difficulties of integrating people, operations and technologies that may arise. There can be no assurance that any of the businesses the Group acquires can be successfully integrated or that they will perform well once integrated. Acquisitions may also lead to potential write-downs due to unforeseen business developments that may adversely affect the Group’s results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

The Group’s results of operations could also be negatively affected by acquisition or divestiture-related charges, amortization of expenses related to intangibles and charges for impairment of long-term assets. The Group may be subject to litigation in connection with, or as a result of, acquisitions or divestitures, including claims from terminated employees, customers or third parties, and the Group may be liable for future or existing litigation and claims related to the acquired business or divestiture because either the Group is not indemnified for such claims or the indemnification is insufficient. These effects could cause the Group to incur significant expenses and could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The Group is party to lawsuits, tax claims and other legal proceedings.

Due to the nature of the Group’s business, BBVA and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings in jurisdictions around the world, the financial outcome of which is unpredictable. An adverse outcome or settlement in these proceedings could result in significant costs and may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and reputation. In addition, responding to the demands of litigation may divert management’s time and attention and financial resources. While the Group believes that it has provisioned such risks appropriately based on the opinions and advice of its legal advisors and in accordance with applicable accounting rules, it is possible that losses resulting from such risks, if proceedings are decided in whole or in part adversely to the Group, could exceed the amount of provisions made for such risks. See “Item 8. Financial information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal proceedings” and Note 23 to BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Group’s legal, regulatory and arbitration proceedings.

The Group’s ability to maintain its competitive position depends significantly on its international operations, which expose the Group to foreign exchange, political and other risks in the countries in which it operates, which could cause an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Group operates commercial banks and insurance and other financial services companies in various countries and its overall success as a global business depends upon its ability to succeed in differing economic, social and political conditions. The Group is particularly sensitive to developments in Mexico, the United States, Venezuela and Argentina, which represented 15%, 11%, 3% and 1% of the Group’s assets in 2014, respectively. In addition, following completion of the acquisition of an additional 14.89% stake in Garanti (see “Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts”), we will also be significantly exposed to developments in Turkey.

The Group is confronted with different legal and regulatory requirements in many of the jurisdictions in which it operates. See “—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks—Local regulation may have a material effect on BBVA’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.” These include, but are not limited to, different tax regimes and laws relating to the repatriation of funds or nationalization or expropriation of assets. The Group’s international operations may also expose it to risks and challenges which its local competitors may not be required to face, such as exchange rate risk, difficulty in managing a local entity from abroad, and political risk which may be particular to foreign investors, or the distribution of dividends.

In addition, the Group is more exposed to emerging economies than most of its European competitors. The Group’s presence in locations such as the Latin American markets or Turkey requires it to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries and exposes the Group to increased risks relating to emerging markets. See “—Macroeconomic Risks—The Group may be materially adversely affected by developments in the emerging markets economies where it operates.” There can be no assurance that the Group will succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies that are effective in each country in which it operates or that any of the foregoing factors will not have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

BBVA is party to a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş Holding A. Ş., among other shareholders, in connection with Garanti which may affect BBVA’s ability to achieve the expected benefits from its interest in Garanti.

In 2011, BBVA entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş Holding A.Ş., Doğuş Nakliyat ve Ticaret A.Ş. and Doğuş Araştırma Geliştirme ve Müşavirlik Hizmetleri A.Ş. (the “Doğuş Group”)¸ in connection with the acquisition of its initial 24.89% interest in Garanti (the “current SHA”). On November 19, 2014, BBVA and the Doğuş Group entered into an agreement that amends and restates the current SHA and which will come into force upon completion of BBVA’s proposed acquisition of the additional 14.89% interest in Garanti (the “amended and restated SHA”). Under the current SHA, certain decisions affecting the day-to-day management of Garanti require the consent of both BBVA and the Doğuş Group. Accordingly, under the current SHA BBVA must cooperate with the Doğuş Group in order to manage Garanti and grow its business. While the amended and restated SHA allows BBVA to appoint the Chairman of Garanti’s board of directors, the majority of its members and Garanti’s CEO, it provides that certain reserved matters must be implemented or approved (either at a meeting of the shareholders or of the board of directors) only with the consent of each party. For example, for so long as the Doğuş Group owns shares representing over 9.95% of the share capital of Garanti, the disposal or discontinuance of, or material changes to, any line of business or business entity within the Garanti group that has a value in excess of 25% of the Garanti group’s total net assets in one financial year, will require the Doğuş Group’s consent. If BBVA and the Doğuş Group are unable to agree on such reserved matters, Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected and BBVA may fail to achieve the expected benefits from its interest in Garanti. In addition, due to BBVA’s and Garanti’s association with the Doğuş Group, which is one of the largest Turkish conglomerates and has business interests in the financial services, construction, tourism and automotive sectors, any financial reversal, negative publicity or other adverse circumstance relating to the Doğuş Group could adversely affect Garanti or BBVA.

Financial and Risk Reporting

Weaknesses or failures in the Group’s internal processes, systems and security could materially adversely affect its results of operations, financial condition or prospects, and could result in reputational damage.

Operational risks, through inadequate or failed internal processes, systems (including financial reporting and risk monitoring processes) or security, or from people-related or external events, including the risk of fraud and other criminal acts carried out against Group companies, are present in the Group’s businesses. These businesses are dependent on processing and reporting accurately and efficiently a high volume of complex transactions across numerous and diverse products and services, in different currencies and subject to a number of different legal and regulatory regimes. Any weakness in these internal processes, systems or security could have an adverse effect on the Group’s results, the reporting of such results and on the ability to deliver appropriate customer outcomes during the affected period. In addition, any breach in security of the Group’s systems could disrupt its business, result in the disclosure of confidential information and create significant financial and legal exposure for the Group. Although the Group devotes significant resources to maintain and regularly update its processes and systems that are designed to protect the security of its systems, software, networks and other technology assets, there is no assurance that all of its security measures will provide absolute security. Any damage to the Group’s reputation (including to customer confidence) arising from actual or perceived inadequacies, weaknesses or failures in its systems, processes or security could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The financial industry is increasingly dependent on information technology systems, which may fail, may not be adequate for the tasks at hand or may no longer be available.

Banks and their activities are increasingly dependent on highly sophisticated information technology (“IT”) systems. IT systems are vulnerable to a number of problems, such as software or hardware malfunctions, computer viruses, hacking and physical damage to vital IT centers. IT systems need regular upgrading and banks, including BBVA, may not be able to implement necessary upgrades on a timely basis or upgrades may fail to function as planned. Furthermore, failure to protect financial industry operations from cyber-attacks could result in the loss or compromise of customer data or other sensitive information. These threats are increasingly sophisticated and there

 

27


Table of Contents

can be no assurance that banks will be able to prevent all breaches and other attacks on its IT systems. In addition to costs that may be incurred as a result of any failure of IT systems, banks, including BBVA, could face fines from bank regulators if they fail to comply with applicable banking or reporting regulations.

BBVA’s financial statements and periodic disclosure under securities laws may not give you the same information as financial statements prepared under U.S. accounting rules and periodic disclosures provided by domestic U.S. issuers.

Publicly available information about public companies in Spain is generally less detailed and not as frequently updated as the information that is regularly published by or about listed companies in the United States. In addition, although BBVA is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the periodic disclosure required of U.S. issuers. Finally, BBVA maintains its financial accounts and records and prepares its financial statements in conformity EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB, which differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP, the financial reporting standard to which many investors in the United States may be more accustomed.

BBVA’s financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates which, if inaccurate, could cause material misstatement of the results of its operations and financial position.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgment in applying relevant accounting policies. The key areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions are significant to the consolidated and individual financial statements, include credit impairment charges for amortized cost assets, impairment and valuation of available-for-sale investments, calculation of income and deferred tax, fair value of financial instruments, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of provisions and accounting for pensions and post-retirement benefits. There is a risk that if the judgment exercised or the estimates or assumptions used subsequently turn out to be incorrect then this could result in significant loss to the Group, beyond that anticipated or provided for, which could have an adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Observable market prices are not available for many of the financial assets and liabilities that the Group holds at fair value and a variety of techniques to estimate the fair value are used. Should the valuation of such financial assets or liabilities become observable, for example as a result of sales or trading in comparable assets or liabilities by third parties, this could result in a materially different valuation to the current carrying value in the Group’s financial statements.

The further development of standards and interpretations under IFRS could also significantly affect the financial results, condition and prospects of the Group.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A. History and Development of the Company

BBVA’s predecessor bank, BBV, was incorporated as a limited liability company (a “sociedad anónima” or S.A.) under the Spanish Corporations Law on October 1, 1988. BBVA was formed following the merger of Argentaria into BBV, which was approved by the shareholders of each entity on December 18, 1999 and registered on January 28, 2000. It conducts its business under the commercial name “BBVA”. BBVA is registered with the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya (Spain). It has its registered office at Plaza de San Nicolás 4, Bilbao, Spain, 48005, and operates out of Paseo de la Castellana, 81, 28046, Madrid, Spain telephone number +34-91-374-6201. BBVA’s agent in the U.S. for U.S. federal securities law purposes is Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., New York Branch (1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105 (Telephone: 212-728-1660)). BBVA is incorporated for an unlimited term.

 

28


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

Our principal investments are financial investments in our subsidiaries and affiliates. The main capital expenditures from 2012 to the date of this Annual Report were the following:

2014

New agreement for the acquisition of an additional 14.9% of Garanti

On November 19, 2014 we entered into agreements with Doğuş Holding A.Ş. and Ferit Faik Şahenk, Dianne Şahenk and Defne Şahenk, respectively, for the acquisition of 62,538,000,000 shares of Garanti in the aggregate for a maximum total consideration of 8.90 Turkish liras per batch of 100 shares (amounting to a total maximum amount of approximately 5,566 million Turkish liras or €1,988 million, based on the closing exchange rate as of November 13, 2014 of TL/€ = 2.7995). Completion of the acquisition is conditional on obtaining all necessary regulatory consents from the relevant Turkish, Spanish, European Union and, if applicable, other jurisdictions’ regulatory authorities. After the acquisition of the new shares, our stake in Garanti will be 39.9%.

In accordance with IFRS, upon the completion of the acquisition referred to above, we will have to value our stake in Garanti (which is currently classified as a joint venture accounted for using the equity method) at fair value and fully consolidate Garanti in our consolidated financial statements as from the date of the actual acquisition of control, which is expected to occur during 2015, subject to obtaining the abovementioned regulatory consents.

The date of announcement of the agreement the estimated negative impact in the attributable profit of the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group was approximately €1,500 million. According to the last public information regarding December 2014, the estimated impact was approximately €1,250 million, basically being affected by the exchange rate differences as a result of the depreciation of the Turkish lira against euro since the initial acquisition. These exchange rate differences are already recognized as Other Comprehensive Income deducting the stock shareholder’s equity of the BBVA Group. Such accounting impact does not translate into any additional cash outflow from BBVA.

From the date of the last public information as of December 2014 to the most recent date of completion of these consolidated financial statements, significant volatility has occurred; therefore the estimated negative impact in the attributable profit of the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group could change.

Catalunya Banc competitive auction

On July 21, 2014, the Management Commission of the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (Fondo de Restructuración Ordenada Bancaria or “FROB”) accepted BBVA’s bid in the competitive auction for the acquisition of Catalunya Banc, S.A. (“Catalunya Banc”). As a consequence, BBVA entered into a sale and purchase agreement with the FROB, by virtue of which the FROB will sell up to 100% of the shares of Catalunya Banc to BBVA for a price of up to €1,187 million (depending on certain adjustments relating to minority shareholders in Catalunya Banc).

The price will be reduced in an amount equal to €267 million if, prior to the effective closing of the transaction, the FROB and Catalunya Banc do not obtain a confirmation from the Spanish tax authorities regarding the application of the deferred tax assets regime (set forth in RD-L 14/2013) to some losses recorded in Catalunya Banc’s consolidated financial statements for 2013, which were originated as a consequence of the transfer of assets by Catalunya Banc to the Management Company for Assets Arising from the Banking Sector Restructuring (Sociedad de Gestión de Activos Procedentes de la Reestructuración Bancaria or “SAREB”).

The closing of the sale and purchase transaction is subject to various conditions, such as obtaining the relevant administrative authorizations and approvals and the closing of the transfer by Catalunya Banc of a loan portfolio with a nominal value of €6,392 million to an asset securitization fund, as announced by Catalunya Banc to the market on July 17, 2014.

 

29


Table of Contents

Purchase of Simple

On March 17, 2014, the Group acquired 100% of Simple Finance Technology Corp. (“Simple”) for a price of $117 million (approximately €84 million).

2013

Acquisition of Unnim Vida

On February 1, 2013, Unnim Banc, S.A. reached an agreement with Aegon Spain Holding B.V. to acquire its 50% stake in Unnim Vida, S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros (“Unnim Vida”). As a result BBVA Group’s total holding in the share capital of Unnim Vida is 100%.

2012

Acquisition of Unnim

On March 7, 2012, the Management Commission of the FROB accepted BBVA’s offer to acquire Unnim Banc, S.A. (“Unnim”). The FROB, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions (Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos or “FGD”) and BBVA entered into a purchase agreement, by virtue of which BBVA acquired 100% of the shares of Unnim for a purchase price of €1.

In addition, BBVA, the FGD, the FROB and Unnim signed a Protocol of Financial Measures for the restructuring of Unnim, which regulates the Asset Protection Scheme through which the FGD will be responsible for 80% of the losses incurred by a predetermined asset portfolio of Unnim for a period of 10 years following the transaction.

On July 27, 2012, following the completion of the transaction, BBVA became the holder of 100% of the capital of Unnim.

Capital Divestitures

Our principal divestitures are financial divestitures in our subsidiaries and in affiliates. The main capital divestitures from 2012 to the date of this Annual Report were the following:

2014

Agreement to sell CNCB

On January 23, 2015, we signed an agreement to sell a 4.9% stake in China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (“CNCB”) to UBS AG, London Branch (“UBS”), which in turn entered into transactions pursuant to which such stake was transferred to Xinhu Zhongbao Co., Ltd.

The closing took place on March 12, 2015. The sale price to UBS was HK$5.73 per share, amounting to a total of HK$13,136 million (approximately €1,555 million) and the estimated impact on our consolidated financial statements was a net capital gain of approximately €520 million.

As of December 31, 2014, our participation in CNCB was recognized under the heading “Non-Current assets available for sale.” See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Agreement to sell the participation in Citic International Financial Holding (CIFH)

On December 23, 2014, we signed an agreement to sell our 29.68% stake in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (“CIFH”) to CNCB. CIFH is a non-listed subsidiary of CNCB domiciled in Hong Kong. The sale price is HK$8,162 million. The closing of the agreement is subject to obtaining the relevant regulatory approvals. The estimated negative impact on the attributable profit of the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group will be approximately €25 million.

 

30


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014, this participation was recognized under the heading “Non-Current assets held for sale” under the heading “Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method –Associates” (see Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements).

2013

Sale of BBVA Panama

On July 20, 2013, BBVA announced that it had reached an agreement with Leasing Bogotá S.A., Panamá, a subsidiary of Grupo Aval Acciones y Valores, S.A., for the sale of BBVA’s direct and indirect ownership interest (98.92%) in Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Panamá), S.A. (“BBVA Panamá”). On December 19, 2013, after having obtained the necessary approvals, BBVA completed the sale.

The total consideration that BBVA received pursuant to this sale amounted to approximately $645 million. BBVA received part of the consideration through the distribution of dividends from BBVA Panamá prior to the closing of the transaction amounting to $140 million (such amount reduced the purchase price to be paid to BBVA on closing).

After deducting such distribution of dividends the capital gain for BBVA, gross of taxes, amounted to approximately €230 million which was recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement in 2013. See Note 49.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Sale of pension businesses in Latin America

On May 24, 2012, we announced our decision to conduct a study on strategic alternatives for our pension business in Latin America. The alternatives considered in this process included the total or partial sale of the businesses of the Pension Fund Administrators (AFP) in Chile, Colombia and Peru, and the Retirement Fund Administrator (Afore) in Mexico. For additional information, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On October 2, 2013, with the sale of AFP Provida (as defined below), BBVA finalized this process. Below is a description of each of the transactions that have been carried out during this process:

Sale of AFP Provida (Chile)

On February 1, 2013, BBVA reached an agreement with MetLife, Inc., for the sale of the 64.3% stake that BBVA held direct and indirectly in the Chilean Pension Fund manager Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones Provida S.A. (“AFP Provida”).

On October 2, 2013, BBVA completed the sale. The total amount in cash received by BBVA was approximately $1,540 million, taking into account the purchase price amounting to roughly $1,310 million as well as the dividends paid by AFP Provida since February 1, 2013 amounting to roughly $230 million. The gain on disposal, attributable to the parent company net of taxes, amounted to approximately €500 million which was recognized under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations (net)” in the consolidated income statement in 2013. See Note 49.2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Sale of BBVA AFP Horizonte S.A. (Peru)

On April 23, 2013, BBVA sold its wholly-owned Peruvian subsidiary AFP Horizonte S.A. to AFP Integra S.A. and Profuturo AFP, S.A. who have each acquired 50% of AFP Horizonte, S.A. The total consideration paid for such shares was approximately $544 million. This consideration consisted in a cash payment of approximately $516 million and the distribution of a dividend prior to the closing of approximately $28 million.

 

31


Table of Contents

The gain on disposal, attributable to parent company net of taxes, amounted to approximately €206 million at the moment of the sale and such gain was recognized under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations (net)” in the consolidated income statement in 2013. See Note 49.2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Sale of BBVA AFP Horizonte S.A. (Colombia)

On December 24, 2012, BBVA reached an agreement with Sociedad Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones y Cesantías Porvenir, S.A., a subsidiary of Grupo Aval Acciones y Valores, S.A., for the sale to the former of the total stake that BBVA held directly or indirectly in the Colombian company BBVA Horizonte Sociedad Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones y Cesantías S.A.

On April 18, 2013, after having obtained the necessary approvals, BBVA completed the sale. The adjusted total price was $541.4 million. The gain on disposal, attributable to parent company net of taxes, amounted to approximately €255 million at the moment of the sale, and was recognized under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations (net)” in the consolidated income statement in 2013. See Note 49.2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Sale of Afore Bancomer (Mexico)

On November 27, 2012, BBVA reached an agreement to sell to Afore XXI Banorte, S.A. de C.V. its entire stake directly or indirectly held in the Mexican subsidiary Administradora de Fondos para el Retiro Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. Once the corresponding authorization was obtained from the competent authorities, the sale was closed on January 9, 2013.

The total sale price was $1,735 million (approximately €1,327 million). The gain on disposal, attributable to parent company net of taxes, was approximately €771 million. See Note 49.2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

New agreement with CITIC Group

As of October 17, 2013, BBVA reached a new agreement with the CITIC Group which contemplated the sale of BBVA’s 5.1% stake in China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB) to CITIC Limited for an amount of approximately €944 million. After this sale, the stake of BBVA in CNCB was reduced to 9.9%.

BBVA and the CITIC Group also agreed to adapt their strategic cooperation agreement to the new circumstances by removing the exclusivity obligations that affected the activities of BBVA in China and agreeing to negotiate new areas of cooperation among both banks.

As a result of the changes referred to above, the Company began accounting for its investment in CNCB as an “Available-for-sale financial asset” as of October 1, 2013. See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

The change in the accounting criteria and the sale referred to above resulted in a loss attributable to the BBVA Group at the time of the sale of approximately €2,600 million which was recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale” in the consolidated income statement in 2013. See Note 48 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

2012

In June 2012, BBVA reached an agreement to sell its business in Puerto Rico to Oriental Financial Group Inc. The sale price was $500 million (approximately €385 million at the exchange rate on the date of the transaction). Gross capital losses from this sale amounted to approximately €15 million (taking into account the exchange rate at the time of the transaction and the earnings of the sold companies up to the closing of the transaction, on December 18, 2012). See Note 48 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

32


Table of Contents
B. Business Overview

BBVA is a highly diversified international financial group, with strengths in the traditional banking businesses of retail banking, asset management, private banking and wholesale banking. We also have investments in some of Spain’s leading companies.

Operating Segments

Set forth below are the Group’s current six operating segments:

 

    Banking Activity in Spain

 

    Real Estate Activity in Spain

 

    Eurasia

 

    Mexico

 

    South America

 

    United States

In addition to the operating segments referred to above, the Group has a Corporate Center which includes those items that have not been allocated to an operating segment. It includes the Group’s general management functions, including costs from central units that have a strictly corporate function; management of structural exchange rate positions carried out by the Financial Planning unit; specific issues of capital instruments to ensure adequate management of the Group’s overall capital position; proprietary portfolios such as industrial holdings and their corresponding results; certain tax assets and liabilities; provisions related to commitments with pensioners; and goodwill and other intangibles. It also comprises the following items (i) with respect to 2013, the earnings from the sale of the pension businesses in Mexico, Colombia, Peru and Chile and also the earnings of these businesses until their sale; the capital gain from the sale of BBVA Panama; and the impact of the reduction of the stake in CNCB (which led to the repricing at market value of BBVA’s stake in CNCB, as well as the impact of the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB, excluding dividends), (ii) with respect to 2012, the badwill generated by the Unnim acquisition, the capital gain from the sale of BBVA Puerto Rico, the earnings from the pension business in Latin America, and the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB (excluding dividends), and (iii) with respect to 2011, the results from the pension business in Latin America and the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB (excluding dividends).

The information presented below for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 reflects certain minor reclassifications made in 2014 among our operating segments; consequently such information differs slightly from the segmental information reported in our prior annual reports on Form 20-F.

 

33


Table of Contents

The breakdown of the Group’s total assets by operating segments as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
Total Assets by Operating Segment    2014      2013 (1)      2012 (1)  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Banking Activity in Spain

     318,353         314,902         345,521   

Real Estate Activity in Spain

     17,934         20,582         22,112   

Eurasia (2)

     44,667         41,223         48,324   

Mexico

     93,731         81,801         82,722   

South America

     84,364         77,874         75,877   

United States

     69,261         53,046         53,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal Assets by Operating Segments

  628,310      589,428      628,436   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate Center and other adjustments (3)

  3,632      (6,732   (7,304
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets BBVA Group

  631,942      582,697      621,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects certain restatements relating to, among others, the reclassification of our business in Panama (sold in 2013) to the Corporate Center.
(2) The information is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti information has been proportionally consolidated based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti.
(3) Other adjustments include adjustments made to account for the fact that, in our Consolidated Financial Statements, Garanti is accounted for using the equity method rather than using the management criteria referred to above. For more information, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

The following table sets forth information relating to the profit by each of BBVA’s operating segments and Corporate Center for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Profit/(Loss)
Attributable to Parent
Company
    % of Profit/(Loss)
Attributable to Parent
Company
 
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013 (1)     2012 (1)     2014     2013 (1)     2012 (1)  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (In Percentage)  

Banking Activity in Spain

     1,028        589        1,186        25.3        18.4        143.7   

Real Estate Activity in Spain

     (876     (1,252     (4,068     (21.6     (39.1     (492.8

Eurasia (2)

     565        449        404        13.9        14.0        48.9   

Mexico

     1,915        1,802        1,687        47.1        56.3        204.3   

South America

     1,001        1,224        1,172        24.6        38.2        142.0   

United States

     428        390        445        10.5        12.2        53.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Operating Segments

  4,062      3,201      826      100.0      100.0      100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate Center

  (1,444   (1,117   850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Profit

  2,618      2,084      1,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

(1) Reflects certain restatements relating to, among others, the reclassification of our business in Panama (sold in 2013) to the Corporate Center.
(2) The information is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti information has been proportionally consolidated based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti.

 

34


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating to the income of each operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and reconciles the income statement of the various operating segments to the consolidated income statement of the Group:

 

     Operating Segments                           
     Banking
Activity
in Spain
     Real
Estate
Activity
in Spain
    Eurasia(1)      Mexico      South
America
     United
States
     Corporate
Center
    Total     Adjustments
(2)
    BBVA
Group
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

2014

                         

Net interest income

     3,830         (38     924         4,910         4,699         1,443         (651     15,116        (734     14,382   

Gross income

     6,622         (132     1,680         6,522         5,191         2,137         (664     21,357        (632     20,725   

Net margin before provisions

     3,777         (291     942         4,115         2,875         640         (1,653     10,406        (240     10,166   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

     1,463         (1,225     713         2,519         1,951         561         (1,920     4,063        (83     3,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

  1,028      (876   565      1,915      1,001      428      (1,444   2,618      —        2,618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

Net interest income

  3,838      (3   909      4,478      4,660      1,402      (671   14,613      (713   13,900   

Gross income

  6,103      (38   1,717      6,194      5,583      2,047      (416   21,191      (439   20,752   

Net margin before provisions

  3,088      (188   981      3,865      3,208      618      (1,584   9,990      (34   9,956   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

  230      (1,838   586      2,358      2,354      534      (1,680   2,544      (1,589   954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

  589      (1,252   449      1,802      1,224      390      (1,117   2,084      —        2,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

Net interest income

  4,729      (21   851      4,174      4,236      1,550      (397   15,122      (648   14,474   

Gross income

  6,659      (79   1,665      5,751      5,308      2,198      391      (68   21,892      21,824   

Net margin before provisions

  3,776      (209   886      3,590      3,023      722      (681   344      11,106      11,450   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

  1,651      (5,705   508      2,223      2,234      620      (783   749      833      1,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

  1,186      (4,068   404      1,687      1,172      445      850      1,676      —        1,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The information is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti information has been proportionally integrated based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti.
(2) Other adjustments include adjustments made to account for the fact that, in our Consolidated Financial Statements, Garanti is accounted for using the equity method rather than using the management criteria referred above.

 

35


Table of Contents

Banking Activity in Spain

The Banking Activity in Spain operating segment includes all of BBVA’s banking and non-banking businesses in Spain, other than those included in the Corporate Center area and Real Estate Activity in Spain. The main business units included in this operating segment are:

 

    Spanish Retail Network: including individual customers, private banking, small companies and businesses in the domestic market;

 

    Corporate and Business Banking (CBB): which manages small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), companies and corporations, public institutions and developer segments;

 

    Corporate and Investment Banking (C&IB): responsible for business with large corporations and multinational groups and the trading floor and distribution business in Spain; and

 

    Other units: which include the insurance business unit in Spain (BBVA Seguros), and the Asset Management unit, which manages Spanish mutual funds and pension funds.

In addition, it includes certain loans and advances portfolios, finance and structural euro balance sheet positions.

The following table sets forth information relating to the activity of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     318,353         314,902         345,521   

Loans and advances to customers

     174,197         178,283         193,311   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     74,508         77,575         84,602   

Consumer finance

     5,270         6,703         7,663   

Loans

     3,946         4,962         6,043   

Credit cards

     1,324         1,741         1,620   

Loans to enterprises

     37,224         37,181         45,148   

Loans to public sector

     22,833         21,694         24,770   

Customer deposits

     154,261         157,124         146,008   

Of which:

        

Current and savings accounts

     58,645         53,408         47,512   

Time deposits

     62,203         74,451         62,598   

Other customer funds

     17,799         8,436         9,593   

Assets under management

     50,749         42,933         40,156   

Mutual funds

     28,695         22,298         19,116   

Pension funds

     21,880         20,428         18,577   

Other placements

     174         206         2,463   

Loans and advances to customers of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €174,197 million, a 2.3% decrease from the €178,283 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly as a result of the maturities of our loan portfolio which were not offset by the higher lending activity in the period.

 

36


Table of Contents

Customer deposits of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €154,261 million, a 1.8% decrease from the €157,124 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly due to the lower remuneration of time deposits that has led to a shift of funds to demand deposits and mutual funds.

Mutual funds of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €28,695 million, a 28.7% increase from the €22,298 million recorded as of December 31, 2013. Pension funds of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €21,880 million, a 7.1% increase from the €20,428 million recorded as of December 31, 2013. These increases were mainly the result of the active marketing of a diversified portfolio of mutual and pension funds to certain customer segments in an environment of low interest rates.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 6.0% as of December 31, 2014, from 6.4% as of December 31, 2013, mainly due to lower net additions to non-performing assets. This operating segment’s non-performing assets coverage ratio increased to 45% as of December 31, 2014, from 41% as of December 31, 2013.

Real Estate Activity in Spain

This operating segment was set up with the aim of providing specialized and structured management of the real estate assets accumulated by the Group as a result of the economic crisis in Spain. It includes primarily lending to real estate developers and foreclosed real estate assets.

The exposure, including loans and advances to customers and foreclosed assets, to the real estate sector in Spain is declining. As of December 31, 2014, the balance stood at €12,545 million, 13.9% lower than as of December 31, 2013. Non-performing assets of this segment have continued to decline and as of December 31, 2014 were 16.1% lower than as of December 31, 2013. The coverage of non-performing and potential problem loans of this segment increased to 54% as of December 31, 2014, compared with 48% of the total amount of real-estate assets in this operating segment.

The number of real estate assets sold in 2014 was 1.5% lower than in 2013, although real estate assets sold in 2014 had a higher gross value and average price, resulting in a greater reduction in our total exposure to the real estate sector.

 

37


Table of Contents

Eurasia

This operating segment covers the retail and wholesale banking businesses of the Group in the rest of Europe and Asia. It also includes BBVA’s stake in the Turkish bank Garanti. Following management criteria, assets and liabilities corresponding to our 25.01% stake in Garanti are included in every balance sheet line.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     44,667         41,223         48,324   

Loans and advances to customers

     29,430         28,397         30,228   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     4,193         4,156         4,291   

Consumer finance

     4,143         3,983         4,262   

Loans

     2,877         2,743         3,051   

Credit cards

     1,266         1,240         1,212   

Loans to enterprises

     18,860         18,348         19,550   

Loans to public sector

     234         251         102   

Customer deposits

     22,671         17,634         17,470   

Of which:

        

Current and savings accounts

     3,637         3,148         3,098   

Time deposits

     10,170         9,009         9,576   

Other customer funds

     7,145         4,305         3,795   

Assets under management

     2,401         1,966         2,016   

Mutual funds

     1,549         1,332         1,408   

Pension funds

     852         634         608   

Loans and advances to customers of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €29,430 million, a 3.6% increase from the €28,397 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, as a result of the evolution of the Garanti portfolios, particularly loans denominated in Turkish lira, with a positive trend of consumer portfolios.

Customer deposits of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €22,671 million, a 28.6% increase from the €17,634 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, as a result of increased volume in foreign currency deposits of Garanti.

Mutual funds of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €1,549 million, a 16.3% increase from the €1,332 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, due to an increase of mutual funds in Luxembourg.

Pension funds of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €852 million, a 34.4% increase from the €634 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly as a result of increases in Turkey and Portugal.

 

38


Table of Contents

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 3.3% as of December 31, 2014 from 3.4% as of December 31, 2013. This operating segment non-performing assets coverage ratio increased to 92% as of December 31, 2014 from 87% as of December 31, 2013.

Mexico

The Mexico operating segment comprises the banking and insurance businesses conducted in Mexico by the BBVA Bancomer financial group. The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     93,731         81,801         82,722   

Loans and advances to customers

     46,798         40,668         39,060   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     9,272         8,985         9,399   

Consumer finance

     10,902         10,096         9,785   

Loans

     5,686         4,748         4,421   

Credit cards

     5,216         5,348         5,364   

Loans to enterprises

     16,706         13,867         12,493   

Loans to public sector

     4,295         3,594         3,590   

Customer deposits

     45,937         42,452         35,792   

Of which:

        

Current and savings accounts

     27,795         24,489         23,707   

Time deposits

     7,382         6,409         7,157   

Other customer funds

     3,914         3,819         3,207   

Assets under management

     22,094         19,673         19,896   

Mutual funds

     18,691         16,896         17,492   

Other placements

     3,403         2,777         2,404   

Loans and advances to customers of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €46,798 million, a 15.1% increase from the €40,668 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly due to the increase in financing to medium-sized enterprises and consumer loans.

Customer deposits of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €45,937 million, a 8.2% increase from the €42,452 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly as a result of the increase in demand deposits.

Mutual funds of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €18,691 million, a 10.6% increase from the €16,896 million recorded as of December 31, 2013 mainly as a result of an improvement in corporate banking which was boosted by a marketing campaign.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 2.9% as of December 31, 2014, from 3.6% as of December 31, 2013. This operating segment non-performing assets coverage ratio increased to 114% as of December 31, 2014, from 110% as of December 31, 2013.

 

39


Table of Contents

South America

The South America operating segment manages the BBVA Group’s banking and insurance businesses in the region.

The business units included in the South America operating segment are:

 

    Retail and Corporate Banking: includes banks in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela.

 

    Insurance businesses: includes insurance businesses in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, and Venezuela.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     84,364         77,874         75,877   

Loans and advances to customers

     52,920         48,466         47,601   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     9,621         8,533         8,464   

Consumer finance

     13,575         13,112         12,598   

Loans

     9,336         9,441         9,231   

Credit cards

     4,239         3,670         3,366   

Loans to enterprises

     20,831         18,565         18,851   

Loans to public sector

     650         601         615   

Customer deposits

     56,370         55,167         52,759   

Of which:

        

Current and savings accounts

     37,006         37,639         33,901   

Time deposits

     17,686         15,869         16,440   

Other customer funds

     7,301         5,374         5,467   

Assets under management

     8,480         6,552         5,698   

Mutual funds

     3,848         2,952         3,355   

Pension funds

     4,632         3,600         3,083   

Loans and advances to customers of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €52,920 million, a 9.2% increase from the €48,466 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly due to increased activity, particularly in small business finance and lending to corporates.

Customer deposits of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €56,370 million, a 2.2% increase from the €55,167 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly due to an increase in the balance of current and saving accounts in Venezuela and in time deposits in Chile and Colombia.

Mutual funds of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €3,848 million, a 30.3% increase from the €2,952 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly as a result of the positive performance in Argentina, Chile and Peru.

 

40


Table of Contents

Pension funds of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €4,632 million, a 28.7% increase from the €3,600 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly as a result of the increased volumes in Bolivia.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio was 2.1% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. This operating segment non-performing assets coverage ratio decreased to 138% as of December 31, 2014, from 141% as of December 31, 2013.

United States

This operating segment encompasses the Group’s business in the United States. BBVA Compass accounted for approximately 94% of the area’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2014. Given its weight, most of the comments below refer to BBVA Compass. This operating segment also covers the assets and liabilities of the BBVA office in New York, which specializes in transactions with large corporations.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     69,261         53,046         53,880   

Loans and advances to customers

     49,667         38,067         36,885   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     11,876         9,591         9,176   

Consumer finance

     5,812         4,464         4,422   

Loans

     5,291         3,984         3,942   

Credit cards

     522         481         480   

Loans to enterprises

     25,202         19,427         19,292   

Loans to public sector

     3,706         2,772         1,961   

Customer deposits

     51,394         39,844         39,132   

Of which:

        

Current and savings accounts

     38,438         29,800         29,060   

Time deposits

     8,853         7,300         7,885   

Other customer funds

     2,803         1,348         775   

Loans and advances to customers of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €49,667 million, a 30.5% increase from the €38,067 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, as a result of growth in all of the segment’s portfolios.

Customer deposits of this operating segment as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €51,394 million, a 29.0% increase from the €39,844 million recorded as of December 31, 2013, mainly due to an increase in the balance of current and saving accounts as a result of the campaigns designed to attract deposits.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 0.9% as of December 31, 2014, from 1.2% as of December 31, 2013, as a result of a decrease in non-performing loans and a growth of loans and advances to customers. This operating segment non-performing assets coverage ratio increased to 167% as of December 31, 2014, from 134% as of December 31, 2013, as a result of the decrease in non-performing assets.

 

41


Table of Contents

Insurance Activity

See Note 22 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for information on our insurance activity.

Monetary Policy

The integration of Spain into the European Monetary Union (“EMU”) on January 1, 1999 implied the yielding of monetary policy sovereignty to the Eurosystem. The “Eurosystem” is composed of the ECB and the national central banks of the 19 member countries that form the EMU.

The Eurosystem determines and executes the policy for the single monetary union of the 19 member countries of the EMU. The Eurosystem collaborates with the central banks of member countries to take advantage of the experience of the central banks in each of its national markets. The basic tasks carried out by the Eurosystem include:

 

    defining and implementing the single monetary policy of the EMU;

 

    conducting foreign exchange operations in accordance with the set exchange policy;

 

    lending to national monetary financial institutions in collateralized operations;

 

    holding and managing the official foreign reserves of the member states; and

 

    promoting the smooth operation of the payment systems.

In addition, the Treaty on European Union (“EU Treaty”) establishes a series of rules designed to safeguard the independence of the system, in its institutional as well as its administrative functions.

Supervision and Regulation

Since September 2012, significant progress has been made toward the establishment of a European banking union. Banking union is expected to be achieved through new harmonized banking rules (the single rulebook) and a new institutional framework with stronger systems for both banking supervision and resolution that will be managed at the European level. Its two main pillars are the Single Supervisory Mechanism (the “SSM”) and the Single Resolution Mechanism (“SRM”).

Pursuant to Article 127(6) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and Council Regulation (EC) No. 1023/2013 conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank (“ECB”) concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions (the “SSM Regulation”), the ECB is responsible for specific tasks concerning the prudential supervision of credit institutions established in participating Member States. Since 2014, it carries out these supervisory tasks within the SSM framework, composed of the ECB and the relevant national authorities. The ECB is responsible for the effective and consistent functioning of the SSM, with a view to carrying out effective banking supervision, contributing to the safety and soundness of the banking system and the stability of the financial system.

Its main aims are to:

 

    ensure the safety and soundness of the European banking system;

 

    increase financial integration and stability; and

 

    ensure consistent supervision.

The ECB, in cooperation with the relevant national supervisors, is responsible for the effective and consistent functioning of the SSM.

It has the authority to:

 

    conduct supervisory reviews, on-site inspections and investigations;

 

42


Table of Contents
    grant or withdraw banking licenses;

 

    assess banks’ acquisitions and disposals of qualifying holdings;

 

    ensure compliance with EU prudential rules; and

 

    set higher capital requirements (“buffers”) in order to counter any financial risks.

In addition, since November 2014, it assumed the direct supervision of the 123 significant banks of the participating countries, including Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. These banks hold almost 82% of banking assets in the Eurozone. Ongoing supervision of the significant banks is carried out by Joint Supervisory Teams (“JSTs”). Each significant bank has a dedicated JST, comprising staff of the ECB and the relevant national supervisors (in our case, the Bank of Spain).

The criteria for determining whether a bank is considered significant (and therefore whether it falls under the ECB’s direct supervision) are set out in the SSM Regulation and the Regulation (EU) No. 468/2014 of the European Central Bank of April 16, 2014 establishing the framework for cooperation within the Single Supervisory Mechanism between the European Central Bank and national competent authorities and with national designated authorities (the “SSM Framework Regulation”). To qualify as significant, a bank must fulfill at least one of these criteria:

 

    size: the total value of its assets exceeds €30 billion;

 

    economic importance: for the specific country or the EU economy as a whole;

 

    cross border activities: the total value of its assets exceeds €5 billion and the ratio of its cross-border assets/liabilities in more than one other participating Member State to its total assets/liabilities is above 20%; or

 

    direct public financial assistance: it has requested or received funding from the European Stability Mechanism (“ESM”) or the European Financial Stability Facility.

The ECB can decide at any time to classify a bank as significant to ensure that high supervisory standards are applied consistently.

The ECB indirectly supervises banks that are not considered significant (also known as “less significant” institutions), which continue to be supervised by their national supervisors, in close cooperation with the ECB. See “—Bank of Spain” below for an explanation of the tasks to be performed by the Bank of Spain.

Bank of Spain

The Bank of Spain was established in 1962 as a public law entity (entidad de derecho público) that operates as Spain’s autonomous central bank. In addition, it has the ability to function as a private bank. Except in its public functions, the Bank of Spain’s relations with third parties are governed by private law, and its actions are subject to the civil and business law codes and regulations.

Until January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain was also the sole entity responsible for implementing Spanish monetary policy. For a description of monetary policy since the introduction of the euro, see “—Monetary Policy”.

Since January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain has performed the following basic functions attributed to the Eurosystem:

 

    defining and implementing the Eurosystem’s monetary policy, with the principal aim of maintaining price stability across the Eurozone;

 

43


Table of Contents
    conducting currency exchange operations consistent with the provisions of Article 219 of the EU Treaty, and holding and managing the Member States’ official currency reserves;

 

    promoting the sound working of payment systems in the Eurozone; and

 

    issuing legal tender banknotes.

Recognizing the foregoing functions as a fully-fledged member of the Eurosystem, the Bank of Spain Law of Autonomy (Ley de Autonomía del Banco de España) stipulates the performance of the following functions by the Bank of Spain:

 

    holding and managing currency and precious metal reserves not transferred to the ECB;

 

    promoting the proper working and stability of the financial system and, without prejudice to the functions of the ECB, the proper working of the national payment systems, providing emergency liquidity assistance (ELA);

 

    promoting the sound working and stability of the financial system and, without prejudice to the functions of the ECB, of national payment systems;

 

    placing coins in circulation and the performance, on behalf of the State, of all such other functions entrusted to it in this connection;

 

    preparing and publishing statistics relating to its functions, and assisting the ECB in the compilation of the necessary statistical information;

 

    providing treasury services and acting as financial agent for government debt;

 

    advising the government, preparing the appropriate reports and studies; and

 

    exercising all other powers attributed to it by legislation.

As indicated above, on November 4, 2014 the ECB assumed responsibility for the supervision of Eurozone banks, following a year-long preparatory phase that included an in-depth examination of the resilience and balance sheets of the largest banks in the Eurozone. For all the banks not supervised directly by the ECB, around 3,500 banks, the ECB will also set and monitor the relevant supervisory standards and work closely with the national competent authorities in the supervision of these banks.

The ECB will set up homogenous criteria for all the supervised institutions under the SSM and will assume decision-making power. National authorities, such as the Bank of Spain, will provide their knowledge on their financial systems and the entities located in their jurisdictions. Therefore, the role of the Bank of Spain will continue to be relevant for financial entities located in Spain. In particular, the Bank of Spain’s tasks will include the following:

 

    it will collaborate with the ECB in the supervision of significant entities through its participation in the JSTs of the relevant Spanish banks, and it will have a leading role in the on-site inspections;

 

    the Bank of Spain will supervise directly the less significant Spanish banks. The ECB’s indirect supervision of these entities will be focused on the homogenization of supervisory criteria and reception of information;

 

    there are several supervisory competences over banking entities, for example money laundering and terrorist financing, customer protection and certain aspects of the monitoring of the financial markets that will be out of the scope of the SSM and remain under the purview of the Bank of Spain;

 

    the Bank of Spain will participate in certain administrative processes controlled by the ECB, such as the granting or withdrawal of licenses and the application of fit and proper tests to members of the board and senior management of Spanish banks, and will support the ECB in cross-border tasks such as the definition of policies, methodologies or crisis management;

 

44


Table of Contents
    the Bank of Spain will continue to supervise other institution such as appraisal companies or specialist credit institutions, e-money issuing entities, mutual guarantee and re-guarantee companies; and

 

    the Bank of Spain will participate in the governing bodies of the SSM contributing to the adoption of decisions affecting all credit institutions located in the Eurozone.

Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions

The Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions (Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos or “FGD”), which operates under the guidance of the Bank of Spain, was set up by virtue of Royal Decree-Law 16/2011, of October 14. It is an independent legal entity and enjoys full authority to fulfill its functions. Royal Decree-Law 16/2011 unified the three previous guarantee funds that existed in Spain: the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Saving Banks, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Entities and the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Banking Establishments.

The main objective of the FGD is to guarantee deposits and securities held by credit institutions, up to the limit of €100,000. It also has the authority to carry out any such actions necessary to reinforce the solvency and operation of credit institutions in difficulty, with the purpose of defending the interests of depositors and deposit guarantee funds.

In order to fulfill its purposes, the FGD receives annual contributions from member credit institutions. The current annual contribution requirement is €2 for every €1,000 guaranteed deposits held by the respective member institution as of year-end. The Minister of the Economy and Finance is authorized to reduce the contributions when the FGD’s equity is considered sufficient to meet its needs. Moreover, it may suspend contributions when the FGD’s total equity reaches 1% of the calculation base of the contributions of the member institutions as a whole. Under certain circumstances defined by law, there may be extraordinary contributions from the institutions, and the European Central Bank may also require exceptional contributions of an amount set by law.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 all of the Spanish banks belonging to the BBVA Group were members of the FGD and were thus obligated to make annual contributions to it.

Investment Guarantee Fund

Royal Decree 948/2001, of August 3, regulates investor guarantee schemes (Fondo de Garantía de Inversores) related to both investment firms and to credit institutions. These schemes are set up through an investment guarantee fund for securities broker and broker-dealer firms and the deposit guarantee funds already in place for credit institutions. A series of specific regulations have also been enacted, defining the system for contributing to the funds.

The General Investment Guarantee Fund Management Company was created in a relatively short period of time and is a business corporation with capital in which all the fund members hold an interest. Member firms must make a joint annual contribution to the fund equal to 0.06% over the 5% of the securities that they hold on their client’s behalf. However, it is foreseen that these contributions may be reduced if the fund reaches a level considered to be sufficient.

Liquidity Requirements—Minimum Reserve Ratio

The legal framework for the minimum reserve ratio is set out in Regulation (EC) No. 2818/98 of the ECB of December 1, 1998 on the application of minimum reserves (ECB/1998/15). The reserve coefficient for overnight deposits, deposits with agreed maturity or period of notice up to two years, debt securities issued with maturity up to two years and money market paper is 1%. For deposits with agreed maturity or period of notice over two years, repos and debt securities issued with maturity over two years there is no required reserve coefficient.

 

45


Table of Contents

Investment Ratio

In the past, the government used the investment ratio to allocate funds among specific sectors or investments. As part of the liberalization of the Spanish economy, it was gradually reduced to a rate of zero percent as of December 31, 1992. However, the law that established the ratio has not been abolished and the government could re-impose the ratio, subject to applicable EU requirements.

Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring

As a result of the crisis that affected the financial markets since 2007, the Spanish authorities created the FROB by Decree-Law 9/2009, of June 26. Its purpose is to help the restructuring processes undertaken by credit institutions and strengthen their capital positions subject to certain conditions. The FROB supports the restructuring strategy of those institutions that require assistance, in three distinct stages:

 

    search for a private solution by the credit institution itself;

 

    adopt measures to tackle any weaknesses that may affect the viability of credit institutions; and

 

    initiate a restructuring process in which the Fund itself has to intervene directly.

The FROB has to act in what is an absolutely exceptional situation that is closely linked to the development of the financial crisis. In order to comply with its objectives, FROB will be funded jointly from the Spanish national budget and the FGD. The FROB will be able to raise funds on securities markets through the issue of debt securities, lending and engaging in any other debt transaction necessary to fulfill its objects.

Law 9/2012, of November 14 grants the FROB the power to implement early intervention measures (for mild difficulties), restructuring measures (for temporary troubles, able to be coped with by means of public financial support) and orderly resolution measures (for non-viable institutions). It also provides for the creation of an Asset Management Company intended to purchase certain problematic assets from state aided banks in order to ease their viability. The FROB is entitled to require entities receiving state aids to transfer those problematic assets.

In order to comply with its objectives, the FROB is funded by the Spanish national budget. The FROB is able to raise funds in capital markets through the issuance of debt securities as well as by lending and engaging in any other debt transaction necessary to fulfill its objectives. However, this structure of funding will be significantly modified once the BRRD Draft Implementation Law (as defined below) comes into force. Credit institutions will be required to fund the national resolution funds. In addition, from January 1, 2016, the SRM will assume its resolution powers.

Capital Requirements

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) proposed a number of fundamental reforms to the regulatory capital framework for internationally active banks (the “Basel III accords”). The Basel III accords raised the quantity and quality of capital required to be held by a financial institution with an emphasis on Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital and introduced an additional requirement for both a capital conservation buffer and a countercyclical buffer to be met with CET1 capital.

The Basel III accords were transposed into EU law by the enactment of Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms (“CRD IV”), which implements the Basel III capital standards over a phase-in period until January 1, 2019, and the Regulation 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation 648/2012 (“CRR”), subject to a number of transitional provisions and clarifications. A number of the requirements introduced under CRD IV have been and continue to be further supplemented through the Regulatory and Implementing Technical Standards produced by the European Banking Authority (EBA) and to be adopted by the European Commission which are not yet all finalized. The EU rules deviate from the Basel III rules in certain aspects, and provide national flexibility to apply more stringent prudential requirements than set out in the Basel framework.

 

46


Table of Contents

As a Spanish financial institution, we are subject to the CRD IV and the CRR. The CRR has been applicable since January 1, 2014 and the CRD IV has been largely implemented in Spain by Royal Decree-Law 14/2013, of November 29 (the “RD-L 14/2013”), Law 10/2014, of June 26, on organization, supervision and solvency of credit institutions (“Law 10/2014”) and Royal Decree 84/2015, of February 13 (“RD 84/2015”). In addition to RD-L 14/2013, Law 10/2014 and RD 84/2015, the Bank of Spain approved on January 31, 2014 its new Circular 2/2014, which repeals its previous Circular 7/2012 and makes certain regulatory determinations permitted under CRR pursuant to the delegation contained in RD-L 14/2013, including relevant rules concerning the applicable transitional regime on capital requirements and treatment of deductions.

Under CRD IV and CRR, the Group is required, on a consolidated basis, to hold a minimum amount of regulatory capital of 8% of risk-weighted assets of which at least 4.5% must be CET1 capital and at least 6% must be tier 1 capital (together, the “Pillar 1 requirements”).

In addition, the ECB requires certain financial institutions, including BBVA, to comply with extra capital requirements above the Pillar 1 requirements that may be material and which vary on a case-by-case basis to cover risks they believe are not covered or insufficiently covered by the Pillar 1 requirements (the “Pillar 2 requirements”).

CRD IV also introduces five new capital buffers that are in addition to the Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 requirements and are to be met with CET1 capital: (i) the capital conservation buffer, (ii) the institution-specific counter-cyclical buffer, (iii) the global systemically important institutions buffer, (iv) the other systemically important institutions buffer and (v) the systemic risk buffer. Some or all of these buffers may be applicable to us as determined by the ECB.

The combination of the capital conservation buffer, the institution-specific counter-cyclical capital buffer and the higher of (depending on the institution), the systemic risk buffer, the global systemically important institutions buffer and the other systemically important institution buffer, in each case (as applicable to the institution) is referred to as the “combined buffer requirement”.

In addition, under the provisions of the CRR, which took effect from January 1, 2014, deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (for example, deferred tax assets related to trade losses) and do not arise from temporary differences must be deducted in full from CET1 capital. Other deferred tax assets which rely on future profitability and arise from temporary differences are subject to a threshold test and only the amount in excess of the threshold is deducted from CET1 capital. The regulatory treatment of such deferred tax assets is dependent on there being no adverse changes to regulatory requirements.

Under Article 141 (Restrictions on distribution) of the CRD IV, member states of the EU must require that institutions that fail to meet the “combined buffer requirement” will be subject to restricted “discretionary payments” (which are defined broadly by CRD IV as payments relating to CET1 (dividends), variable remuneration and payments on additional tier 1 instruments). The restrictions will be scaled according to the extent of the breach of the “combined buffer requirement” and calculated as a percentage of the profits of the institution since the last distribution of profits or “discretionary payment”. Such calculation will result in a “maximum distributable amount” (or “MDA”) in each relevant period. As an example, the scaling is such that in the bottom quartile of the “combined buffer requirement”, no “discretionary distributions” will be permitted to be paid. In the event of a breach of the combined buffer requirement, we will be required to calculate our MDA, and as a consequence it may be necessary for us to reduce discretionary payments.

Moreover, global systemically important banks (GSIBs) such as BBVA will be subject to an additional CET1 capital requirement, depending on a bank’s systemic importance. The FSB list of GSIBs is updated annually, based on new data and changes to methodology. In addition, regulatory proposals relating to domestically systemically important banks (DSIBs) continue to be progressed and could impact the level of CET1 that is required to be held by us.

 

47


Table of Contents

In addition to the capital requirements under CRD IV, Directive 2014/59/EU of May 15 establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (“BRRD”) introduces requirements for banks to maintain at all times a sufficient aggregate amount of own funds and “eligible liabilities” (that is, liabilities that may be bailed in using the bail-in tool), known as the minimum requirements for eligible liabilities (“MREL”). The aim is that the minimum amount should be proportionate and adapted for each category of bank on the basis of their risk or the composition of their sources of funding. The Spanish government is in the process of transposing the BRRD’s provisions into law and MREL requirements will need to be implemented by 2016. The EBA will issue regulatory technical standards specifying the assessment criteria that resolution authorities should use to determine the minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities for individual firms (a draft of such regulatory technical standards was published on November 28, 2014 for public consultation). While such standards are expected be compatible with the proposed term sheet published by the FSB on total loss absorbing capacity (“TLAC”) requirements for GSIBs, there remains a degree of uncertainty as to the extent to which MREL and TLAC requirements may differ.

Building on changes made to requirements in relation to the quality and aggregate quantity of capital that banks must hold, the Basel Committee and other agencies are increasingly focused on changes that will increase, or re-calibrate, measures of risk-weighted assets as the key measure of the different categories of risk in the denominator of the risk-based capital ratio. There is no current global consensus regarding the key objectives of this further evolution of the international capital framework. One extreme position advocated by some regulators would materially deemphasize the role of a risk-based capital ratio. A more broadly held opinion among regulators seeks to retain the ratio but also reform it, in particular by addressing perceived excessive complexity and variability between banks and banking systems. In particular, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published a consultation paper in December 2014, in which it recommended reduced reliance on external credit ratings when assessing risk-weighted assets and to replace such ratings with certain risk drivers based on the particular type of exposure of each asset. While they are at different stages of maturity, a number of initiatives across risk types and business lines are in progress that will impact risk-weighted assets at their conclusion. While the quantum of impacts is uncertain owing to lack of clarity of definition of the changes and the timing of their introduction, the likelihood of an impact resulting from each initiative is high and such impacts could result in higher levels of risk-weighted assets.

In addition, in December 2010 the Basel Committee also published its global quantitative liquidity framework, comprising the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”) metrics, seeking to (i) promote the short-term resilience of banks’ liquidity risk profiles by ensuring they have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a significant stress scenario; and (ii) promote resilience over a longer time horizon by creating incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding on an ongoing basis. The Basel III liquidity standards are being implemented within the EU through the CRD IV. The LCR has been subsequently revised by the Basel Committee in January 2013 and in January 2014 the Basel Committee published amendments to the LCR and technical revisions to the NSFR ratio, confirming that it remains the intention that the latter ratio, including any future revisions, will become a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. Also, in January 2014, the Basel Committee proposed uniform disclosure standards related to the LCR and issued a new modification to the ratio, which should be adopted by banks from October 1, 2015.

Capital Management

Basel Capital Accord—Economic Capital

The Group’s capital management is performed at both the regulatory and economic levels.

Regulatory capital management is based on the analysis of the capital base and the capital ratios (core capital, Tier 1, etc.) using Basel (“BIS”) and Bank of Spain criteria. See Note 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The aim is to achieve a capital structure that is as efficient as possible in terms of both cost and compliance with the requirements of regulators, ratings agencies and investors. Active capital management includes securitizations, sales of assets, and preferred and subordinated issues of equity and hybrid instruments. In recent years we have taken various actions in connection with our capital management and in order to comply with various capital requirements applicable to us. We may make securities issuances or undertake asset sales in the future, which could involve outright sales of businesses or reductions in interests held by us, which could be material and could be undertaken at less than their respective book values, resulting in material losses thereon, in connection with our capital management and in order to comply with capital requirements or otherwise.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Bank has obtained the Bank of Spain’s approval with respect to its internal model of capital estimation (“IRB”) concerning certain portfolios and its operational risk internal model.

From an economic standpoint, capital management seeks to optimize value creation at the Group and at its different business units.

The Group allocates economic capital (“CER”) commensurate with the risks incurred by each business. This is based on the concept of unexpected loss at a certain level of statistical confidence, depending on the Group’s targets in terms of capital adequacy. These targets are applied at two levels: the first is core equity, which determines the allocated capital. The Group uses this amount as a basis for calculating the return generated on the equity (“ROE”) in each business. The second level is total capital, which determines the additional allocation in terms of subordinated debt and preference shares. The CER calculation combines lending risk, market risk (including structural risk associated with the balance sheet and equity positions), operational risk and fixed asset and technical risks in the case of insurance companies.

Stockholders’ equity, as calculated under BIS rules, is an important metric for the Group. However, for the purpose of allocating capital to operating segments the Group prefers CER. It is risk-sensitive and thus better reflects management policies for the individual businesses and the business portfolio. These provide an equitable basis for assigning capital to businesses according to the risks incurred and make it easier to compare returns.

To internal effects of management and pursuit of the operating segments, the Group realizes a capital allocation to each operating segment.

Concentration of Risk

The Bank of Spain regulates the concentration of risk. Since January 1, 1999, any exposure to a person or group exceeding 10% of a group’s or bank’s regulatory capital has been deemed a concentration. The total amount of exposure represented by all of such concentrations may not exceed 800% of regulatory capital. Exposure to a single person or group may not exceed 25% (20% in the case of non-consolidated companies of the economic group) of a bank’s or group’s regulatory capital.

Legal and Other Restricted Reserves

We are subject to the legal and other restricted reserves requirements applicable to Spanish companies. Please see “—Capital Requirements”.

Impairment on Financial Assets

For a discussion of provisions for loan losses and country risk, see Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulation of the Disclosure of Fees and Interest Rates

Banks must publish their preferential rates, rates applied on overdrafts, and fees and commissions charged in connection with banking transactions. Banking clients must be provided with written disclosure adequate to permit customers to ascertain transaction costs. The foregoing regulations are enforced by the Bank of Spain in response to bank client complaints.

Law 44/2002, of November 22, concerning measures to reform the Spanish financial system, contained a rule concerning the calculation of variable interest applicable to loans and credit secured by mortgages, bails, pledges or any other equivalent guarantee.

 

49


Table of Contents

Employee Pension Plans

Under the relevant collective labor agreements, BBVA and some of its subsidiaries provide supplemental pension payments to certain active and retired employees and their beneficiaries. These payments supplement social security benefits from the Spanish state. See Note 2.2.12 and Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Dividends

A bank may dedicate all of its net profits and its distributable reserves to the payment of dividends. In no event may dividends be paid from non-distributable reserves.

Although banks are not legally required to seek prior approval from the Bank of Spain before declaring interim dividends, the Bank of Spain had asked that banks consult with it on a voluntary basis before declaring interim dividends. It should be noted that the Bank of Spain recommended in 2013 and 2014 to Spanish banks to limit cash dividend payouts up to 25% of their consolidated earnings.

Effective since January 1, 2014, new banking regulation (Basel III, implemented in the European Union, among others, through the CRD IV and the CRR) has affected the restrictions to dividend payments that may be applicable in the following years, in circumstances where solvency requirements are not fulfilled. Credit entities will be required to hold a combined buffer requirement above their capital requirements in order to be able to freely distribute their distributable results. See Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements. This mechanism will not be in force until 2016 and will not be fully applicable until 2019.

Our bylaws allow for dividends to be paid in cash or in kind as determined by shareholder resolution.

Scrip Dividend

As in 2011, 2012 and 2013, during 2014, a scrip dividend scheme called “Dividend Option” was successfully approved by the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 14, 2014. The BBVA annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 13, 2015 passed four resolutions adopting four different free-of-charge capital increases for the implementation during 2015 of the “Dividend Option” scheme. These resolutions will allow the Board of Directors to implement, depending on the situation on the markets, the regulatory framework, the earnings obtained and possible recommendations on dividend payouts, the Dividend Option during a period of one year since the approval of such resolutions.

Upon the execution of each such free-of-charge capital increase, BBVA shareholders will have the option, at their own free choice, to receive their remuneration in newly issued ordinary shares or in cash. For additional information on the “Dividend Option” scheme, including its tax implications, see “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Spanish Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends—Scrip Dividend” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—U.S. Tax Considerations—Taxation of Distributions”.

The “Dividend Option” is implemented as an alternative remuneration scheme for BBVA shareholders with the aim to provide BBVA shareholders with a flexible option to receive all or part of their remuneration in newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank, whilst always maintaining the possibility to choose to receive the entire remuneration in cash.

Shareholders may have the “Dividend Option” available to them on different dates. However, it should be noted that each capital increase approved by the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 13, 2015, is independent of the other, so that one may be executed on a different date than the other and either one, or both of them, may even not be implemented.

BBVA’s Board of Directors, at its March 25, 2015 meeting, approved the execution of a capital increase on the terms approved by the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 13, 2015 in connection with the implementation of the “Dividend Option”. The number of new shares issued as a consequence of the execution of the capital increase was 80,314,074.

 

50


Table of Contents

Limitations on Types of Business

Spanish banks are subject to certain limitations on the types of businesses in which they may engage directly, but they are subject to few limitations on the types of businesses in which they may engage indirectly.

Mortgage Legislation

Law 2/1981, of March 25, on mortgage market, as amended by Law 41/2007, regulates the different aspects of the Spanish mortgage market and establishes additional rules for the mortgage and financial system.

Royal Decree 716/2009, of April 24, implemented several aspects of Law 2/1981, of March 25. The most significant aspect implemented by Royal Decree 716/2009 was the modification on the loan-to-value ratio requirement intending to improve the quality of Spanish mortgage-backed securities.

Increasing social pressure for the reform of mortgage legislation in Spain has resulted in changes to such legislation, which are described below.

Royal Decree 6/2012, of March 9, on urgent measures to protect mortgage debtors without financial resources introduced measures to enable the restructuring of mortgage debt and easing of collateral foreclosure aimed to protect especially vulnerable debtors.

Such measures include the following:

 

    the moderation of interest rates charged on mortgage arrears;

 

    the improvement of extrajudicial procedures as an alternative to legal foreclosure;

 

    the introduction of a voluntary code of conduct among lenders for regulated mortgage debt restructuring affecting especially vulnerable debtors; and

 

    where restructuring is unviable, lenders may, where appropriate and on an optional basis, offer the debtor partial debt forgiveness.

In addition, Royal Decree 27/2012, of November 15, on urgent measures to enhance the protection of mortgage debtors provided for a two-year moratorium, from the date of its adoption, on evictions applicable to debtor groups especially susceptible to social exclusion, which may remain at their homes for such period.

Law 1/2013, of May 14, on measures to protect mortgagees, debt restructuring and social rents, introduced important modifications to mortgage law and civil procedure law. The most relevant modifications are:

 

    extension of the two-year moratorium, established by Royal Decree 27/2012, until May 15, 2015;

 

    broadening the potential beneficiaries of the moratorium of Royal Decree 6/2012;

 

    limitation of the interest rates applied for delay or arrears;

 

    in the context of an auction, the base value of the property shall be the value set forth in the relevant mortgage deed and in no case shall it be less than 75% of the official appraisal value of the property;

 

    the possibility of suspension of enforcement proceedings when the loan or credit facility secured by the mortgage contains abusive clauses; and

 

    modification of the out-of-court notarial procedure.

 

51


Table of Contents

Royal Decree 11/2014, following the judgment of the EU Court of Justice of July 17, 2014 regarding Spanish foreclosure processes, allows debtors to appeal against a court’s resolution which rejects his or her opposition to the execution of a mortgage.

The Mortgage Credit Directive 2014/17/EU on credit agreements for consumers relating to residential immovable property was adopted on February 4, 2014. This Directive aims to create a Union-wide mortgage credit market with a high level of consumer protection. It applies to both secured credit and home loans. Member States will have to transpose its provisions into their national law by March 2016.

The most recent development regarding mortgage legislation in Spain is the approval by the Spanish government of Royal Decree-Law 1/2015 of February 27 on the “second chance” mechanism. The Royal Decree, although already in force, needs to be passed as law by Parliament, which is expected to take place through the emergency procedure in the next few days. During this process, amendments may be made to the current text. The main purpose of the Royal Decree is to regulate the “second chance” mechanism. This allows an individual who has been declared bankrupt to be discharged of outstanding obligations as long as he or she fulfills certain requirements: (i) the bankruptcy proceedings must have concluded, (ii) the debtor must have acted in good faith, the Royal Decree being restrictive as to when a debtor is considered to have acted in good faith, and (iii) the bankruptcy judge has to approve the terms of the discharge (and may revoke his or her approval under certain circumstances upon request of any creditor in the following five years). Discharge from mortgage obligations would only apply to the outstanding debts after the foreclosure, as long as such debts are considered ordinary or subordinate according to the Spanish Insolvency Law. Co-debtors and guarantors, if any, would remain liable.

Mutual Fund Regulation

Law 22/2014 of November 12, introduced a new legal regime for private investment entities in order to incorporate (i) Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 8 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers, and (ii) Directive 2013/14/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 21.

Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act

The consolidated text of the Corporate Enterprises Act adopted under Legislative Royal Decree 1/2010, of July 2, repealed the former Companies Act, adopted under Legislative Royal Decree 1564/1989, of December 22. This royal legislative decree has consolidated the legislation for joint stock companies (“sociedades anónimas”) and limited liability companies (“sociedades de responsabilidad limitada”) in a single text, bringing together the contents of the two aforementioned acts, as well as a part of the Securities Exchange Act.

Law 25/2011 of August 1, partially amended the Corporate Enterprises Act and incorporated Directive 2007/36/EC, of July 11, on the exercise of certain rights of shareholders in listed companies.

In addition, the Entrepreneur Act (Law 14/2013) and an amendment to the Insolvency Act (Legislative Royal Decree 11/2014) introduced some modifications on the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act. Also, an amendment on corporate governance was introduced by Law 31/2014 of December 3. The main changes introduced by this law are related to the rights of shareholders (assistance, information and voting), the calling of a general shareholders’ meeting and the duties of the board of directors and the audit committee, appointments committee and remuneration committee.

Spanish Auditing Law

Law 12/2010, of June 30, amended Law 19/1988, of July 12, on Accounts Audit, Law 24/1988, of July 28, on Securities Exchanges and the consolidated text of the former Companies Act adopted by Legislative Royal Decree 1564/1989, of December 22 (currently, the Corporate Enterprises Act), for its adaptation to EU regulations. This law transposed Directive EU/2006/43 which regulates aspects, among others, related to: authorization and registry of auditors and auditing companies, confidentiality and professional secrecy which the auditors may observe, rules on independency and liability as well as certain rules on the composition and functions of the auditing committee. The Royal Decree 1/2011, of July 1, approved the consolidated text of the Accounts Audit Law 12/2010 and repealed Law 19/1988, of July 12.

 

52


Table of Contents

Law 9/2012 of November 14, on Restructuring and Resolution of Credit Entities

Law 9/2012, of November 14, 2012, on restructuring and resolution of credit entities, sets up a comprehensive framework to deal effectively with financial institutions in stressed situations. Depending on the financial entity’s situation, three types of measures can be applied: early intervention (for mild difficulties), restructuring measures (for temporary troubles, able to be coped with by means of public financial support) and orderly resolution (for non-viable institutions). Law 9/2012 also grants the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (FROB) the power to implement these measures and provides for the creation of an Asset Management Company which will allow the removal from the balance sheet of state aided banks of certain problematic assets in order to ease their viability. The FROB is entitled to commit the entities receiving state aids to transfer those problematic assets.

Law 9/2012 also establishes the burden sharing regime between the public sector and the private stakeholders, defining the mechanism by means of which the owners of hybrid capital instruments and subordinated debt could be forced to bear part of the losses of a troubled institution. This burden sharing could be done through exchanges of these instruments into capital instruments, direct or conditioned cash repurchases, or reduction and anticipated amortization of the nominal value of the relevant instruments.

Law 9/2012 will be partially derogated by the transposition of the BRRD into the Spanish law.

The process for the implementation of the BRRD in Spain started on December 1, 2014, with the publication of the draft of the proposed law (anteproyecto de ley) on the restructuring and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (the “BRRD Draft Implementation Law”) for public consultation by the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Competitiveness. Following such consultation and the submission of a revised BRRD Draft Implementation Law to the report of the State Council (Consejo de Estado), the Spanish government approved the submission of a new version of the BRRD Draft Implementation Law, now drafted as a bill of law (proyecto de ley), to the Spanish parliament on March 13, 2015.

The BRRD was required to be implemented on or before January 1, 2015, although the bail-in tool will not apply until January 1, 2016, except where a bail-out is required during 2015. The BRRD aims to equip authorities with common tools and powers to tackle bank crises at the earliest possible moment and avoid costs to taxpayers. The set of measures provided for in the BRRD includes preparatory and preventive measures, the attribution of powers to the supervising authorities enabling them to act in advance and that are triggered whenever a financial institution does not comply or it is likely that it will not comply with the regulatory requirements to which it is subject, as well as resolution instruments and powers to be used when a financial institution does not comply or is likely to fail.

U.S. Regulation

Banking Regulation

BBVA is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). As such, BBVA is subject to the regulation and supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). BBVA’s direct and indirect activities and investments in the United States are limited to banking activities and certain non-banking activities that are “closely related to banking,” as determined by the Federal Reserve, and certain other activities permitted under the BHC Act. BBVA also is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring, directly or indirectly, the ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of any U.S. bank or bank holding company.

A bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial strength for its U.S. bank subsidiaries. Among other things, this source of strength obligation may result in a requirement for BBVA, as controlling shareholder, to inject capital into its U.S. bank subsidiary.

 

53


Table of Contents

BBVA’s U.S. bank subsidiary, Compass Bank (“Compass Bank”), and BBVA’s U.S. branch are also subject to supervision and regulation by a variety of other U.S. regulatory agencies. In addition to supervision by the Federal Reserve, BBVA’s New York branch is licensed and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services. Compass Bank is an Alabama state-chartered bank, is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and has branches in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico, and Texas. Compass Bank is supervised and examined by the Federal Reserve and the State of Alabama Banking Department. In addition, certain aspects of Compass Bank’s branch operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico, and Texas are subject to examination by the respective state banking regulators in such states. Compass Bank is also a depository institution insured by, and subject to the regulation of, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

On May 14, 2013, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., the Company’s former mid-tier U.S. bank holding company, was merged into BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., the Company’s top-tier U.S. bank holding company. Subsequent to the merger, the surviving entity’s name was changed to BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (“Compass Bancshares”). Compass Bank is a direct subsidiary of Compass Bancshares. Compass Bancshares is a bank holding company within the meaning of the BHC Act and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve.

BBVA Bancomer, S.A.’s agency office in Houston, Texas is a non-FDIC insured agency office of BBVA Bancomer, S.A., an indirect subsidiary of BBVA, that is licensed under the laws of the State of Texas and supervised by the Texas Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve.

Bancomer Transfer Services, Inc., a non-banking affiliate of BBVA and a direct subsidiary of BBVA Bancomer USA, Inc., is licensed as a money transmitter by the State of California Department of Financial Institutions, the Texas Department of Banking, and certain other state regulatory agencies. Bancomer Transfer Services, Inc. is also registered as a money services business with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

A major focus of U.S. governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at fighting money laundering and terrorist financing. Regulations applicable to BBVA and certain of its affiliates impose obligations to maintain appropriate policies, procedures, and controls to detect, prevent, and report money laundering. In particular, Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), as amended, requires financial institutions operating in the United States to (i) give special attention to correspondent and payable-through bank accounts, (ii) implement enhanced reporting due diligence, and ‘know your customer’ standards for private banking and correspondent banking relationships, (iii) scrutinize the beneficial ownership and activity of certain non-U.S. and private banking customers (especially for so-called politically exposed persons), and (iv) develop new anti-money laundering programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement compliance programs under the Bank Secrecy Act and the sanctions programs administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Regulation of Other U.S. Entities

BBVA’s indirect U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, BBVA Securities Inc. (“BSI”), is subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) with respect to its securities activities, as well as various U.S. state regulatory authorities. Additionally, the securities underwriting and dealing activities of BSI are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.

The activities of BBVA’s U.S. investment adviser affiliates are regulated and supervised by the SEC.

In addition, BBVA’s U.S. insurance agency affiliate is subject to regulation and supervision by various U.S. state insurance regulatory authorities.

 

54


Table of Contents

Dodd-Frank Act

In July 2010, the United States enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which provides a broad framework for significant regulatory changes that extends to almost every area of U.S. financial regulation. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses, among other issues, systemic risk oversight, bank capital standards, the resolution of failing systemically significant U.S. financial institutions, over-the-counter derivatives, restrictions on the ability of banking entities to engage in proprietary trading activities and invest in certain private equity funds, hedge funds and other covered funds (known as the “Volcker Rule”), consumer and investor protection, hedge fund registration, municipal advisor registration and regulation, securitization, investment advisor registration and regulation and the role of credit-rating agencies.

U.S. regulators are implementing many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act through detailed rulemaking, and the implementation process will likely continue for several more years. As it is implemented, the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules are expected to result in additional costs and impose certain limitations and restrictions affecting the conduct of our businesses, although uncertainty remains about the final details, impact and timing of many provisions.

Compass Bank has registered with the SEC and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board as a municipal advisor pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act’s municipal advisor registration requirements.

Among other changes, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives by the CFTC and the SEC, including mandatory clearing, exchange trading and public and regulatory transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding the registration of swap dealers and major swap participants, and related capital, margin, business conduct, record keeping and other requirements applicable to such entities. The CFTC has completed many of the most significant rulemakings, which came into effect in 2013 and 2014.

On March 31, 2013 BBVA registered as a “swap dealer” (as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “CEA”)) under Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act. This registration subjects BBVA to regulation and supervision by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). BBVA’s world-wide swap activities are also subject to regulations adopted by the European Commission pursuant to the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”) and the EU’s Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) and other European regulations and directives. The CFTC will deem BBVA to have complied with certain Dodd-Frank Act Title VII provisions for which, subject to certain conditions, the CFTC has found certain corresponding European provisions to be essentially identical or comparable, provided BBVA complies with such European provisions, as applicable.

Because BBVA is a non-U.S. swap dealer, the CFTC generally limits its direct regulation of BBVA with respect to swaps with U.S. persons and certain affiliates of U.S. persons. However, the CFTC is considering whether to apply regulatory transaction reporting to all swaps entered into by a non-U.S. swap dealer and instead rely on transaction reporting under comparable EU rules.

Currently BBVA is not considering registration as a “security-based swap dealer” with the SEC.

Compass Bank (and other entities of the Group) may register as a swap dealer if required by its swap activities or if it is determined to be beneficial to its business.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires that the Federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve, establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements applicable to insured depository institutions, bank and thrift holding companies and systemically important non-bank financial companies. These minimum requirements must be not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, and not quantitatively lower than the requirements in effect for insured depository institutions as of the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act. In response to these requirements, the Federal banking agencies have adopted a rule effectively establishing a permanent capital floor for covered institutions equal to the risk-based capital requirements under the banking agencies’ Basel I capital adequacy guidelines. In July 2013, the Federal banking agencies issued the U.S. Basel III final rule implementing the Basel III capital framework for U.S. banks and bank holding companies and also implementing certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Certain aspects of the final rule, such as the new minimum capital ratios and the revised methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets, became effective on

 

55


Table of Contents

January 1, 2015 for Compass Bancshares and Compass Bank. Other aspects of the final rule, such as the capital conservation buffer and the new regulatory deductions from and adjustments to capital, are being phased in over several years as of January 1, 2015. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides Federal banking agencies with tools to impose greater capital, leverage and liquidity requirements and other enhanced prudential standards, particularly for financial institutions that pose significant systemic risk and bank holding companies with greater than $50 billion in assets. To be considered “well capitalized,” BBVA on a consolidated basis, Compass Bancshares and Compass Bank are required to maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%. Compass Bancshares is also required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 5% in order to be “well capitalized.” Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, Compass Bank will be required to maintain the following in order to meet the “well capitalized” test: a common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 6.5%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, and a leverage ratio of at least 5%.

The Federal Reserve approved a final rule in February 2014 to enhance its supervision and regulation of the U.S. operations of large foreign banking organizations (“Large FBOs”) such as BBVA. Under the Federal Reserve’s rule, Large FBOs with $50 billion or more in U.S. assets held outside of their U.S. branches and agencies, such as BBVA, will be required to create a separately capitalized top-tier U.S. intermediate holding company (“IHC”) that will hold all of the Large FBOs’ U.S. bank and nonbank subsidiaries, such as Compass Bank and Compass Bancshares. An intermediate holding company will be subject to U.S. risk-based and leverage capital, liquidity, risk management, stress testing and other enhanced prudential standards on a consolidated basis. In addition, the Federal Reserve has adopted liquidity risk management, stress testing and liquidity buffer requirements as part of the enhanced prudential standards applicable to the U.S. operations of Large FBOs such as BBVA. Compass Bancshares and the Compass Bank are part of BBVA’s U.S. operations.

Under the final rule, a Large FBO that is subject to the IHC requirement may request permission from the Federal Reserve to establish multiple IHCs or use an alternative organizational structure. The final rule also permits the Federal Reserve to apply the IHC requirement in a manner that takes into account the separate operations of multiple foreign banks that are owned by a single Large FBO. Although U.S. branches and agencies of Large FBOs will not be required to be held beneath an IHC, such branches and agencies will be subject to liquidity, and, in certain circumstances, asset maintenance requirements. Large FBOs generally will be required to establish IHCs and comply with the enhanced prudential standards beginning July 1, 2016. An IHC’s compliance with applicable U.S. leverage ratio requirements is generally delayed until January 1, 2018. FBOs that have $50 billion or more in non-branch/agency U.S. assets as of June 30, 2014, such as BBVA, were required to submit an implementation plan by January 1, 2015 on how the FBO will comply with the intermediate holding company requirement. BBVA submitted its implementation plan in December 2014, in which it indicated its intention to designate Compass Bancshares as its IHC. Compass Bancshares, which BBVA established in 2007, already serves as holding company for BBVA’s U.S. subsidiaries, and, as a U.S.-based bank holding company with more than $50 billion in assets, is required to comply with the enhanced prudential standards applicable under the final rule for top-tier U.S.-based bank holding companies that began on January 1, 2015 and, once BBVA designates it as its IHC, it will become subject to corresponding enhanced prudential standards. The Federal Reserve has stated that it will issue, at a later date, final rules to implement certain other enhanced prudential standards under the Dodd-Frank Act for large bank holding companies and Large FBOs, including single counterparty credit limits and an early remediation framework. Under the early remediation framework, the Federal Reserve would implement prescribed regulations and penalties against the FBO and its U.S. operations and certain of its officers and directors, if the FBO and/or its U.S. operations do not meet certain requirements, and would authorize the termination of U.S. operations under certain circumstances.

In September 2014, the federal banking regulators adopted a final rule implementing in the United States the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), the quantitative liquidity standards developed by the Basel Committee. The LCR was developed to ensure that covered banking organizations have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period. The rule introduces a version of the LCR applicable to certain large bank holding companies such as Compass Bancshares. This version differs in certain respects from the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, including a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions and a shorter phase-in schedule beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending on January 1, 2017.

 

56


Table of Contents

The federal banking regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement in the United States the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), additional quantitative liquidity standards developed by the Basel Committee. The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. The Basel Committee contemplates that the NSFR, including any revisions, will be implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018.

Under capital plan and stress test rules adopted by the Federal Reserve, Compass Bancshares is required to conduct periodic stress tests and submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve for review, which must, among other things, include a description of planned capital actions and demonstrate the company’s ability to maintain minimum capital above existing minimum capital ratios and above a Tier 1 common equity-to-total risk-weighted asset ratio of 5% under both expected and stressed conditions over a minimum nine-quarter planning horizon. Compass Bancshares submitted annual capital plans in January 2012 and January 2013. Beginning in 2014, Compass Bancshares has participated in the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) program and submitted a CCAR plan in January 2015. Based on a qualitative and quantitative assessment, including a supervisory stress test conducted as part of the CCAR process, the Federal Reserve either objects to a large U.S. bank holding company’s capital plan, in whole or in part, or provides a notice of non-objection to the company by March 31 of a calendar year for plans submitted by the January submission date. If the Federal Reserve objects to a capital plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution other than those with respect to which the Federal Reserve has indicated its non-objection. On March 11, 2015, the Federal Reserve released the results of the 2015 CCAR process, which showed that the Federal Reserve had no objection to the Compass Bancshares’ capital plans.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act and implementing rules issued by the Federal Reserve impose stress test requirements on both Compass Bancshares and Compass Bank. Compass Bancshares began conducting semi-annual company-run stress tests in October 2013 and is subject to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve (“Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test”). On March 5, 2015, the Federal Reserve released the results of the 2015 Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test, which showed that the Compass Bancshares surpassed the minimum capital requirements for all periods covered in the hypothetical severely adverse scenario defined by the Federal Reserve.

On December 10, 2013, U.S. regulators issued final rules to implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s “Volcker Rule”. The Volcker Rule limits the ability of banking entities to sponsor or invest in certain covered funds and to engage in certain types of proprietary trading unrelated to serving clients subject to certain exclusions and exemptions. The final rules also limit the ability of banking entities and their affiliates to enter into certain transactions with such funds with which they or their affiliates have certain relationships. The final rules contain exemptions for market-making, hedging, underwriting, trading in U.S. government and agency obligations as well as certain foreign government obligations, trading solely outside the United States, and also permit certain ownership interests in certain types of funds to be retained. The final rules extended the deadline for financial institutions, including BBVA and its subsidiaries, to conform to the Volcker Rule, and implement a compliance program, to July 2015. On December 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve granted banking entities until July 2016 to bring their ownership and sponsorship of covered funds entered into prior to 2014 into compliance with the Volcker Rule, and indicated that it intends to further extend the compliance period for these funds through July 2017. BBVA continues to assess the impact of the Volcker Rule to its business operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act also changes the FDIC deposit insurance assessment framework (the amounts paid by FDIC-insured institutions into the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC), primarily by basing assessments on an FDIC-insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity rather than on U.S. domestic deposits, which is expected to shift a greater portion of the aggregate assessments to large banks (such as Compass Bank).

The so-called “push-out” provision, Section 716 of the Dodd-Frank Act, prohibits U.S. federal assistance to be provided to any swaps entity, including any swap dealer, with respect to certain types of swaps, subject to certain exceptions. The swap activities of BBVA’s New York branch have always conformed to the requirements of Section 716. Pursuant to an amendment of the law enacted in December 2014, only certain structured finance swaps are now subject to section 716, as there are no swaps subject to push-out in the New York branch books. Should Compass Bank become a swap dealer, it will need to restrict its swap activities to conform to the Dodd-Frank Act “push-out”

 

57


Table of Contents

provision. There are various qualitative and quantitative restrictions on the extent to which BBVA and its non-bank subsidiaries can borrow or otherwise obtain credit from their U.S. banking affiliates or engage in certain other transactions involving those subsidiaries. In general, these transactions must be on terms that would ordinarily be offered to unaffiliated entities, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are subject to quantitative limitations. These restrictions also apply to certain transactions between BBVA’s U.S. broker-dealer affiliate BSI and BBVA’s U.S. banking units (such as BBVA’s New York Branch and Compass Bank), as well as between Compass Bank and its non-banking affiliates. Since July 2012, the Dodd-Frank Act has broadened these restrictions to subject credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, securities borrowing and lending transactions, as well as repurchase/reverse repurchase agreements to the above-mentioned collateral and quantitative limitations.

New consumer protection regulations that may be adopted by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, established under the Dodd-Frank Act, could affect the nature of the activities which a bank with over $10 billion in assets (including Compass Bank) may conduct, and may impose restrictions and limitations on the conduct of such activities.

The Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve to establish a cap on the rate merchants pay banks for electronic clearing of debit transactions (i.e., the interchange rate). The Federal Reserve issued final rules, effective October 1, 2011, for establishing standards, including a cap, for debit card interchange fees and prohibiting network exclusivity arrangements and routing restrictions. The final rule established standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers were reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions. The interchange fee allowed by the rule reduced the average interchange fee by approximately 50%.

In March 2014 the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia upheld the validity of the Federal Reserve’s rule, and in January 2015 the U.S. Supreme Court denied a petition for certiorari to reconsider the appellate court’s decision.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to cause issuers with listed securities, which may include foreign private issuers such as BBVA, to establish a “clawback” policy to recoup previously awarded employee compensation in the event of an accounting restatement. The Dodd-Frank Act also grants the SEC discretionary rule-making authority to impose a new fiduciary standard on brokers, dealers and investment advisers, and expands the extraterritorial jurisdiction of U.S. courts over actions brought by the SEC or the United States with respect to violations of the antifraud provisions in the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Disclosure of Iranian Activities under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act

We are disclosing the following information pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, which requires an issuer to disclose whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with natural persons or entities designated by the U.S. government under specified executive orders, including activities not prohibited by U.S. law and conducted outside the United States by non-U.S. affiliates in compliance with local law. In order to comply with this requirement, we have requested relevant information from our affiliates globally.

 

    Legacy contractual obligations related to counter indemnities. Before 2007, the BBVA Group issued certain counter indemnities to its non-Iranian customers in Europe for various business activities relating to Iran in support of guarantees provided by Bank Melli, three of which remained outstanding during 2014. Estimated gross revenue for 2014 from these counter indemnities, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $8,700 and was entirely derived from payments made by the BBVA Group’s non-Iranian customers in Europe. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure. In addition, in accordance with Council Regulation (EU) Nr. 267/2012 of March 23, 2012, payments of any amounts due to Bank Melli under these counter indemnities were initially blocked and thereafter released upon authorization by the relevant Spanish authorities. The BBVA Group is committed to terminating these business relationships as soon as contractually possible and does not intend to enter into new business relationships involving Bank Melli.

 

58


Table of Contents
    Letters of credit. During 2014, the BBVA Group had credit exposure to Bank Sepah arising from a letter of credit issued by Bank Sepah to a non-Iranian client of the BBVA Group in Europe. This letter of credit, which was granted before 2004, was used to secure a loan granted by the BBVA Group to a client in order to finance certain Iran-related activities. This loan was supported by the Spanish export credit agency (CESCE). The loan related to the client’s exportation of goods to Iran (consisting of goods relating to a pelletizing plant for iron concentration and equipment). Estimated gross revenue for 2014 from this loan, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $17,800. Payments of amounts due by Bank Sepah in 2014 under this letter of credit were initially blocked and thereafter released upon authorization by the relevant Spanish authorities. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure in connection with the letter of credit referred to above.

The BBVA Group is committed to terminating the outstanding business relationship with Bank Sepah as soon as contractually possible and does not intend to enter into new business relationships involving Bank Sepah.

 

    Bank Accounts. Until May 2014, the BBVA Group maintained a number of accounts for certain employees (some of whom are of Iranian nationality) of a company that produces farm vehicles and tractors. The BBVA Group believes that 51% of the share capital of such company is controlled by an Iranian company in which the Iranian Government might have an interest. The accounts for these employees were closed in May 2014. In addition, the BBVA Group maintained one account for the Iranian National Airlines—Iran Air, which was closed in June 2014. Estimated gross revenue for 2014 from these accounts, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $120. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure.

 

    Iranian embassy-related activity. The BBVA Group maintains bank accounts in Spain for three employees of the Iranian embassy in Spain. All three employees are Spanish citizens, and one of them has retired. Estimated gross revenue for 2014 from this embassy-related activity, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $2,500.

In addition, the BBVA Group maintained three accounts denominated in euros and Mexican pesos for the Iranian embassy in Mexico and three accounts denominated in Mexican pesos for an employee and that employee’s family, all of which were closed in July 2014. Estimated gross revenues for 2014 from this embassy-related activity, which include fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $200. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure for the embassy-related activities referred to above. The BBVA Group is committed to terminating these business relationships as soon as legally possible.

 

59


Table of Contents
C. Organizational Structure

As of December 31, 2014, the BBVA Group was made up of 299 consolidated entities and 116 entities accounted for using the equity method.

The companies are principally domiciled in the following countries: Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, Netherlands Antilles, Peru, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States of America, Uruguay and Venezuela. In addition, BBVA has an active presence in Asia.

Below is a simplified organizational chart of BBVA’s most significant subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014.

 

Subsidiary

  

Country of
Incorporation

  

Activity

  

BBVA
Voting
Power

    

BBVA
Ownership

    

Total Assets (*)

 
               (in Percentages)      (In Millions of
Euros)
 

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   Mexico    Bank      100.00         99.97         85,940   

COMPASS BANK

   United States    Bank      100.00         100.00         70,583   

BANCO PROVINCIAL S.A. - BANCO UNIVERSAL

   Venezuela    Bank      55.21         55.21         21,157   

BBVA SEGUROS, S.A. DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS

   Spain    Insurance      99.95         99.95         18,113   

BANCO CONTINENTAL, S.A.

   Peru    Bank      46.12         46.12         17,542   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA CHILE, S.A.

   Chile    Bank      68.18         68.18         16,275   

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.

   Colombia    Bank      95.43         95.43         14,592   

BBVA BANCO FRANCES, S.A.

   Argentina    Bank      75.96         75.96         6,927   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PORTUGAL), S.A.

   Portugal    Bank      52.20         47.80         5,203   

PENSIONES BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   Mexico    Insurance      100.00         100.00         4,583   

SEGUROS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   Mexico    Insurance      100.00         99.97         4,119   

BANCO DEPOSITARIO BBVA, S.A.

   Spain    Bank      100.00         100.00         2,709   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA URUGUAY, S.A.

   Uruguay    Bank      100.00         100.00         2,603   

BBVA BANCO DE FINANCIACION S.A.

   Spain    Bank      100.00         100.00         2,159   

BBVA VIDA, S.A. DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS

   Spain    Insurance      100.00         100.00         2,151   

 

(*) Figures under local financial statements

 

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

We own and rent a substantial network of properties in Spain and abroad, including 3,112 branch offices in Spain and, principally through our various affiliates, 4,259 branch offices abroad as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 84% of our branches in Spain and 54% of our branches abroad were rented from third parties pursuant to short-term leases that may be renewed by mutual agreement.

BBVA, through a real estate company of the Group, is constructing its new corporate headquarters at a development area in the north of Madrid (Spain). As of December 31, 2014, the accumulated investment for this project amounted to €797 million.

 

E. Selected Statistical Information

The following is a presentation of selected statistical information for the periods indicated. Where required under Industry Guide 3, we have provided such selected statistical information separately for our domestic and foreign activities, pursuant to our calculation that our foreign operations are significant according to Rule 9-05 of Regulation S-X.

 

60


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Rates

The tables below set forth selected statistical information on our average balance sheets, which are based on the beginning and month-end balances in each year. We do not believe that monthly averages present trends materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages. Interest income figures, when used, include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent that cash payments have been received. Loan fees are included in the computation of interest revenue.

 

     Average Balance Sheet - Assets and Interest from Earning Assets  
     Year Ended December 31, 2014     Year Ended December 31, 2013     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield (1)
    Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield (1)
    Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield (1)
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Assets

                        

Cash and balances with central banks

     25,049         132         0.53     26,463         262         0.99     24,574         259         1.05

Debt securities, equity instruments and derivatives

     176,497         4,505         2.55     166,013         4,385         2.64     164,435         4,414         2.68

Loans and receivables

     352,911         18,041         5.11     361,246         18,736         5.19     372,458         19,939         5.35

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     24,727         238         0.96     25,998         411         1.58     25,122         442         1.76

Loans and advances to customers

     328,183         17,803         5.42     335,248         18,325         5.47     347,336         19,497         5.61

In euros (2)

     186,965         4,843         2.59     204,124         5,835         2.86     217,533         7,267         3.34

In other currencies (3)

     141,218         12,960         9.18     131,125         12,489         9.52     129,802         12,230         9.42

Other financial income

     —           —             —           —             —           —        

Non-earning assets

     45,951         159         0.35     45,982         128         0.28     46,613         203         0.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average assets

  600,407      22,838      3.80   599,705      23,512      3.92   608,081      24,815      4.08
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Amounts reflected in euro correspond to predominantly domestic activities.
(3) Amounts reflected in other currencies correspond to predominantly foreign activities.

 

     Average Balance Sheet - Liabilities and Interest Paid on Interest Bearing Liabilities  
     Year Ended December 31, 2014     Year Ended December 31, 2013     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield (1)
    Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield (1)
    Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Yield (1)
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Liabilities

                        

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

     81,860         1,292         1.58     86,600         1,551         1.79     104,231         2,089         2.00

Customer deposits

     307,482         4,555         1.48     290,105         4,366         1.51     271,828         4,531         1.67

In euros (2)

     160,930         1,945         1.21     153,634         1,734         1.13     146,996         1,828         1.24

In other currencies (3)

     146,552         2,610         1.72     136,470         2,632         1.93     124,832         2,703         2.16

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

     80,355         1,611         2.00     94,130         2,812         2.99     102,563         2,783         2.71

Other financial costs

     —           —           —          —           —           —          —           —           —     

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

     83,620         998         1.19     82,257         883         1.07     86,627         938         1.08

Stockholders’ equity

     47,091         —           —          46,614         —           —          42,832         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average liabilities

  600,407      8,456      1.41   599,705      9,612      1.60   608,081      10,341      1.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Amounts reflected in euro correspond to predominantly domestic activities.
(3) Amounts reflected in other currencies correspond to predominantly foreign activities.

 

61


Table of Contents

Changes in Net Interest Income-Volume and Rate Analysis

The following tables allocate changes in our net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for 2014 compared to 2013, and 2013 compared to 2012. Volume and rate variance have been calculated based on movements in average balances over the period and changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. The only out-of-period items and adjustments excluded from the following table are interest payments on loans which are made in a period other than the period during which they are due. Loan fees were included in the computation of interest income.

 

     2014 / 2013  
     Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in  
     Volume (1)      Rate (1) (2)      Net Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Interest income

        

Cash and balances with central banks

     (14      (116      (130

Securities portfolio and derivatives

     277         (157      120   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     (20      (153      (173

Loans and advances to customers

     (386      (135      (521

In euros

     (491      (502      (992

In other currencies

     961         (490      471   

Other assets

     —           31         31   
        

 

 

 

Total income

  (674
        

 

 

 

Interest expense

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

  (85   (174   (259

Customer deposits

  262      (73   189   

In euros

  82      129      211   

In other currencies

  194      (216   (22

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

  (411   (789   (1,201

Other liabilities

  15      100      115   
        

 

 

 

Total expense

  (1,156
        

 

 

 

Net interest income

  482   
        

 

 

 

 

(1) Variances caused by changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally to volume and rate.
(2) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

 

     2013 / 2012  
     Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in  
     Volume (1)      Rate (1) (2)      Net Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Interest income

        

Cash and balances with central banks

     20         (16      4   

Securities portfolio and derivatives

     42         (71      (29

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     15         (46      (31

Loans and advances to customers

     (679      (494      (1,173

In euros

     (448      (984      (1,432

In other currencies

     125         135         259   

Other assets

     (3      (72      (75
        

 

 

 

Total income

  (1,303
        

 

 

 

Interest expense

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

  (353   (185   (538

Customer deposits

  305      (469   (164

In euros

  83      (176   (94

In other currencies

  252      (323   (71

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

  (229   257      28   

Other liabilities

  (47   (7   (55
        

 

 

 

Total expense

  (729
        

 

 

 

Net interest income

  (575
        

 

 

 

 

(1) Variances caused by changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally to volume and rate.
(2) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

 

62


Table of Contents

Interest Earning Assets—Margin and Spread

The following table analyzes the levels of our average earning assets and illustrates the comparative gross and net yields and spread obtained for each of the years indicated.

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  
     (In Millions of Euro, except Percentages)  

Average interest earning assets

     554,457        553,722        561,468   

Gross yield (1)

     4.1     4.2     4.4

Net yield (2)

     3.8     3.9     4.1

Net interest margin (3)

     2.6     2.5     2.6

Average effective rate paid on all interest-bearing liabilities

     1.8     2.0     2.2

Spread (4)

     2.3     2.2     2.3

 

(1) Gross yield represents total interest income divided by average interest earning assets.
(2) Net yield represents total interest income divided by total average assets.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income as percentage of average interest earning assets.
(4) Spread is the difference between gross yield and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

ASSETS

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

As of December 31, 2014, interbank deposits (excluding deposits with central banks) represented 4.0% of our assets. Of such interbank deposits, 18.8% were held outside of Spain and 81.24% in Spain. We believe that our deposits are generally placed with highly rated banks and have a lower risk than many loans we could make in Spain. Such deposits, however, are subject to the risk that the deposit banks may fail or the banking system of certain of the countries in which a portion of our deposits are made may face liquidity or other problems.

Securities Portfolio

As of December 31, 2014, our securities were carried on our consolidated balance sheet at a carrying amount of €133,904 million, representing 21.2% of our assets. €43,012 million, or 32.1%, of our securities consisted of Spanish Treasury bonds and Treasury bills. The average yield during 2014 on investment securities that BBVA held was 3.3%, compared to an average yield of approximately 5.1% earned on loans and receivables during 2014. The market or appraised value of our total securities portfolio as of December 31, 2014, was €133,904 million. See Notes 10 and 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of our investments in affiliates, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of the manner in which we value our securities, see Notes 2.2.1 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and fair value of debt securities as of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The trading portfolio is not included in the tables below because the amortized costs and fair values of these items are the same. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Amortized
cost
     Fair Value (1)      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic -

  40,337      42,802      2,542      (77
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish Government and other government agencies debt securities

  34,445      36,680      2,290      (55

Other debt securities

  5,892      6,122      252      (22

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  3,567      3,716      162      (13

Issued by other institutions

  2,325      2,406      90      (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International -

  43,657      44,806      1,639      (490
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mexico

  12,662      13,060      493      (96

Mexican Government and other government agencies debt securities

  10,629      11,012      459      (76

Other debt securities

  2,034      2,048      34      (20

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  141      142      3      (3

Issued by other institutions

  1,892      1,906      31      (17

The United States

  10,289      10,307      102      (83

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

  1,539      1,542      6      (3

States and political subdivisions debt securities

  2,672      2,689      22      (5

Other debt securities

  6,078      6,076      73      (76

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  24      24      —        —     

Issued by other institutions

  6,054      6,052      73      (76

Other countries

  20,705      21,439      1,044      (310

Other foreign governments and other government agencies debt securities

  10,355      10,966      715      (104

Other debt securities

  10,350      10,473      329      (206

Issued by Central Banks

  1,540      1,540      10      (9

Issued by credit institutions

  3,352      3,471      175      (55

Issued by other institutions

  5,459      5,461      143      (141
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

  83,994      87,608      4,181      (566)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic -

  —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International -

  —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

  —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

  83,994      87,608      4,181      (566 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the period. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

64


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
cost
     Fair Value (1)      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic -

  39,224      40,116      1,008      (115
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish Government and other government agencies debt securities

  30,688      31,379      781      (90

Other debt securities

  8,536      8,738      227      (25

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  5,907      6,027      124      (4

Issued by other institutions

  2,629      2,711      103      (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International -

  31,323      31,690      956      (589
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mexico

  10,433      10,583      328      (178

Mexican Government and other government agencies debt securities

  9,028      9,150      281      (160

Other debt securities

  1,404      1,433      47      (19

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  84      93      11      (2

Issued by other institutions

  1,320      1,340      36      (16

The United States

  5,962      5,937      58      (82

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

  171      170      3      (4

States and political subdivisions debt securities

  884      885      8      (7

Other debt securities

  4,907      4,881      46      (72

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  234      233      2      (2

Issued by other institutions

  4,674      4,648      44      (70

Other countries

  14,928      15,170      570      (329

Other foreign governments and other government agencies debt securities

  7,128      7,199      333      (261

Other debt securities

  7,801      7,971      237      (67

Issued by Central Banks

  1,209      1,208      9      (10

Issued by credit institutions

  4,042      4,166      175      (51

Issued by other institutions

  2,550      2,597      54      (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

  70,547      71,806      1,964      (704
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic -

  —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International -

  —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

  —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

  70,547      71,806      1,964      (704
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the period. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

65


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2012  
     Amortized
cost
     Fair Value (1)      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic -

  34,955      34,366      388      (977
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish Government and other government agencies debt securities

  25,375      24,761      243      (857

Other debt securities

  9,580      9,605      145      (120

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  7,868      7,880      71      (59

Issued by other institutions

  1,712      1,725      74      (61
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International -

  28,211      29,182      1,620      (649
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mexico

  8,230      9,191      962      (1

Mexican Government and other government agencies debt securities

  7,233      8,066      833      —     

Other debt securities

  997      1,125      129      (1

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  333      388      56      (1

Issued by other institutions

  664      737      73      —     

The United States

  6,927      7,028      189      (88

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

  228      228      1      (1

States and political subdivisions debt securities

  485      496      20      (9

Other debt securities

  6,214      6,304      168      (78

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  150      154      11      (7

Issued by other institutions

  6,064      6,150      157      (71

Other countries

  13,054      12,963      469      (560

Other foreign governments and other government agencies debt securities

  5,557      5,395      212      (374

Other debt securities

  7,497      7,568      257      (186

Issued by Central Banks

  1,158      1,159      2      (1

Issued by credit institutions

  4,642      4,750      209      (101

Issued by other institutions

  1,697      1,659      46      (84
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

  63,166      63,548      2,008      (1,626
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic -

  7,278      6,849      4      (433
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish Government and other government agencies debt securities

  6,469      6,065      2      (406

Other domestic debt securities

  809      784      2      (27

Issued by Central Banks

  —        —        —        —     

Issued by credit institutions

  250      249      2      (3

Issued by other institutions

  559      535      —        (24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International -

  2,884      3,011      127      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign government and other government agency debt securities

  2,741      2,862      121      —     

Other debt securities

  143      149      6      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

  10,162      9,860      131      (433
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

  73,328      73,408      2,139      (2,059
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the period. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014 the carrying amount of the debt securities classified within the available for sale portfolio by rating categories defined by external rating agencies, were as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Debt Securities Available for Sale  
     Carrying Amount
(In Millions of
Euros)
     %  

AAA

     1,459         1.7

AA+

     7,620         8.7

AA

     329         0.4

AA-

     1,059         1.2

A+

     597         0.7

A

     2,223         2.5

A-

     13,606         15.5

BBB+

     9,980         11.4

BBB

     41,283         47.1

BBB-

     2,568         2.9

BB+ or below

     3,942         4.5

Without rating

     2,942         3.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  87,608      100.0

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and fair value of our ownership of equity securities as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Amortized
cost
    Fair Value (1)     Unrealized
Gains
    Unrealized
Losses
 
    (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES -

       

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

       

Domestic -

    3,177        3,199        93        (71 ) 

Equity listed

    3,129        3,150        92        (71

Equity unlisted

    48        49        1        —     

International -

    2,842        4,069        1,263        (36 ) 

United States -

    540        558        18        —     

Equity listed

    54        56        2        —     

Equity unlisted

    486        502        16        —     

Other countries -

    2,302        3,511        1,245        (36 ) 

Equity listed

    2,172        3,372        1,233        (33

Equity unlisted

    130        139        12        (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

  6,019      7,268      1,356      (107 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

  6,019      7,268      1,356      (107 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

  90,013      94,876      5,537      (673 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the year. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

 

67


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
cost
     Fair Value (1)      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic -

     3,331         3,337         54         (47

Equity listed

     3,270         3,277         54         (46

Equity unlisted

     61         60         —           (1

International -

     2,584         2,629         55         (10

United States -

     471         471         —           —     

Equity listed

     16         16         —           —     

Equity unlisted

     455         455         —           —     

Other countries -

     2,113         2,158         55         (10

Equity listed

     2,014         2,051         46         (9

Equity unlisted

     99         107         9         (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

  5,915      5,966      109      (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

  5,915      5,966      109      (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

  76,462      77,772      2,073      (761
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted prices at the end of the year. Fair values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Amortized
cost
     Fair Value (1)      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES -

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic -

     3,378         3,118         124         (384

Equity listed

     3,301         3,043         122         (380

Equity unlisted

     77         75         2         (4

International -

     862         834         16         (44

United States -

     506         503         1         (4

Equity listed

     32         29         1         (4

Equity unlisted

     474         474         —           —     

Other countries -

     356         331         15         (40

Equity listed

     262         230         8         (40

Equity unlisted

     94         101         7         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

  4,240      3,952      140      (428
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

  4,240      3,952      140      (428
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

  77,568      77,360      2,279      (2,487
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the year. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table analyzes the maturities of our debt investment and fixed income securities, excluding trading portfolio, by type and geographical area as of December 31, 2014.

 

     Maturity at One
Year or Less
     Maturity After
One Year to
Five Years
     Maturity After
Five Years to 10
Years
     Maturity After
10 Years
     Total  
   Amount      Yield
%(1)
     Amount      Yield
%(1)
     Amount      Yield
%(1)
     Amount      Yield
%(1)
     Amount  
     (Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

DEBT SECURITIES

                    

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE PORTFOLIO

                    

Domestic

                    

Spanish government and other government agencies debt securities

     1,252         3.47         11,893         3.73         16,273         4.09         7,262         5.23         36,680   

Other debt securities

     1,688         3.39         3,231         3.70         798         3.48         404         4.73         6,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic

  2,940      3.42      15,124      3.72      17,072      4.05      7,666      5.19      42,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

International

Mexico

  1,300      4.33      4,501      5.59      3,198      5.36      4,061      3.98      13,060   

Mexican Government and other government agencies debt securities

  739      4.24      4,003      5.66      2,619      5.41      3,650      3.82      11,012   

Other debt securities

  561      4.45      498      5.07      578      5.13      411      4.63      2,048   

United States

  711      4.71      3,758      2.60      4,974      2.08      865      3.71      10,307   

U.S. Treasury and other. government agencies debt securities

  460      5.95      408      6.17      675      6.19      —        —        1,542   

States and political subdivisions debt securities

  65      0.67      1,115      2.14      1,422      1.05      86      2.00      2,689   

Other debt securities

  186      2.89      2,235      2.16      2,877      1.60      779      3.90      6,076   

Other countries

  3,529      8.95      9,689      4.13      5,293      5.67      2,928      5.32      21,439   

Securities of foreign governments (2)

  956      4.55      5,552      4.19      2,852      6.50      1,607      5.27      10,966   

Other debt securities of other countries

  2,573      10.32      4,137      4.04      2,441      4.70      1,322      5.38      10,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

  5,539      7.12      17,948      4.19      13,464      4.27      7,855      4.42      44,806   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

  8,480      5.71      33,072      3.97      30,536      4.15      15,520      4.79      87,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD-TO-MATURITY PORTFOLIO

Domestic

Spanish government

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     

Other debt securities

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD-TO-MATURITY

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

  8,480      5.71      33,072      3.97      30,536      4.15      15,520      4.79      87,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Securities of other foreign Governments mainly include investments made by our subsidiaries in securities issued by the Governments of the countries where they operate.

 

69


Table of Contents

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions

As of December 31, 2014, our total loans and advances to credit institutions amounted to €26,975 million, or 4.3% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and advances to credit institutions amounted to €27,059 million as of December 31, 2014, or 4.3% of our total assets.

Loans and Advances to Customers

As of December 31, 2014, our total loans and advances amounted to €350,822 million, or 55.5% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and advances amounted to €338,657 million as of December 31, 2014, or 53.6% of our total assets. As of December 31, 2014 our loans in Spain amounted to €178,735 million. Our foreign loans amounted to €172,088 million as of December 31, 2014. For a discussion of certain mandatory ratios relating to our loan portfolio, see “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Ratio” and “—Business Overview— Supervision and Regulation—Investment Ratio”.

Loans by Geographic Area

The following table analyzes, by domicile of the customer, our net loans and advances as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

     178,735         187,400         205,216   

Foreign

  

Western Europe

     18,274         17,519         19,979   

Latin America

     102,678         92,223         90,587   

United States

     47,635         36,047         36,040   

Other

     3,501         3,569         3,151   

Total foreign

     172,088         149,358         149,757   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and advances

  350,822      336,758      354,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

  (12,166   (13,151   (12,810
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net lending

  338,657      323,607      342,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Loans by Type of Customer

The following table analyzes by domicile and type of customer our net loans and advances for each of the years indicated. The analyses by type of customer are based principally on the requirements of the regulatory authorities in each country.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (in millions of euros)  

Domestic

        

Government

     23,421         22,166         25,407   

Agriculture

     1,210         1,275         1,402   

Industrial

     13,400         13,774         16,240   

Real estate and construction

     19,971         25,323         30,319   

Commercial and financial

     18,278         15,534         17,021   

Loans to individuals (1)

     85,606         90,364         94,991   

Other

     16,850         18,964         19,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total domestic

  178,735      187,400      205,216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign

Government

  13,691      10,234      9,509   

Agriculture

  3,105      3,707      3,337   

Industrial

  23,995      14,905      14,491   

Real estate and construction

  12,929      15,163      16,904   

Commercial and financial

  25,319      31,635      34,891   

Loans to individuals

  71,871      59,527      56,254   

Other

  21,176      14,187      14,371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreign

  172,088      149,358      149,757   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and advances

  350,822      336,758      354,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

  (12,166   (13,151   (12,810
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net lending

  338,657      323,607      342,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes mortgage loans to households for the acquisition of housing.

The following table sets forth a breakdown, by currency, of our net loan portfolio for 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
            (In Millions of Euros)         

In euros

     182,852         190,090         211,346   

In other currencies

     155,805         133,517         130,817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net lending

  338,657      323,607      342,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, loans by BBVA and its subsidiaries to associates and jointly controlled companies amounted to €1,145 million, compared to €792 million as of December 31, 2013. Loans outstanding to the Spanish government and its agencies amounted to €23,421 million, or 6.7% of our total loans and advances as of December 31, 2014, compared to €22,166 million, or 6.6% of our total loans and advances as of December 31, 2013. None of our loans to companies controlled by the Spanish government are guaranteed by the government and, accordingly, we apply normal credit criteria in extending credit to such entities. Moreover, we carefully monitor such loans because governmental policies necessarily affect such borrowers.

 

71


Table of Contents

Diversification in our loan portfolio is our principal means of reducing the risk of loan losses. We also carefully monitor our loans to borrowers in sectors or countries experiencing liquidity problems. Our exposure to our five largest borrowers as of December 31, 2014, excluding government-related loans, amounted to €19,478 million or approximately 5.6% of our total outstanding loans and advances. As of December 31, 2014 there did not exist any concentration of loans exceeding 10% of our total outstanding loans and advances, other than by category as disclosed in the chart above.

Maturity and Interest Sensitivity

The following table sets forth an analysis by maturity of our total loans and advances by domicile of the office that issued the loan and type of customer as of December 31, 2014. The determination of maturities is based on contract terms.

 

     Maturity  
     Due in One
Year or Less
     Due After One Year Through
Five Years
     Due After Five
Years
     Total  
     (in millions of euros)  

Domestic:

           

Government

     12,234         6,648         4,539         23,421   

Agriculture

     546         454         210         1,210   

Industrial

     10,663         1,923         813         13,400   

Real estate and construction

     13,465         3,275         3,231         19,971   

Commercial and financial

     10,795         3,337         4,145         18,278   

Loans to individuals

     12,810         16,772         56,023         85,606   

Other

     9,359         4,414         3,077         16,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic

  69,873      36,824      72,038      178,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign:

Government

  1,612      1,482      10,597      13,691   

Agriculture

  1,548      964      594      3,105   

Industrial

  10,519      8,748      4,728      23,995   

Real estate and construction

  2,920      7,068      2,940      12,929   

Commercial and financial

  14,142      8,885      2,292      25,319   

Loans to individuals

  4,679      17,813      49,379      71,871   

Other

  5,763      8,699      6,714      21,176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Foreign

  41,184      53,659      77,244      172,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans and Advances

  111,057      90,483      149,283      350,822   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our fixed and variable rate loans which had a maturity of one year or more as of December 31, 2014.

 

     Interest Sensitivity of Outstanding Loans and
Advances Maturing in One Year or  More
 
     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Fixed rate

     12,266         52,724         64,990   

Variable rate

     96,596         78,179         174,775   
  

 

 

       

Total loans and advances

  108,862      130,903      239,765   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Impairment Losses on Loans and Advances

For a discussion of loan loss reserves, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies—Impairment losses on financial assets” and Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table provides information, by domicile of customer, regarding our loan loss reserve and movements of loan charge-offs and recoveries for periods indicated.

 

     As of and for the year ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
     (In Millions of Euros, except Percentages)  

Loan loss reserve at beginning of period:

          

Domestic

     10,514        9,649        4,694        4,935        4,853   

Foreign

     4,481        4,510        4,445        4,539        3,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loan loss reserve at beginning of period

  14,995      14,159      9,139      9,473      8,805   

Loans charged off:

Total domestic (1)

  (2,628   (1,965   (2,283   (1,977   (1,774

Total foreign (2)

  (1,836   (1,709   (1,824   (2,062   (2,628
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans charged off:

  (4,464   (3,673   (4,107   (4,039   (4,402

Provision for possible loan losses:

Domestic

  2,308      3,417      5,867      2,229      2,038   

Foreign

  2,439      2,522      2,286      2,261      2,778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for possible loan losses

  4,747      5,939      8,153      4,490      4,816   

Acquisition and disposition of subsidiaries

  —        (30   2,066      32      —     

Effect of foreign currency translation

  (119   (557   40      (98   344   

Other

  (880   (842   (1,132   (720   (90
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan loss reserve at end of period:

Domestic

  9,835      10,514      9,649      4,694      4,935   

Foreign

  4,443      4,481      4,510      4,445      4,539   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loan loss reserve at end of period

  14,277      14,995      14,159      9,139      9,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

 

  3.83   4.27   3.81   2.47   2.60

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

  1.20   1.05   1.11   1.09   1.21

 

(1) Domestic loans charged off in 2014 were mainly related to the real estate sector. Loans charged off in 2013 were also mainly related to the real estate sector.
(2) Foreign loans charged off in 2014 include €1,806 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others and €30 million related to commercial and financial loans. Loans charged off in 2013 include €1,592 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others, €114 million related to commercial and financial loans and €3 million related to loans to governmental and non-governmental agencies.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered to be remote, this amount is removed from the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions taken by the consolidated entities in order to collect the amount until their rights extinguish in full through expiry, forgiveness or for other reasons.

The loans charged off amounted to €4,464 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to €3,673 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

73


Table of Contents

Our loan loss reserves as a percentage of total loans and advances decreased to 3.8% as of December 31, 2014 from 4.3% as of December 31, 2013.

Impaired Loans

As described in Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, loans are considered to be impaired loans when there are reasonable doubts that the loans will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed upon, taking into account the guarantees received by the consolidated entities to assure (in part or in full) the performance of the loans.

Amounts collected in relation to impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the unpaid principal. The approximate amount of interest income on our impaired loans which was included in profit attributable to parent company in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was €231.2 million, €253.3 million, €228.1 million, €203.4 million and €203.5 million, respectively.

The following table provides information regarding our impaired loans, by domicile and type of customer, as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except %)  

Impaired loans

          

Domestic

     18,563        20,985        15,165        11,043        10,954   

Public sector

     172        158        145        130        111   

Other resident sector

     18,391        20,826        15,019        10,913        10,843   

Foreign

     4,167        4,493        4,836        4,409        4,518   

Public sector

     8        11        20        6        12   

Other non-resident sector

     4,159        4,482        4,816        4,403        4,506   

Total impaired loans

     22,730        25,478        20,001        15,452        15,472   

Total loan loss reserve

     (14,277     (14,995     (14,159     (9,139     (9,473

Impaired loans net of reserves

     8,453        10,483        5,842        6,313        5,999   

Our total impaired loans amounted to €22,730 million as of December 31, 2014, a 10.8% decrease compared to €25,478 million as of December 31, 2013. This decrease is mainly attributable to the decrease in impaired loans in the “Other resident sector” as a result of lower additions to non-performing assets and higher recoveries in Spain.

As mentioned in Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, our loan loss reserve includes loss reserve for impaired assets and loss reserve for unimpaired assets but which present an inherent loss. As of December 31, 2014, the loan loss reserve amounted to €14,277 million, a 4.8% decrease compared to €14,995 million as of December 31, 2013. This decrease in our loan loss reserve is mainly due to the decreased impaired assets as a result of lower additions to non-performing assets and higher recoveries in Spain.

 

74


Table of Contents

The following table provides information, by domicile and type of customer, regarding our impaired loans and the loan loss reserves to customers taken for each impaired loan category, as of December 31, 2014.

 

     Impaired Loans      Loan Loss Reserve      Impaired Loans as
a Percentage of
Loans by Category
 
     (In Millions of Euros)         

Domestic:

        

Government

     172         (34      0.74

Credit institutions

     —           —           —     

Other sectors

     18,391         (9,796      11.98

Agriculture

     136         (76      11.22

Industrial

     1,500         (853      11.20

Real estate and construction

     8,942         (5,579      44.78

Commercial and other financial

     1,371         (726      7.50

Loans to individuals

     4,982         (1,675      5.82

Other

     1,459         (887      9.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Domestic

  18,563      (9,830   10.25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Foreign:

Government

  8      (1   0.08

Credit institutions

  27      (22   0.12

Other sectors

  4,131      (1,823   2.89

Agriculture

  114      (87   3.25

Industrial

  310      (51   2.13

Real estate and construction

  304      (176   1.90

Commercial and other financial

  224      (123   0.62

Loans to individuals

  2,156      (908   3.80

Other

  1,023      (478   6.29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Foreign

  4,167      (1,846   2.36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

General reserve

  —        (2,601
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total impaired loans

  22,730      (14,277   6.10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

The table above includes €1,163 million of losses incurred but not reported under IAS 39 as of December 31, 2014 (€1,336 million as of December 31, 2013).

Troubled Debt Restructurings

As of December 31, 2014, “troubled debt restructurings”, as described in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, totaling €10,898 million were not considered impaired loans. For additional information on our restructured or renegotiated loans, see Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Potential Problem Loans

The identification of “Potential problem loans” is based on the analysis of historical non-performing asset ratios trends, categorized by products/clients and geographical locations. This analysis is focused on the identification of portfolios with non-performing asset ratios higher than our average non-performing asset ratios. Once these portfolios are identified, we segregate such portfolios into groups with similar characteristics based on the activities to which they are related, geographical location, type of collateral, solvency of the client and loan to value ratio.

 

75


Table of Contents

The non-performing asset ratios in our domestic real estate and construction portfolio was 44.8% as of December 31, 2014 (compared to 41.0% as of December 31, 2013), substantially higher than the average non-performing asset ratio for all of our domestic activities (10.3% as of December 31, 2014 and 10.9% as of December 31, 2013) and the average non-performing asset ratio for all of our consolidated activities (6.1% as of December 31, 2014 and 6.9% as of December 31, 2013). Within such portfolio, construction loans and property development loans (which exclude mainly infrastructure and civil construction) had a non-performing asset ratio of 49.7% as of such date (compared to 43.9% as of December 31, 2013). Given such non-performing asset ratio, we performed an analysis in order to define the level of loan provisions attributable to these loan portfolios (see Note 2.2.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements). The table below sets forth additional information on our domestic real estate and construction portfolio “Potential problem loans” as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Book Value      Loan
Loss Reserve
     % of Loans in Each
Category to Total
Loans to Customers
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Domestic (1)

        

Impaired loans

     7,418         4,225         2.0

Special monitoring loans

     981         347         0.3

Of which:

        

Troubled debt restructurings

     712         262         0.2

 

(1) Potential problem loans outside of Real Estate Activity in Spain as of December 31, 2014 were not significant.

Foreign Country Outstandings

The following table sets forth, as of the end of the years indicated, the aggregate amounts of our cross-border outstandings (which consist of loans, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in a currency other than the home-country currency of the office where the item is booked) where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 1% of our total assets as of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Cross-border outstandings do not include loans in local currency made by our subsidiary banks to customers in other countries to the extent that such loans are funded in the local currency or hedged. As a result, they do not include the vast majority of the loans made by our subsidiaries in South America, Mexico and United States.

 

     2014     2013     2012  
     Amount      % of Total
Assets
    Amount      % of Total
Assets
    Amount      % of Total
Assets
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

United Kingdom

     5,816         0.9     5,727         1.0     5,769         0.9

Mexico

     1,606         0.3     1,432         0.2     1,539         0.3

Other OECD

     6,162         1.0     6,242         1.1     6,217         1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total OECD

  13,584      2.1   13,401      2.3   13,525      2.2

Central and South America

  2,850      0.4   3,461      0.6   2,167      0.3

Other

  4,773      0.7   4,903      0.8   3,366      0.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  21,207      3.3   21,765      3.7   19,058      3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amounts of our cross-border outstandings as of December 31 of the years indicated below by type of borrower where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 1% of our total assets.

 

     Governments      Banks and Other
Financial Institutions
     Commercial,
Industrial and Other
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

As of December 31, 2014

           

Mexico

     125         17         1,464         1,606   

United Kingdom

     —           2,999         2,817         5,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  125      3,016      4,282      7,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

Mexico

  22      8      1,401      1,432   

United Kingdom

  —        3,703      2,024      5,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  22      3,711      3,426      7,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

Mexico

  3      47      1,490      1,539   

United Kingdom

  —        3,668      2,100      5,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  3      3,715      3,590      7,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Bank of Spain requires that minimum reserves be maintained for cross-border risk arising with respect to loans and other outstandings to countries, or residents of countries, falling into certain categories established by the Bank of Spain on the basis of the level of perceived transfer risk. The category that a country falls into is determined by us, subject to review by the Bank of Spain.

The following table shows the minimum required reserves with respect to each category of country for BBVA’s level of coverage as of December 31, 2014.

 

Categories(1)

   Minimum Percentage of Coverage
(Outstandings Within Category)
 

Countries belonging to the OECD whose currencies are listed in the Spanish foreign exchange market

     0.0   

Countries with transitory difficulties (2)

     10.1   

Doubtful countries (2)

     22.8   

Very doubtful countries (2)(3)

     83.5   

Bankrupt countries (4)

     100.0   

 

(1) Any outstanding which is guaranteed may be treated, for the purposes of the foregoing, as if it were an obligation of the guarantor.
(2) Coverage for the aggregate of these three categories (countries with transitory difficulties, doubtful countries and very doubtful countries) must equal at least 35% of outstanding loans within the three categories. The Bank of Spain has recommended up to 50% aggregate coverage.
(3) Outstandings to very doubtful countries are treated as impaired under Bank of Spain regulations.
(4) Outstandings to bankrupt countries must be charged off immediately. As a result, no such outstandings are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing minimum required reserves, certain interbank outstandings with an original maturity of three months or less have minimum required reserves of 50%. We met or exceeded the minimum percentage of required coverage with respect to each of the foregoing categories.

Our exposure to borrowers in countries with difficulties (the last four categories in the foregoing table), excluding our exposure to subsidiaries or companies we manage and trade-related debt, amounted to €192 million, €271 million and €269 million as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These figures do not reflect loan loss reserves of 16.7%, 14.3%, and 14.3% respectively, of the relevant amounts outstanding at such dates. Deposits with or loans to borrowers in all such countries as of December 31, 2014 did not in the aggregate exceed 0.1% of our total assets.

 

77


Table of Contents

The country-risk exposures described in the preceding paragraph as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 do not include exposures for which insurance policies have been taken out with third parties that include coverage of the risk of confiscation, expropriation, nationalization, non-transfer, non-convertibility and, if appropriate, war and political violence. The sums insured as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $118 million, $125 million and $47 million, respectively (approximately €97 million, €91 million and €36 million, respectively, based on a euro/dollar exchange rate on December 31, 2014 of $1.00 = €0.82, on December 31, 2013 of $1.00 = €0.73, and on December 31, 2012 of $1.00 = €0.76).

LIABILITIES

Deposits

The principal components of our customer deposits are domestic demand and savings deposits and foreign time deposits. The following tables provide information regarding our deposits by principal geographic area for the dates indicated, disregarding any valuation adjustments and accrued interest.

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Domestic

     143,181         17,568         10,213         170,962   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     18,006         101         39,004         57,111   

Mexico

     46,657         8,596         3,063         58,316   

South America

     57,819         1,091         6,402         65,312   

The United States

     50,867         —           4,610         55,477   

Other

     1,607         824         1,725         4,156   

Total Foreign

     174,956         10,611         54,804         240,371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  318,137      28,178      65,017      411,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Domestic

     142,829         25,103         9,149         177,082   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     19,244         36         26,826         46,106   

Mexico

     40,913         5,238         5,831         51,982   

South America

     56,218         127         3,750         60,094   

United States

     39,128         —           5,716         44,844   

Other

     1,272         190         982         2,444   

Total Foreign

     156,775         5,591         43,105         205,471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  299,604      30,694      52,254      382,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2012  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain and
Other Central
Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Domestic

     137,011         45,808         11,642         194,461   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     13,203         350         18,661         32,214   

Mexico

     37,267         —           14,861         52,128   

South America

     54,749         32         4,308         59,089   

United States

     38,834         —           5,594         44,428   

Other

     624         —           380         1,002   

Total Foreign

     144,676         383         43,803         188,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  281,687      46,190      55,445      383,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For an analysis of our deposits, including non-interest bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, saving deposits and time deposits, see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2014, the maturity of our time deposits (excluding interbank deposits) in denominations of $100,000 (approximately €75,700 considering the noon buying rate as of December 31, 2014) or greater was as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

3 months or under

     7,620         19,653         27,273   

Over 3 to 6 months

     5,282         4,167         9,448   

Over 6 to 12 months

     11,588         9,458         21,046   

Over 12 months

     10,979         10,941         21,921   

Total

     35,469         44,218         79,687   

Time deposits from Spanish and foreign financial institutions amounted to €26,731 million as of December 31, 2014, substantially all of which were in excess of $100,000 (approximately €75,700 considering the noon buying rate as of December 31, 2014).

Large denomination deposits may be a less stable source of funds than demand and savings deposits because they are more sensitive to variations in interest rates. For a breakdown by currency of customer deposits as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

Short-term Borrowings

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and promissory notes issued by us constituted the only categories of short-term borrowings that equaled or exceeded 30% of stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

     2014     2013     2012  
     Amount      Average
rate
    Amount      Average
rate
    Amount      Average
rate
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally Spanish Treasury bills)

               

As of December 31

     48,538         0.6     43,602         1.0     47,644         1.9

Average during year

     45,702         0.9     42,978         1.2     50,008         1.8

Maximum quarter-end balance

     48,538         —          51,698         —          55,947         —     

Bank promissory notes

               

As of December 31

     1,070         1.7     1,252         1.3     10,893         3.7

Average during year

     1,000         1.4     6,699         3.0     10,802         3.0

Maximum quarter-end balance

     1,107         —          8,791         —          13,590         —     

Bonds and Subordinated debt

               

As of December 31

     15,070         3.7     15,185         5.8     19,333         3.3

Average during year

     14,791         3.0     16,693         2.9     16,156         3.9

Maximum quarter-end balance

     15,503         —          19,037         —          19,332         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings as of December 31

  64,677      1.3   60,038      3.7   77,870      2.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Return on Equity

The following table sets out our return on equity ratios:

 

     As of or for the Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  
     (In Percentages)  

Return on equity (1)

     5.8     4.7     4.1

Return on assets (2)

     0.51     0.47     0.38

Dividend pay-out ratio (3)

     28.0        64.0        37.4   

Equity to assets ratio (4)

     7.8        7.8        6.8   

 

(1) Represents profit attributable to parent company for the year as a percentage of average stockholder’s funds for the year.
(2) Represents profit attributable to parent company as a percentage of average total assets for the year.
(3) Represents dividends declared by BBVA (including the cash remuneration paid under the “Dividend Option” scheme) as a percentage of profit attributable to parent company. This ratio does not take into account the non-cash remuneration paid by BBVA under the “Dividend Option” scheme (in the form of BBVA shares or ADSs). See “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends—Scrip Dividend” and “Item 8. Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividends”.
(4) Represents average total equity over average total assets.

 

80


Table of Contents
F. Competition

The commercial banking sector in Spain has undergone significant consolidation. In the majority of the markets where we provide financial services, the Banco Santander Group is our largest competitor, but the restructuring process that is underway has increased the size of certain banks, such as Bankia (an integration of seven regional saving banks, led by Caja Madrid), La Caixa (which in 2012 acquired Banco de Valencia) and Banco Sabadell.

We face strong competition in all of our principal areas of operations. The deregulation of interest rates on deposits in the past decade led to increased competition for large demand deposits in Spain and the widespread promotion of interest-bearing demand deposit accounts and mutual funds. The Bank of Spain, through its Circular 3/2011, of June 30, required that a higher contribution be made to the FGD in connection with deposits the remuneration of which exceeded certain thresholds dependent on the evolution of the Euribor. However, this new requirement was removed in the summer of 2012. Former Spanish savings banks, many of which have become banks and received financial or other support from the Spanish government and the European Stability Mechanism, and money market mutual funds provide strong competition for savings deposits and, in the case of savings banks, for other retail banking services. While the European Commission has imposed certain size limits to institutions receiving public capital, such limits affect only entities that account for around 30% of the total assets of the Spanish financial system which, in addition, have a relatively long period (five years) to comply with such limits. Some of these entities remain particularly active in some sectors, for example, in lending to small and medium enterprises (SMEs).

Credit cooperatives, which are active principally in rural areas, where they provide savings and loan services and related services such as the financing of agricultural machinery and supplies, are also a source of competition. The entry of on-line banks into the Spanish banking system has also increased competition, including in customer funds businesses such as deposits. Insurance companies and other financial services firms also compete for customer funds. In addition, despite their recent decrease, the high interest rates offered by Spanish public debt has made it a strong competitor to deposits. Like the commercial banks, former savings banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms are expanding the services offered to consumers in Spain. We face competition in mortgage loans from saving banks and, to a lesser extent, cooperatives.

Furthermore, the EU Directive on Investment Services took effect on December 31, 1995. The EU Directive permits all brokerage houses authorized to operate in other member states of the EU to carry out investment services in Spain. Although the EU Directive is not specifically addressed to banks, it affects the activities of banks operating in Spain. Besides, several initiatives have been implemented recently in order to facilitate the creation of a Pan-European financial market. For example, SEPA (Single Euro Payments Area) which is a payment-integration initiative for simplification of bank transfers, direct debits and payment cards mainly within the EU and the MiFID project (Markets in Financial Instruments Directive), which aims to create a European framework for investment services. In addition, decisive steps are being taken towards achieving a banking union in Europe (as agreed at a Eurogroup meeting in June, 2012). The ECB started to work as a single supervisor in November 2014, supervising around 123 entities (including us) in the Eurozone. In addition, the foundations of a single resolution mechanism were set with the agreement on the regulation and contributions to the Single Resolution Fund and the appointment of a Single Resolution Board which is operational since January 1, 2015. Also a new instrument of bank direct recapitalization has been created within the European Stability Mechanism. The creation of a common deposit-guarantee scheme is not currently contemplated, although we believe it would be needed in the near future to complete the current banking union process. Following the recent financial turmoil, a number of banks have disappeared or have been absorbed by other banks. This trend will likely continue in the future, with a number of mergers and acquisitions between financial entities. In Spain, the recapitalization of several entities with public funds and their subsequent privatization, with the purpose of achieving a stronger banking sector, has intensified this process. In the U.S., the government has facilitated the purchase of troubled banks by other competitors, and European governments, including the Spanish government, have expressed their willingness to facilitate these types of operations.

 

81


Table of Contents

In the United States, where we operate through BBVA Compass, the competitive landscape has also been significantly affected by the financial crisis. The U.S. banking industry has experienced significant impairment on its assets since 2009, which has resulted in continuing losses in select product categories and slow loan growth. U.S. commercial banks have in large part recovered from the crisis, although the mortgage delinquency rate remains significantly high at 6.98% in September 2014, according to the Federal Reserve. Commercial banks continue to make strides toward healthy balance sheets, with delinquency and charge-off rates falling throughout 2014. Consumer delinquencies of the system have actually fallen below pre-crisis levels. Commercial real estate asset quality has also fallen with the delinquency rate at 1.78% in September 2014 according to the Federal Reserve. Asset quality has come a long way since the crisis, and we expect the positive trends to continue on the back of rising economic confidence.

In Mexico, where we operate through BBVA Bancomer, the banking industry remained solvent throughout the financial crisis. The banking system has remained solid during 2014, although total bank lending growth has slowed from 10.2% in 2013 to 8.2% in 2014 due to slower growth in economic activity. However, the amount of sight and term banking deposits grew 10% in 2014 (7.2% in 2013).

In Mexico, changes in banking regulation could have a significant potential impact on competition. In particular, the government proposed a Financial Reform Initiative in May 2013 that was approved in January 2014. The reform includes:

 

    Changes in the mandate of development banks (public banks) to foster the growth of the financial system;

 

    Measures to promote competition in the financial sector in order to make financial services cheaper;

 

    Additional incentives to boost lending; and

 

    An improvement of prudential regulation to strengthen the financial and banking systems.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Overview

The world economy grew by 3.3% in 2014, according to our estimates, with a slightly stronger second half of the year. A dynamic economic performance in the United States was offset by the weakness of the recovery in Japan and the Eurozone and the progressive deceleration of China and other emerging economies. The Company expects that the improvement in the global economy will continue in 2015 and 2016, but there will also likely be a significant differentiation between geographies given the asymmetric effects of the fall in commodity prices and the divergence of monetary policies in the developed markets, the two drivers that generally determine the prospects for the global economy. While global growth is expected, the improvement is expected to be slow in the developed markets, and the emerging markets are expected to be adversely affected by lower commodity prices and the change in China’s growth model.

At the same time, the risks are still skewed to the downside. Not only is there uncertainty as to whether the policies introduced will be as effective as expected (for example, in the case of Europe, the ECB’s asset purchase program and the so-called Juncker Plan to foster investment), but there are also uncertainties regarding the emerging markets’ capacity to implement effective counter-cyclical policies. There are also geopolitical risks, particularly if there is a negative trend in oil prices. In addition, in the Eurozone there is growing debate as to which is the most appropriate combination of supply-side reforms, pace of fiscal consolidation and ECB support to favor growth. Moreover, there is also debate regarding payments by Greece on its restructured public debt mainly in the hands of

 

82


Table of Contents

other member states. We believe the existence of these discrepancies shows the vulnerabilities of a monetary union with neither a political nor a fiscal union, neither of which seem likely to emerge in the short term. Although we expect a negotiated settlement that avoids a systemic crisis in the Eurozone, if the period of uncertainty is prolonged, it could weigh on the pace of recovery in Europe.

Momentum in the United States recovered over the course of 2014, and particularly in the second and third quarters, with quarter-on-quarter GDP growth slightly above 1%. The strength of domestic demand and the stabilization of residential construction are key to the U.S. growth model. With net job creation of around 200,000 each month and an unemployment rate at year-end 2014 of 5.6%, we believe wage increases will likely continue to support household consumption. The lower oil and fuel prices are also helping to free-up disposable income for spending on other consumer goods. As a result of the good performance in previous quarters, and in spite of a more moderate GDP growth in the fourth quarter, we estimate U.S. growth to have been approximately 2.4% in 2014 and expect GDP growth to be up to 2.9% in 2015, in both cases beating the mid-year targets. We believe the combination of stronger growth and lower inflation (the headline rate is expected to be below 2% until 2016) will accentuate the Federal Reserve’s dilemma in starting its monetary normalization process in a context in which the global appreciation of the U.S. dollar favors more moderate inflation.

Of the large economic areas, the Eurozone is the one which we believe is most likely to have to deal with a scenario of inflation that is too low for too long. In addition to declining consumer prices, growth expectations are moderate. We believe the Eurozone will grow by approximately 1.3% in 2015, supported by the fall in the price of oil, the accumulated depreciation of the euro in recent months and the relaxation of monetary conditions thanks to ECB actions. The less restrictive nature of fiscal policy in peripheral countries is also an element to take into account, as well as the so-called “Juncker Plan,” designed to favor investment, and which is expected to start yielding results in the second half of 2015.

Risks for 2015 include the potential impact of increased tensions in regions under Russia’s sphere of influence, both in commercial and, more importantly, financial terms, given the heavy exposure of European banks to those countries. Finally, another risk is that medium-term inflation expectations continue to fall, discouraging consumption, and leading to a negative feedback loop. To deal with the latter, the ECB has extended its asset purchase program to public debt and increased the monthly purchases to €60 billion. In addition, despite steps taken by the ECB, financial fragmentation in the Eurozone remains a threat.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were prepared by the Bank’s directors in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and in compliance with IFRS-IASB, and by applying the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, so that they present fairly the Group’s total equity and financial position as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and its results of operations and consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and by each of the other Group companies and include the adjustments and reclassifications required to unify the accounting policies and measurement bases used by the Group. See Note 2.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements estimates were made by the Group and the consolidated companies in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments reported herein. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

 

    The impairment on certain financial assets.

 

    The assumptions used to quantify other provisions and for the actuarial calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments.

 

    The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets.

 

83


Table of Contents
    The measurement of goodwill.

 

    The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities.

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, on the events analyzed, events that take place in the future might make it necessary to revise these estimates (upwards or downwards) in coming years.

Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains a summary of our significant accounting policies. We consider certain of these policies to be particularly important due to their effect on the financial reporting of our financial condition and because they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Our reported financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The nature of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing our Consolidated Financial Statements and the discussion below. We have identified the following accounting policies as critical to the understanding of our results of operations, since the application of these policies requires significant management assumptions and estimates that could result in materially different amounts to be reported if conditions or underlying circumstances were to change.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of an asset or a liability on a given date is taken to be the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset, or paid, upon the transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of an asset or a liability is the price that would be paid for it on an organized, transparent and deep market (“quoted price” or “market price”).

If there is no market price for a given asset or liability, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, by using mathematical measurement models sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. Such estimates would take into consideration the specific features of the asset or liability to be measured and, in particular, the various types of risk associated with the asset or liability. However, the limitations inherent to the measurement models developed and the possible inaccuracies of the assumptions required by these models may signify that the fair value of an asset or liability thus estimated does not coincide exactly with the price for which the asset or liability could be purchased or sold on the date of its measurement.

See Notes 2.2.1 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies.

Derivatives and other future transactions

These instruments include outstanding foreign currency purchase and sale transactions, outstanding securities purchase and sale transactions, futures transactions relating to securities, exchange rates or interest rates, forward interest rate agreements, options relating to exchange rates, securities or interest rates and various types of financial swaps.

All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value from the date of arrangement. If the fair value of a derivative is positive, it is recorded as an asset and if it is negative, it is recorded as a liability. Unless there is evidence to the contrary, it is understood that on the date of arrangement the fair value of the derivatives is equal to the transaction price. Changes in the fair value of derivatives after the date of arrangement are recognized with a balancing entry under the heading “Gains or Losses on Financial Assets and Liabilities” in the consolidated income statement.

 

84


Table of Contents

Specifically, the fair value of the standard financial derivatives included in the held for trading portfolios is equal to their daily quoted price. If, under exceptional circumstances, their quoted price cannot be established on a given date, these derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used to measure over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives.

The fair value of OTC derivatives is equal to the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instruments discounted at the measurement date (“present value” or “theoretical value”). These derivatives are measured using methods recognized by the financial markets, including the net present value (“NPV”) method and option price calculation models.

Financial derivatives that have as their underlying equity instruments, whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and are settled by delivery of those instruments, are measured at cost.

Financial derivatives designated as hedging items are included in the heading of the balance sheet “Hedging derivatives”. These financial derivatives are valued at fair value.

See Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies with respect to these instruments.

Goodwill in consolidation

Pursuant to IFRS 3, if the difference on the date of a business combination between the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of equity interest previously held in the acquired entity, on one hand, and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, on the other hand, is positive, it is recorded as goodwill on the asset side of the balance sheet. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject periodically to an impairment analysis. Any impaired goodwill is written off.

If the difference is negative, it is recognized directly in the income statement under the heading “Negative goodwill in business combinations”.

Goodwill is allocated to one or more cash-generating units, or CGUs, expected to benefit from the synergies arising from business combinations. The CGUs units represent the Group’s smallest identifiable business and/or geographical segments as managed internally by its directors within the Group.

The CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment based on the carrying amount of the unit including the allocated goodwill. Such testing is performed at least annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a CGU to which a part or all of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that CGU, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interest, shall be compared to its recoverable amount. The resulting difference shall be apportioned by reducing, firstly, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, secondly, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the rest of the assets. This shall be done by allocating the remaining difference in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the CGU. In any case, impairment losses on goodwill can never be reversed.

See Notes 2.2.7 and 2.2.8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies related to goodwill.

The results from each of these tests on the dates mentioned were as follows:

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, no indicators of impairment had been identified in any of the main CGUs. The Group’s most significant goodwill corresponded to the CGU in the United States. The calculation of the impairment loss used the cash flow projections estimated by the Group’s management, based on the latest budgets available for the next five years. As of December 31, 2014, the Group used a sustainable growth rate of 4.0% (the

 

85


Table of Contents

same rate was considered as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 ) to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity starting on the fifth year (2019), based on the real GDP growth rate of the United States and the income recurrence. The rate used to discount the cash flows is the cost of capital assigned to the CGU, 10.0% as of December 31, 2014 (10.8% and 11.2% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively), which consists of the free risk rate plus a risk premium. As of December 31, 2014 the recoverable amount of our main CGUs was substantially in excess of their carrying value and, as such, were not at risk of impairment.

As of December 31, 2014 if the discount rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the recoverable amount would have decreased or increased by €842 million and €713 million respectively (€691 million and €801 million respectively as of December 31, 2013). If the growth rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by €1,192 million and €1,413 million respectively (€648 million and €560 million respectively as of December 31, 2013).

As of December 31, 2012, there were no indications of significant impairment losses on the principal Group’s CGUs, except for insignificant impairments on the goodwill of the Retail Banking Euro (estimated to amount to €49 million) and the goodwill of the Corporate & Investment Banking Euro (estimated to amount to €4 million). These amounts have been recognized under “Impairment losses on other assets (net)—Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement for 2012.

Insurance contracts

The methods and techniques used to calculate the mathematical reserves for insurance contracts mainly involve the valuation of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the technical interest rate for each contract. Changes in insurance mathematical reserves may occur in the future as a consequence of changes in interest rates and other key assumptions. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies and assumptions about our most significant insurance contracts.

Post-employment benefits and other long term commitments to employees

Pension and post-retirement benefit costs and credits are based on actuarial calculations. Inherent in these calculations are assumptions including discount rates, rate of salary increase and expected return on plan assets. Changes in pension and post-retirement costs may occur in the future as a consequence of changes in interest rates, expected return on assets or other assumptions. See Note 2.2.12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies about pension and post-retirement benefit costs and credits.

Impairment losses on financial assets

As we describe in Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a loan is considered to be an impaired loan and, therefore, its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of its impairment when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which give rise to a negative impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was arranged. The potential impairment of these assets is determined individually or collectively.

Impairment losses on financial assets collectively evaluated for impairment are calculated by using statistical procedures, and they are deemed equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific assets. The BBVA Group also estimates losses through statistical processes that apply historical data and other specific parameters that, although having been generated as of closing date for these consolidated financial statements, have arisen on an individual basis following the reporting date (“incurred but not reported losses”).

 

86


Table of Contents

The incurred loss is calculated taking into account three key factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

 

    Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

 

    Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The PD is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction. In addition, the PD calculation includes the loss identification period (‘LIP’) parameter, which is the time lag period between the occurrence of a specific impairment or loss event and when objective evidence of impairment becomes apparent on an individual basis; in other words, the time lag period between the loss event and the date an entity identified its occurrence. The analysis of LIPs is performed on a homogenous portfolio basis.

A PD of 100% is assigned when a loan is considered impaired. The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty (subjective doubtful assets).

 

    Loss given default (LGD) is the estimate of the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty, and the valuation of the guarantees or collateral associated with the asset.

In order to calculate the LGD at each balance sheet date, the Group evaluates the estimated cash flows from the sale of the collateral by estimating its sale price (in the case of real estate collateral, the Group takes into account declines in property values which could affect the value of such collateral) and its estimated cost of sale. In the event of a default, the Group becomes contractually entitled to the property at the end of the foreclosure process or if it purchases the property from borrowers in distress, and such property is recognized in the financial statements. After the initial recognition of these assets classified as “Non-current assets held for sale” (see Note 2.2.4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) or “Inventories” (see Note 2.2.6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements), they are valued at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less their estimated selling price.

The Bank of Spain requires that the calculation of the allowance for collective losses incurred must also be calculated based on the information provided by the Bank of Spain until the Spanish regulatory authority has verified and approved these internal models.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there was no material difference in the amount of incurred losses on loans and advances calculated in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and IFRS-IASB.

The estimates of the portfolio’s inherent risks and overall recovery vary with changes in the economy, individual industries, countries and individual borrowers’ or counterparties’ ability and willingness to repay their obligations. The degree to which any particular assumption affects the allowance for credit losses depends on the severity of the change and its relationship to the other assumptions.

Key judgments used in determining the allowance for loan losses include: (i) risk ratings for pools of commercial loans and advances; (ii) market and collateral values and discount rates for individually evaluated loans; (iii) product type classifications for consumer and commercial loans and advances; (iv) loss rates used for consumer and commercial loans and advances; (v) adjustments made to assess current events and conditions; (vi) considerations regarding domestic, global and individual countries economic uncertainty; and (vii) overall credit conditions.

Cybersecurity and fraud management

The BBVA Group has established computer security controls to prevent and mitigate potential computer attacks that may materially affect the Group’s results. These controls are part of the risk assessment and mitigation system established in our corporate operational risk and internal control structure in order to ensure compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with a view to guaranteeing the proper identification and effective control of such risks. In the implementation, audit and review of such controls we have identified no material risk to our operations, owing to the effective mitigation of such risk that such security controls have provided.

 

87


Table of Contents

We have divided identified risks into two categories distinguishing between risks that may affect the availability of our computer systems and their supporting processes and risks that may affect the confidentiality and integrity of the information processed by such systems.

Risks related to lack of availability are managed and mitigated through our Business Continuity Plans and our Systems Continuity Plans.

We have 136 Business Continuity Plans in operation across 24 countries. A number of such plans have been activated during the past year as a result of the winter storm that affected Alabama (USA), hurricane ODILE – Category II in Mexico (La Paz and Los Cabos areas were impacted in Northeastern Mexico) or the earthquake which impacted in the north of Chile.

The European Union Critical Infrastructure Protection Directive was incorporated into Spanish law in 2011. We believe that BBVA is fully prepared to fulfill any possible obligations and requirements set forth therein.

The risks identified that may affect the confidentiality and integrity of our information are managed and mitigated within the programs established throughout the BBVA Group in our respective Information security master plans. Master Plans are developed in a continuous basis taking into account new technological risks faced by the Group, and establish both organizational and technical mechanisms to support new technological challenges with the necessary security measures.

In 2014, the BBVA Group did not have any security incidents which individually or in the aggregate can be considered material.

For the type of business and operations carried out by the BBVA Group, we have identified no cyber security incident related risks that could remain undetected for an extended period of time and represent a material risk. Moreover, and with regard to any possible banking-related cyber security risks which might affect the Group, there is no public evidence of incidents occurring within the financial sector which might represent a material risk to the Group.

In 2014, management of fraud in the BBVA Group has focused on improving processes and tools to improve prevention and reduce fraud.

 

88


Table of Contents
A. Operating Results

Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Trends in Exchange Rates

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk in that our reporting currency is the euro, whereas certain of our subsidiaries keep their accounts in other currencies, principally Mexican pesos, U.S. dollars, Argentine pesos, Chilean pesos, Colombian pesos, Venezuelan bolivars fuerte and New Peruvian soles. For example, if Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar depreciate against the euro, when the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies are included in our consolidated financial statements, the euro value of their results declines, even if, in local currency terms, their results of operations and financial condition have remained the same or improved relative to the prior period. Accordingly, declining exchange rates may limit the ability of our results of operations, stated in euro, to fully describe the performance in local currency terms of our subsidiaries. By contrast, the appreciation of Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar against the euro would have a positive impact on the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies when their results of operations are included in our consolidated financial statements. We are also exposed to fluctuations of the Turkish lira as a result of our investment in Garanti.

The assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries which maintain their accounts in currencies other than the euro have been converted to the euro at the period-end exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Income statement items have been converted at the average exchange rates for the period. The following table sets forth the exchange rates of several Latin American currencies, the U.S. dollar and the Turkish lira against the euro, expressed in local currency per €1.00 for 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 according to the European Central Bank (“ECB”).

 

     Average Exchange Rates      Period-End Exchange Rates  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
     Year Ended
December 31,
2012
     As of December
31, 2014
     As of December
31, 2013
     As of December
31, 2012
 

Mexican peso

     17.6582         16.9627         16.9033         17.8680         18.0731         17.1845   

U.S. dollar

     1.3283         1.3281         1.2850         1.2141         1.3791         1.3194   

Argentine peso

     10.7680         7.2767         5.8434         10.3830         8.9890         6.4768   

Chilean peso

     756.4297         658.3278         625.0000         736.9197         722.5434         633.3122   

Colombian peso

     2,652.5199         2,481.3896         2,309.4688         2,906.9767         2,659.5745         2,331.0023   

Peruvian new sol

     3.7672         3.5903         3.3896         3.6144         3.8535         3.3678   

Venezuelan bolivar (*)

     14.7785         8.0453         5.5187         14.5692         8.6775         5.6616   

Turkish lira

     2.9064         2.5339         2.3139         2.8320         2.9605         2.3551   

 

(*) In 2014, the SICAD I exchange rate has been used, while the official exchange rate has been used in 2013 and 2012.

During 2014, all of the above currencies depreciated against the euro in average terms, except the U.S. dollar, which remained almost stable. However, there was a year-on-year appreciation of the Mexican peso, the U.S. dollar, the Peruvian new sol and the Turkish lira, while the Venezuelan bolivar and Argentine, Chilean and Colombian pesos depreciated against the euro as of December 31, 2014. The effect of changes in exchange rates was negative for the year-on-year comparison of the Group’s income statement and was positive for the Group’s balance sheet.

 

89


Table of Contents

BBVA Group Results of Operations for 2014 Compared to 2013

The changes in the Group’s consolidated income statements for 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Interest and similar income

     22,838         23,512         (2.9

Interest expense and similar charges

     (8,456      (9,612      (12.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

  14,382      13,900      3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Dividend income

  531      235      126.0   

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

  343      694      (50.6

Fee and commission income

  5,530      5,478      0.9   

Fee and commission expenses

  (1,356   (1,228   10.4   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

  1,435      1,608      (10.8

Net exchange differences

  699      903      (22.6

Other operating income

  4,581      4,995      (8.3

Other operating expenses

  (5,420   (5,833   (7.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  20,725      20,752      (0.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (9,414   (9,701   (3.0

Personnel expenses

  (5,410   (5,588   (3.2

General and administrative expenses

  (4,004   (4,113   (2.7

Depreciation and amortization

  (1,145   (1,095   4.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  10,166      9,956      2.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Provisions (net)

  (1,142   (609   87.5   

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (4,340   (5,612   (22.7

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

  (297   (467   (36.4

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

  46      (1,915   n.m. (1) 

Negative goodwill

  —        —        —     

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

  (453   (399   13.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit before tax

  3,980      954      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (898   16      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  3,082      970      217.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

  —        1,866      (100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  3,082      2,836      8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  2,618      2,084      25.6   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  464      753      (38.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

The changes in our consolidated income statements for 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

Net interest income

The following table summarizes the principal components of net interest income for 2014 compared to 2013.

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Interest and similar income

     22,838         23,512         (2.9

Interest expense and similar charges

     (8,456      (9,612      (12.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

  14,382      13,900      3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

90


Table of Contents

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 amounted to €14,382 million, a 3.5% increase compared with the €13,900 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 mainly due to the strong activity in emerging markets partially offset by the impact of the average exchange rate depreciation of the main currencies against the euro, especially of the Venezuelan bolivar and the Argentine peso.

Dividend income

Dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2014 amounted to €531 million, a 126% increase compared with the €235 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 mainly as a result of the collection of dividend payments from the Telefónica Group and CNCB, which was accounted for under the equity method until September 30, 2013 as outlined in Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method for the year ended December 31, 2014 amounted to €343 million, a 50.6% decrease compared with the €694 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 mainly due to the reclassification of our interest in CNCB to “Available-for-sale financial assets” in October 2013 as a result of which CNCB ceased to be accounted for under this line item.

Fee and commission income

The breakdown of fee and commission income for 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Commitment fees

     184         190         (3.2

Contingent risks

     297         316         (6.0

Letters of credit

     41         50         (18.0

Bank and other guarantees

     256         266         (3.8

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

     18         23         (21.7

Collection and payment services income

     3,119         3,095         0.8   

Bills receivables

     77         68         13.2   

Current accounts

     321         349         (8.0

Credit and debit cards

     2,061         1,989         3.6   

Checks

     219         237         (7.6

Transfers and others payment orders

     329         329         0.0   

Other

     112         123         (8.9

Securities services income

     1,178         1,142         3.2   

Securities underwriting

     83         74         12.2   

Securities dealing

     190         205         (7.3

Custody securities

     310         323         (4.0

Investment and pension funds

     465         413         12.6   

Other asset management

     130         127         2.4   

Counseling on and management of one-off transactions

     17         14         21.4   

Financial and similar counseling services

     75         45         66.7   

Factoring transactions

     34         37         (8.1

Non-banking financial products sales

     118         109         8.3   

Other fees and commissions

     490         507         (3.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission income

  5,530      5,478      0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

91


Table of Contents

Fee and commission income increased by 0.9% to €5,530 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from €5,478 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 mainly as a result of increased activity in certain emerging countries, which was partially offset by the impact of the depreciation of the currencies of emerging countries.

Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of fee and commission expenses for 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

     1         1         n.m. (1) 

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

     1,020         894         14.1   

Credit and debit cards

     881         762         15.6   

Transfers and others payment orders

     63         49         28.6   

Securities dealing

     4         5         (20.0

Other

     72         78         (7.7

Other fees and commissions

     335         333         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission expenses

  1,356      1,228      10.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Fee and commission expenses increased by 10.4% to €1,356 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from €1,228 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the increased fees and commissions from credit and debit cards, which more than offset the impact of average exchange rate depreciation of currencies in emerging markets.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities decreased by 10.8% to €1,435 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from €1,608 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Gains on available-for-sale financial assets increased by 33.8% to €1,400 million for the year end December 31, 2014 from €1,046 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as in 2013 we incurred in higher losses on debt securities which offset our gains in such year.

The table below provides a breakdown of net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities for 2014 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Financial assets held for trading

     11         540         (98.0

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     27         49         (44.9

Other financial instruments not designated at fair value through profit or loss

     1,397         1,019         37.1   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     1,400         1,046         33.8   

Loans and receivables

     31         126         (75.4

Rest

     (34      (153      (77.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

  1,435      1,608      (10.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net exchange differences decreased from €903 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to €699 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, due primarily to the evolution of foreign currencies and the structural management of exchange rates.

 

92


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income amounted to €4,581 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 a 8.3% decrease compared to €4,995 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to decreased income derived from non-financial services, primarily leaseback operations.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014, amounted to €5,420 million, a 7.1% decrease compared to the €5,833 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 due primarily to lower contributions to deposit guarantee funds in the countries in which the BBVA Group operates.

Administration costs

Administration costs for the year ended December 31, 2014 amounted to €9,414 million, a 3.0% decrease compared with the €9,701 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 mainly due to the effect of exchange rates and the policy of cost optimization in developed countries.

The table below provides a breakdown of personnel expenses for 2014 and 2013.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Wages and salaries

     4,108         4,232         (2.9

Social security costs

     683         693         (1.4

Transfers to internal pension provisions

     58         70         (17.1

Contributions to external pension funds

     63         80         (21.3

Other personnel expenses

     498         513         (2.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Personnel expenses

  5,410      5,588      (3.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Wages and salaries expenses decreased 2.9% from €4,232 million in 2013 to €4,108 million in 2014.

The table below provides a breakdown of general and administrative expenses for 2014 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Technology and systems

     585         714         (18.1

Communications

     271         294         (7.8

Advertising

     213         336         (36.6

Property, fixtures and materials

     911         920         (1.0

Of which:

        

Rent expenses

     461         470         (1.9

Taxes other than income tax

     418         421         (0.7

Other expenses

     1,606         1,428         12.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

General and administrative expenses

  4,004      4,113      (2.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Technology and systems expenses decreased from €714 million in 2013 to €585 million in 2014 due to less expenses related to software renting. Other expenses increased from €1,428 million in 2013 to €1,606 million in 2014, mainly due to the increase of outsourced services in Spain.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2014 was €1,145 million, a 4.6% increase compared with the €1,095 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 mainly due to the amortization of software and hardware.

 

93


Table of Contents

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2014 was €1,142 million, a 87.5% increase compared with the €609 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the costs related to early retirements and contributions to pension funds.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a loss of €4,340 million, a 22.7% decrease compared with the €5,612 million loss recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 mainly due to the decreased impaired assets as a result of lower additions to non-performing assets in Spain. The Group’s non-performing asset ratio was 5.8% as of December 31, 2014, compared to 6.9% as of December 31, 2013.

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

Impairment losses on other assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2014 amounted to €297 million, a 36.4% decrease compared to the €467 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to lower impairments losses on real estate investments and inventories.

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2014 amounted to a gain of €46 million, compared to a loss of €1,915 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013, when we recorded losses related to the sale of a stake in CNCB amounting to approximately €2,600 million.

Negative goodwill

There was no negative goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014, nor for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, amounted to a loss of €453 million, a 13.5% increase compared to a loss of €399 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The losses in 2014 and 2013 relate mainly to the high provisions made in connection with foreclosed real estate assets in Spain, which in 2013 were partially offset by the gains related to the sale of BBVA Panama in 2013.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, operating profit before tax for the year ended December 31, 2014 was €3,980 million, a 317.2% increase from the €954 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Income tax

Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2014 was an expense of €898 million, compared with a credit of €16 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, as a result of higher profit and a lower proportion of income with low or zero tax rates (primarily dividends and equity-accounted earnings).

Profit from continuing operations

As a result of the foregoing, profit from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 was €3,082 million, a 217.7% increase from the €970 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

There was no profit from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the €1,866 million registered for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the divestment in 2013 of the pension business in Latin America. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Divestitures—2013” for additional information.

 

94


Table of Contents

Profit

As a result of the foregoing, profit for the year ended December 31, 2014 was €3,082 million, an 8.7% increase from the €2,836 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Profit attributable to parent company

Profit attributable to parent company for the year ended December 31, 2014 was €2,618 million, a 25.6% increase from the €2,084 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2014 was €464 million, a 38.4% decrease compared with the €753 million registered for the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to the weaker performance of our Venezuelan and Peruvian operations (mainly attributable to the effect of exchange rates) where there are minority shareholders.

 

95


Table of Contents

BBVA Group Results of Operations for 2013 Compared to 2012

The changes in the Group’s consolidated income statements for 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

       
     2013     2012     Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (In %)  

Interest and similar income

     23,512        24,815        (5.3

Interest expense and similar charges

     (9,612     (10,341     (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net interest income

  13,900      14,474      (4.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Dividend income

  235      390      (39.7

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

  694      1,039      (33.2

Fee and commission income

  5,478      5,290      3.6   

Fee and commission expenses

  (1,228   (1,134   8.3   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

  1,608      1,636      (1.7

Net exchange differences

  903      69      n.m. (1) 

Other operating income

  4,995      4,765      4.8   

Other operating expenses

  (5,833   (4,705   24.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross income

  20,752      21,824      (4.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Administration costs

  (9,701   (9,396   3.2   

Personnel expenses

  (5,588   (5,467   2.2   

General and administrative expenses

  (4,113   (3,929   4.7   

Depreciation and amortization

  (1,095   (978   12.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net margin before provisions

  9,956      11,450      (13.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Provisions (net)

  (609   (641   (5.0

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (5,612   (7,859   (28.6

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

  (467   (1,123   (58.4

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

  (1,915   3      n.m. (1) 

Negative goodwill

  —        376      (100.0

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

  (399   (624   (36.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating profit before tax

  954      1,582      (39.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income tax

  16      352      (95.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Profit from continuing operations

  970      1,934      (49.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

  1,866      393      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Profit

  2,836      2,327      21.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Profit attributable to parent company

  2,084      1,676      24.3   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  753      651      15.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Not meaningful.

The changes in our consolidated income statements for 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

Net interest income

The following table summarizes the principal components of net interest income for 2013 compared to 2012.

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Interest and similar income

     23,512         24,815         (5.3

Interest expense and similar charges

     (9,612      (10,341      (7.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

  13,900      14,474      (4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

96


Table of Contents

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to €13,900 million, a 4.0% decrease compared with the €14,474 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the decrease in the yield on loans, as a result of the difficult economic conditions in Spain, characterized by a low lending activity and pressure on margins (which was higher than the decline in the cost of deposits) and the impact of the elimination of mortgage floor clauses (clauses limiting the interest rate floors in mortgage loans granted to consumers which, with declining interest rates, resulted in rates above market interest rates).

Dividend income

Dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to €235 million, a 39.7% decrease compared with the €390 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the year-on-year decrease in the dividends received from Telefónica, S.A., which decreased from €0.53 per share in 2012 to €0.35 per share in 2013.

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to €694 million, a 33.2% decrease compared with the €1,039 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the decreased profits of CIFH and CNCB (during the nine months in which we accounted for our participation in CNCB under the equity method), and Garanti.

Fee and commission income

The breakdown of fee and commission income for 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Commitment fees

     190         186         2.2   

Contingent risks

     316         334         (5.4

Letters of credit

     50         56         (10.7

Bank and other guarantees

     266         278         (4.3

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

     23         24         (4.2

Collection and payment services income

     3,095         2,881         7.4   

Bills receivables

     68         77         (11.7

Current accounts

     349         381         (8.4

Credit and debit cards

     1,989         1,756         13.3   

Checks

     237         222         6.8   

Transfers and others payment orders

     329         313         5.1   

Other

     123         132         (6.8

Securities services income

     1,142         1,120         2.0   

Securities underwriting

     74         100         (26.0

Securities dealing

     205         194         5.7   

Custody securities

     323         328         (1.5

Investment and pension funds

     413         375         10.1   

Other asset management

     127         123         3.3   

Counseling on and management of one-off transactions

     14         7         100.0   

Financial and similar counseling services

     45         41         9.8   

Factoring transactions

     37         38         (2.6

Non-banking financial products sales

     109         97         12.4   

Other fees and commissions

     507         562         (9.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission income

  5,478      5,290      3.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission income increased by 3.6% to €5,478 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from €5,290 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due principally to the increased activity in credit and debit cards in Mexico and South America, where the impact of the hyperinflation in Venezuela was significant.

 

97


Table of Contents

Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of fee and commission expenses for 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

     1         3         (66.7

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

     894         817         9.4   

Credit and debit cards

     762         685         11.2   

Transfers and others payment orders

     49         42         16.7   

Securities dealing

     5         11         (54.5

Other

     78         79         (1.3

Other fees and commissions

     333         314         6.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission expenses

  1,228      1,134      8.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission expenses increased by 8.3% to €1,228 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from €1,134 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the greater business activity in credit and debit cards in South America, mainly as a result of the hyperinflation in Venezuela.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities decreased by 1.7% to €1,608 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from €1,636 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The table below provides a breakdown of net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities for 2013 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Financial assets held for trading

     540         653         (17.3

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     49         69         (29.0

Other financial instruments not designated at fair value through profit or loss

     1,019         914         11.5   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     1,046         801         30.6   

Loans and receivables

     126         51         147.1   

Rest

     (153      62         n.m.   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

  1,608      1,636      (1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net exchange differences increased to €903 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from €69 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to the evolution of foreign currencies and the structural management of exchange rates, mainly by entering into derivatives transactions.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income amounted to €4,995 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 a 4.8% increase compared to €4,765 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to increased income derived from insurance and reinsurance contracts.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013, amounted to €5,833 million, a 24.0 % increase compared to the €4,705 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 due primarily to increased provisions related to insurance and reinsurance contracts, expenses related to inflation and higher contributions to deposit guarantee funds in the countries in which we operate.

 

98


Table of Contents

Administration costs

Administration costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to €9,701 million, a 3.2% increase compared with the €9,396 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the investments made to implement our expansion and technological transformation plans in Mexico and South America as well as the incorporation of Unnim at the end of July 2012.

The table below provides a breakdown of personnel expenses for 2013 and 2012.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Wages and salaries

     4,232         4,192         1.0   

Social security costs

     693         657         5.5   

Transfers to internal pension provisions

     70         54         29.6   

Contributions to external pension funds

     80         84         (4.8

Other personnel expenses

     513         480         6.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Personnel expenses

  5,588      5,467      2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Wages and salaries expenses increased 1% from €4,192 million in 2012 to €4,232 million in 2013.

The table below provides a breakdown of general and administrative expenses for 2013 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Technology and systems

     714         735         (2.9

Communications

     294         311         (5.5

Advertising

     336         359         (6.4

Property, fixtures and materials

     920         873         5.4   

Of which:

        

Rent expenses

     470         490         (4.1

Taxes other than income tax

     421         417         1.0   

Other expenses

     1,428         1,234         15.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

General and administrative expenses

  4,113      3,929      4.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Technology and systems expenses decreased from €735 million in 2012 to €714 million in 2013. Other expenses increased from €1,234 million in 2012 to €1,428 million in 2013 mainly due to the increase of outsourced services in Mexico.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €1,095 million, a 12% increase compared with the €978 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the amortization of software and tangible assets for own use.

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €609 million, a 5% decrease compared with the €641 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 when higher provisions were recognized due to remeasurements arising from changes in financial assumptions used to calculate early retirements in Spain and other similar benefits commitments.

 

99


Table of Contents

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2013 was a loss of €5,612 million, a 28.6% decrease compared with the €7,859 million loss recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the fact that during 2013 there were lower write-downs to address the deterioration of the loans related to real estate in Spain (although there was an increase in impairment losses on non-real estate loans in Spain). The Group’s non-performing asset ratio was 6.9% as of December 31, 2013, compared to 5.1% as of December 31, 2012.

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

Impairment losses on other assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to €467 million, a 58.4% decrease compared to the €1,123 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012, when impairments losses on real estate inventories were higher as a result of the deterioration of the value of these assets.

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to a loss of €1,915 million, compared to a gain of €3 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012 mainly due to the realized losses related to the sale of the stake in CNCB amounting to approximately €2,600 million, offset in part by gains from the realized gains of the reinsurance agreement with Scor Global Life. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Divestitures—2013—New agreement with CITIC Group” for additional information.

Negative goodwill

There was no negative goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2013. Negative goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to a gain of €376 million. Negative goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012 was derived from the acquisition of Unnim. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Expenditures—2012— Acquisition of Unnim” and Note 20.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, amounted to a loss of €399 million, a 36.1% decrease compared to a loss of €624 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily due to the sale of BBVA Panamá that partially offset the high provisions made in connection with real estate foreclosed assets in Spain in 2013.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, operating profit before tax for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €954 million, a 39.7% decrease from the €1,582 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income tax

Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2013 was a benefit of €16 million, compared to a benefit of €352 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012. The low tax rate is mainly due to the high proportion of revenues with low or zero tax rates (primarily dividends and equity accounted earnings), the high proportion of results coming from Latin America, which carry a lower effective tax rate, and the high provisions made with respect to real estate assets.

For more information about factors affecting effective tax rates, see Note 21.3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

100


Table of Contents

Profit from continuing operations

As a result of the foregoing, profit from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €970 million, a 49.8% decrease from the €1,934 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

Profit from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €1,866 million, compared to the €393 million registered for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the divestment in 2013 of the pension business in Latin America. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Divestitures—2013” for additional information.

Profit

As a result of the foregoing, profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €2,836 million, a 21.9% increase from the €2,327 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Profit attributable to parent company

Profit attributable to parent company for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €2,084 million, a 24.3% increase from the €1,676 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2013 was €753 million, a 15.7% increase over the €651 million registered for the year ended December 31, 2012, principally due to the positive performance of our Venezuelan and Peruvian operations where there are significant minority shareholders.

 

101


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Operating Segment

The information contained in this section is presented under management criteria.

The tables set forth below reconcile the income statement of our operating segments presented in this section to the consolidated income statement of the Group. The “Adjustments” column reflects the differences between the Group income statement and the income statement calculated in accordance with management operating segment reporting criteria, which are the following:

 

    The treatment of Garanti: Under management criteria, 25.01% of the assets liabilities and income statement of Garanti are included in every line of the balance sheet and income statement, respectively, while for purposes of the Group financial statements the participation in Garanti is accounted under “Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method”.

 

    The creation of a line in the income statement called “Profit from corporate operations” which is in place of “Profit from discontinued operations” that includes the following:

 

    With respect to 2013;

 

  The gains from the transaction entered into by BBVA Seguros and SCOR Global Life Reinsurance Ireland plc. (“SCOR”), pursuant to which SCOR assumed a quota share of 90% of the majority of BBVA Seguros’ single premium and regular premium business in Spain in the Spain operating segment. The gross impact is €630 million, and

 

  The earnings from the sale of the pension businesses in Mexico, Colombia, Peru and Chile and also the earnings of these businesses until their sale (€1,866 million net); the capital gain from the sale of BBVA Panama (€230 million gross); and the reduction of the stake in CNCB (which led to the repricing at market value of BBVA’s stake in CNCB, as well as the impact of the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB, excluding dividends (negative €2,374 million gross), in the Corporate Center.

 

    With respect to 2012

 

  The badwill generated by the Unnim acquisition (€376 million net), the capital gain from the sale of BBVA Puerto Rico ( negative €15 million gross), the earnings from the pension business in Latin America (€392 million net), and the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB, excluding dividends (€550 million gross), in the Corporate Center.

 

102


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Banking
Activity in

Spain
    Real
Estate
Activity in
Spain
    Eurasia     Mexico     United
States
    South
America
    Corporate
center
    Total     Adjustments     Group
Income
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Net interest income

     3,830        (38     924        4,910        1,443        4,699        (651     15,116        (734     14,382   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fees and commissions

  1,454      4      378      1,166      553      901      (92   4,365      (191   4,174   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  1,149      72      151      195      145      482      (60   2,135      (1   2,134   

Other operating income and expenses (net) (*)

  189      (170   227      250      (4   (890   139      (260   295      35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross income

  6,622      (132   1,680      6,522      2,137      5,191      (664   21,357      (632   20,725   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Administration costs

  (2,740   (136   (691   (2,219   (1,318   (2,137   (530   (9,771   357      (9,414

Depreciation and amortization

  (105   (23   (47   (187   (179   (179   (459   (1,180   35      (1,145
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net margin before provisions

  3,777      (291   942      4,115      640      2,875      (1,653   10,406      (240   10,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (1,690   (305   (203   (1,517   (68   (706   3      (4,486   146      (4,340

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (623   (629   (27   (79   (10   (219   (270   (1,857   11      (1,846
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit/ (loss) before tax

  1,463      (1,225   713      2,519      561      1,951      (1,920   4,063      (83   3,980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

  (432   351      (147   (604   (133   (490   472      (981   83      (898
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

  1,032      (873   565      1,916      428      1,461      (1,447   3,082      —        3,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operations /Profit from corporate operations (net) (**)

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before non-controlling interests

  1,032      (873   565      1,916      428      1,461      (1,447   3,082      —        3,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (4   (3   —        (1   —        (460   3      (464   —        (464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to parent company

  1,028      (876   565      1,915      428      1,001      (1,444   2,618      —        2,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) Includes share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method.
(**) For Group income this line represents “Profit from discontinued operations” and for operating segments it represents “Profit from corporate operations”.

 

103


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Banking
Activity in

Spain
    Real
Estate
Activity in
Spain
    Eurasia     Mexico     United
States
    South
America
    Corporate
center
    Total     Adjustments     Group
Income
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Net interest income

     3,838        (3     909        4,478        1,402        4,660        (671     14,613        (713     13,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fees and commissions

  1,376      9      390      1,183      507      970      (3   4,431      (181   4,250   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  807      67      195      208      139      763      347      2,527      (16   2,511   

Other operating income and expenses (net) (*)

  82      (111   224      325      (1   (810   (89   (381   472      91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross income

  6,103      (38   1,717      6,194      2,047      5,583      (416   21,190      (438   20,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Administration costs

  (2,903   (127   (685   (2,166   (1,250   (2,204   (733   (10,068   367      (9,701

Depreciation and amortization

  (111   (23   (51   (163   (179   (171   (435   (1,133   38      (1,095
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net margin before provisions

  3,088      (188   981      3,865      618      3,208      (1,584   9,989      (33   9,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (2,577   (643   (330   (1,443   (74   (698   (11   (5,776   164      (5,612

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (282   (1,008   (65   (64   (10   (156   (85   (1,670   (1,720   (3,390
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit/ (loss) before tax

  230      (1,838   586      2,358      534      2,354      (1,680   2,544      (1,590   954   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

  (62   595      (137   (555   (145   (523   296      (531   547      16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

  168      (1,243   449      1,802      390      1,831      (1,384   2,013      (1,043   970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued/corporate operations (net) (**)

  440      —        —        —        —        —        383      823      1,043      1,866   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before non-controlling interests

  608      (1,243   449      1,802      390      1,831      (1,001   2,837      —        2,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (20   (9   —        (1   —        (607   (116   (753   —        (753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to parent company

  589      (1,252   449      1,802      390      1,224      (1,117   2,084      —        2,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) Includes share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method.
(**) For Group income this line represents “Profit from discontinued operations” and for operating segments it represents “Profit from corporate operations”.

 

104


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Banking
Activity in

Spain
    Real
Estate
Activity in
Spain
    Eurasia     Mexico     United
States
    South
America
    Corporate
center
    Total     Adjustments     Group
Income
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Net interest income

     4,729        (21     851        4,174        1,550        4,236        (397     15,122        (648     14,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fees and commissions

  1,363      19      451      1,072      531      911      7      4,353      (197   4,156   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  254      (29   131      219      153      442      597      1,767      (62   1,705   

Other operating income and expenses (net) (*)

  313      (48   232      286      (36   (281   184      650      839      1,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross income

  6,659      (79   1,665      5,751      2,198      5,308      391      21,892      (68   21,824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Administration costs

  (2,785   (106   (724   (2,027   (1,292   (2,113   (722   (9,768   372      (9,396

Depreciation and amortization

  (99   (24   (54   (133   (185   (172   (351   (1,018   40      (978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net margin before provisions

  3,776      (209   886      3,590      722      3,023      (681   11,106      344      11,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (1,853   (3,799   (328   (1,326   (66   (589   (20   (7,980   121      (7,859

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (272   (1,696   (49   (41   (36   (201   (82   (2,377   368      (2,009
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit/ (loss) before tax

  1,651      (5,705   508      2,223      620      2,234      (783   749      833      1,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

  (462   1,634      (105   (536   (175   (484   403      276      76      352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

  1,189      (4,071   404      1,687      445      1,750      (380   1,024      910      1,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued/corporate operations (net) (**)

  —        —        —        —        —        —        1,303      1,303      (910   393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before non-controlling interests

  1,189      (4,071   404      1,687      445      1,750      923      2,327      —        2,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (3   3      —        (1   —        (578   (72   (651   —        (651
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit attributable to parent company

  1,186      (4,068   404      1,687      445      1,172      850      1,676      —        1,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) Includes share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method.
(**) For Group income this line represents “Profit from discontinued operations” and for operating segments it represents “Profit from corporate operations”.

 

105


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Operating Segment for 2014 Compared to 2013

BANKING ACTIVITY IN SPAIN

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     3,830         3,838         (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  1,454      1,376      5.7   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  1,149      807      42.4   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  189      82      129.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  6,622      6,103      8.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (2,740   (2,903   (5.6

Depreciation and amortization

  (105   (111   (5.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  3,777      3,088      22.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (1,690   (2,577   (34.4

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (623   (282   121.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  1,463      230      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (432   (62   n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  1,032      168      n.m. (1) 

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        440      (100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  1,032      608      69.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (4   (20   (81.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  1,028      589      74.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2014 was €3,830 million, a 0.2% decrease compared to the €3,838 million recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of the elimination of mortgage floor clauses (clauses limiting the interest rate in mortgage loans granted to consumers) that offset the positive effect of reduced cost of liabilities and the improvement of customer spreads in an environment of low rates.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €1,454 million for 2014, a 5.7% increase from the €1,376 million recorded for 2013, primarily due to the greater contribution from fees and commissions from mutual funds and, to a lesser extent, from placement of securities.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €1,149 million compared with the €807 million gain recorded for 2013, as a result of gains on the sale of available-for-sale securities including sovereign bonds managed by ALCO, which were positively affected by the improved market perception on sovereign debt as a result of the lower sovereign risk premiums paid in recent issuances.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €189 million, compared with the €82 million gain recorded for 2013, mainly due to the positive performance of the insurance activity and a lower contribution to the Deposit Guarantee Fund.

 

106


Table of Contents

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2014 were €2,740 million, a 5.6% decrease from the €2,903 million recorded for 2013, primarily due to the transformation and digitalization process launched by the BBVA Group involving, among other matters, cost containment measures, branch closures and staff resizing.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,690 million, a 34.4% decrease from the €2,577 million recorded for 2013 which is mainly attributable to the improvement of credit quality, the decrease of non-performing loans and the lower deterioration of collateral value of the loans. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 6.0% as of December 31, 2014, from 6.4% as of December 31, 2013.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) of this operating segment for 2014 was €623 million, a 121.3% increase from the €282 million recorded for 2013, mainly due the increase in provisions for early retirements.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,463 million, compared with operating profit before tax of €230 million recorded in 2013.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2014 was an expense of €432 million, compared with a €62 million expense recorded in 2013, primarily as a result of the higher operating profit before tax.

Profit from corporate operations (net)

There was no profit from corporate operations for this operating segment for 2014, compared with a gain of €440 million for 2013, due to the capital gain generated by the VIF (Value of In-Force) monetization transaction entered into by BBVA Seguros and SCOR Global Life Reinsurance Ireland plc. (“SCOR”), pursuant to which SCOR assumed a quota share of 90% of the majority of BBVA Seguros’ single premium and regular premium business in Spain (consisting mainly of life risk insurance policies).

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,028 million, a 74.7% increase from the €589 million recorded in 2013.

 

107


Table of Contents

REAL ESTATE ACTIVITY IN SPAIN

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     (38      (3      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  4      9      (56.8

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  72      67      7.4   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  (170   (111   52.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  (132   (38   248.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (136   (127   7.1   

Depreciation and amortization

  (23   (23   1.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  (291   (188   55.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (305   (643   (52.6

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (629   (1,008   (37.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  (1,225   (1,838   (33.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  351      595      (40.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  (873   (1,243   (29.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  (873   (1,243   (29.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (3   (9   (65.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  (876   (1,252   (30.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €38 million compared to the €3 million loss recorded for 2013.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €4 million for 2014, a 56.8% decrease from the €9 million recorded for 2013, mainly due to lower commissions from financial guarantees.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €72 million, a 7.4% increase compared with the €67 million gain recorded for 2013.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €170 million compared to the €111 million loss recorded for 2013, as a result of the higher costs related to the administration and sale of properties.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2014 were €136 million, a 7.1% increase from the €127 million recorded for 2013, primarily due to increased personnel expenses, as a result of the allocation of additional staff to this segment in order to carry out its activity.

 

108


Table of Contents

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was €305 million, a 52.6% decrease from the €643 million recorded for 2013 which is mainly attributable to lower losses in real estate assets.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) of this operating segment for 2014 was €629 million, a 37.6% decrease from the €1,008 million recorded for 2013, as a result of lower losses on non-financial assets.

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating loss before tax of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,225 million, compared with operating loss before tax of €1,838 million recorded in 2013.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €351 million, a 40.9% decrease compared with a €595 million gain recorded in 2013, primarily as a result of the lower operating loss before tax.

Profit / (loss) attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, loss attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2014 was €876 million, a 30.0% decrease from the €1,252 million loss recorded in 2013.

EURASIA

In accordance with IFRS 8, the information for the Eurasia operating segment is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti’s information has been proportionally consolidated based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     924         909         1.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  378      390      (3.0

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  151      195      (22.4

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  227      224      1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  1,680      1,717      (2.1 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (691   (685   0.8   

Depreciation and amortization

  (47   (51   (7.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  942      981      (3.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (203   (330   (38.5

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (27   (65   (57.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  713      586      21.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (147   (137   7.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  565      449      25.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  565      449      25.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  565      449      25.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

109


Table of Contents

In 2014, the Turkish lira depreciated against the euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2014. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2014 was €924 million, a 1.7% increase compared to the €909 million recorded for 2013, as a result of lower cost of funding and the gradual recovery of the customer spread.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €378 million for 2014, a 3.0% decrease from the €390 million recorded for 2013, primarily due to the depreciation of the Turkish lira that more than offset the positive performance of fees and commissions from methods of payment, transferences and insurance fees in Garanti.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €151 million a 22.4% decrease compared to the €195 million gain recorded for 2013, as a result of the lower contribution from trading income and the decrease in portfolio sales operations by Garanti.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €227 million, a 1.5% increase from the €224 million gain recorded for 2013.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2014 were €691 million, a 0.8% increase from the €685 million recorded for 2013, as a result of the expansion plans implemented by Garanti throughout 2013 that resulted in higher administration costs in 2014.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was €203 million, a 38.5% decrease from the €330 million recorded for 2013 as a result of lower impairment losses in Garanti and Portugal. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 3.3% as of December 31, 2014, from 3.4% as of December 31, 2013.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2014 was €713 million, a 21.5% increase from the €586 million recorded for 2013.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2014 was an expense of €147 million, a 7.0% increase compared with a €137 million expense recorded in 2013, primarily as a result of the increased operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2014 was €565 million, a 25.9% increase from the €449 million recorded in 2013.

 

110


Table of Contents

MEXICO

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     4,910         4,478         9.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  1,166      1,183      (1.4

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  195      208      (6.3

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  250      325      (22.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  6,522      6,194      5.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (2,219   (2,166   2.5   

Depreciation and amortization

  (187   (163   15.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  4,115      3,865      6.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (1,517   (1,443   5.1   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (79   (64   22.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  2,519      2,358      6.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (604   (555   8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  1,916      1,802      6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  1,916      1,802      6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (1   (1   n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  1,915      1,802      6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

In 2014, the Mexican peso slightly depreciated against the euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2014. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2014 was €4,910 million, a 9.6% increase compared to the €4,478 million recorded for 2013, due to increased activity while customer spreads remained stable, despite the fall of interest rates in Mexico.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €1,166 million for 2014, a 1.4% decrease from the €1,183 million recorded for 2013, primarily due to the depreciation of the Mexican peso.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €195 million a 6.3% decrease compared to the €208 million gain recorded for 2013 as a result of the depreciation of the Mexican peso and decreased trading transactions, portfolio sales and exchange rate operations.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €250 million, a 22.9% decrease from the €325 million gain recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of increased claims on insurance activity caused by natural disasters like hurricanes, and higher contributions to the deposit guarantee fund.

 

111


Table of Contents

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2014 were €2,219 million, a 2.5% increase from the €2,166 million recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of the construction of the new headquarters and the implementation of expansion projects and branch improvements.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,517 million, a 5.1% increase from the €1,443 million recorded for 2013, in line with the growth of the activity in the year. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 2.9% as of December 31, 2014, from 3.6% as of December 31, 2013.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2014 was €2,519 million, a 6.9% increase from the €2,358 million recorded for 2013.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2014 was an expense of €604 million, a 8.7% increase compared with a €555 million expense recorded in 2013, as a result of the increased operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,915 million, a 6.3% increase from the €1,802 million recorded in 2013.

SOUTH AMERICA

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     4,699         4,660         0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  901      970      (7.1

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  482      763      (36.8

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  (890   (810   9.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  5,191      5,583      (7.0 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (2,137   (2,204   (3.0

Depreciation and amortization

  (179   (171   4.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  2,875      3,208      (10.4 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (706   (698   1.2   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (219   (156   40.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  1,951      2,354      (17.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (490   (523   (6.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  1,461      1,831      (20.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  1,461      1,831      (20.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (460   (607   (24.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  1,001      1,224      (18.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

112


Table of Contents

The average exchange rates against the euro of the currencies of the countries in which we operate in South America, decreased in 2014, resulting in a negative impact on the results of operations of the South America operating segment expressed in euro. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2014 was €4,699 million, a 0.8% increase compared to the €4,660 million recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of increased activity practically in almost all countries.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €901 million for 2014, a 7.1% decrease from the €970 million recorded for 2013, as a result of the year-on-year average depreciation of South American currencies against the euro that more than offset the increased activity in Venezuela, Peru and Argentina.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €482 million a 36.8% decrease compared to the €763 million gain recorded for 2013, as a result of the negative effect of exchange rates that more than offset the capital gains from U.S. dollar positions in Venezuela and Argentina.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €890 million, a 9.9% increase compared to the €810 million loss recorded for 2013 as a result of higher contributions to the local deposit guarantee funds as a result of the increased volume of deposits in several countries.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2014 were €2,137 million, a 3.0% decrease from the €2,204 million recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of the year-on-year average depreciation of currencies against the euro that offset the increase of costs due to expansion and transformation plans being implemented in the region.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was €706 million, a 1.2% increase from the €698 million recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of activity growth partially offset by the period-on-period depreciation of South American currencies against the Euro. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio was 2.1% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,951 million, a 17.1% decrease from the €2,354 million recorded for 2013.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2014 was an expense of €490 million, a 6.3% decrease compared with a €523 million expense recorded in 2013 as a result of the decreased operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,001 million, an 18.2% decrease from the €1,224 million recorded in 2013.

 

113


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     1,443         1,402         2.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  553      507      9.2   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  145      139      3.8   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  (4   (1   n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  2,137      2,047      4.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (1,318   (1,250   5.5   

Depreciation and amortization

  (179   (179   0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  640      618      3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (68   (74   (8.2

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (10   (10   7.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  561      534      5.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (133   (145   (8.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  428      390      10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  428      390      10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  428      390      10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

In 2014 the U.S. dollar remained quite stable against the euro on average terms, resulting in a null exchange rate effect on our income statement. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2014 was €1,443 million, a 2.9% increase compared to the €1,402 million recorded for 2013, as a result of the increased activity, which offset narrowing customer spreads in the prevailing low interest rates environment.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €553 million for 2014, a 9.2% increase from the €507 million recorded for 2013, as a result of the positive trend of commissions from trading operations.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €145 million a 3.8% increase compared to the €139 million gain recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of increased gains in trading portfolio transactions during 2014.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €4 million, compared to the €1 million loss recorded for 2013.

 

114


Table of Contents

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2014 were €1,318 million, a 5.5% increase from the €1,250 million recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of the purchase of Simple in 2014 as well as the construction of the new headquarters, the implementation of different advertising campaigns and plans to remodel the branch network.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was €68 million, an 8.2% decrease from the €74 million recorded for 2013, mainly as a result of the decrease in non-performing assets. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 0.9% as of December 31, 2014, from 1.2% as of December 31, 2013.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2014 was €561 million, a 5.1% increase from the €534 million recorded for 2013.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2014 was an expense of €133 million, an 8.0% decrease compared with a €145 million expense recorded in 2013, due to higher tax credits recognized in 2014.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2014 was €428 million, a 10.0% increase from the €390 million recorded in 2013.

CORPORATE CENTER

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2014      2013      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     (651      (671      (3.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  (92   (3   n.m. (1) 

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  (60   347      n.m. (1) 

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  139      (89   n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  (664   (416   59.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (530   (733   (27.7

Depreciation and amortization

  (459   (435   5.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  (1,653   (1,584   4.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  3      (11   n.m. (1) 

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (270   (85   215.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  (1,920   (1,680   14.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  472      296      59.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  (1,447   (1,384   4.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        383      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  (1,447   (1,001   44.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  3      (116   n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  (1,444   (1,117   29.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

 

115


Table of Contents

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €651 million, a 3.0% decrease compared to the €671 million loss recorded for 2013.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to a loss of €92 million for 2014 compared to a loss of €3 million recorded for 2013, due to a reclassification we made between expenses and commissions in 2014.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €60 million compared to the €347 million gain recorded for 2013, when certain portfolios from Unnim were sold. The lower contribution from investments in associates and joint venture entities and negative exchange hedges also contributed to the year-on-year decrease.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €139 million compared to the €89 million loss recorded for 2013, as a result of including the impact of the restatement of the contribution to the Deposit Guarantee Fund (see “Presentation of Financial Information—IFRIC interpretation 21 “Levies” and restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information” and “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information”) and the dividends received from Telefónica during 2014.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2014 were €530 million, a 27.7% decrease from the €733 million recorded for 2013, due to reclassifications made between operating segments and the Corporate Center in 2014 and a reduction in general expenses.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2014 was €3 million, compared to the loss of €11 million recorded for 2013.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) of this operating segment for 2014 was €270 million compared to the loss of €85 million recorded for 2013, mainly due to the higher provisions for early retirements.

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating loss before tax of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €1,920 million, a 14.3% increase from the €1,680 million loss recorded for 2013.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2014 was a gain of €472 million, a 59.4% increase compared with a €296 million gain recorded in 2013.

Profit from corporate operations (net)

Profit from corporate operations for this operating segment for 2014 did not register any transaction, compared with a gain of €383 million for 2013. With respect to 2013, this heading comprises the earnings from the sale of the pension businesses in Mexico, Colombia, Peru and Chile and also the earnings of these businesses until their sale; the capital gain from the sale of BBVA Panama; and the impact of the signing of an agreement with the CITIC Group (see “Item 4.

 

116


Table of Contents

Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Divestitures—2013—New agreement with CITIC Group”) which led to the repricing at market value of BBVA’s stake in CNCB, as well our accounting of the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB, excluding dividends.

Profit / (loss) attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, loss attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2014 was a loss of €1,444 million compared to €1,117 million loss recorded in 2013.

Results of Operations by Operating Segment for 2013 Compared to 2012

BANKING ACTIVITY IN SPAIN

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     3,838         4,729         (18.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  1,376      1,363      0.9   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  807      254      217.6   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  82      313      (73.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  6,103      6,659      (8.3 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (2,903   (2,785   4.3   

Depreciation and amortization

  (111   (99   12.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  3,088      3,776      (18.2 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (2,577   (1,853   39.1   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (282   (272   3.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  230      1,651      (86.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (62   (462   (86.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  168      1,189      (85.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  440      —        n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  608      1,189      (48.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (20   (3   n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  589      1,186      (50.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2013 was €3,838 million, a 18.8% decrease compared to the €4,729 million recorded for 2012, as a result of reduced lending activity and narrow spreads due to the current environment of low rates and the impact of the elimination of the mortgage floor clauses.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €1,376 million for 2013, a 0.9% increase from the €1,363 million recorded for 2012, primarily due to the greater contribution from fees and commissions from mutual and pension funds and from customers in wholesale banking transactions.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €807 million compared with the €254 million gain recorded for 2012, mainly due to the favorable performance of Spain’s Global Markets unit.

 

117


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €82 million, a 73.7% decrease from the €313 million gain recorded for 2012, primarily due to increased contributions to the Deposit Guarantee Fund and the lower revenue from dividends received from financial assets held for trading.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2013 were €2,903 million, a 4.3% increase from the €2,785 million recorded for 2012, primarily due to an increase in general and personnel expenses due to the incorporation of Unnim at the end of July 2012.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was €2,577 million, a 39.1% increase from the €1,853 million recorded for 2012, which is mainly attributable to the increase in loan-loss provisions for restructured loans. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio increased to 6.4% as of December 31, 2013, from 4.1% as of December 31, 2012.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2013 was €230 million, compared with operating profit before tax of €1,651 million recorded in 2012.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2013 was an expense of €62 million, compared with a €462 million expense recorded in 2012, primarily as a result of the lower operating profit before tax.

Profit from corporate operations (net)

Profit from corporate operations for this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €440 million compared with no gain or loss for 2012, due to the capital gain generated by the Value of In-Force (“VIF”) monetization transaction entered into by BBVA Seguros and SCOR Global Life Reinsurance Ireland plc. (“SCOR”), pursuant to which SCOR assumed a quota share of 90% of the majority of BBVA Seguros’ single premium and regular premium business in Spain (consisting mainly of life risk insurance policies).

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2013 was €589 million, a 50.4% decrease from the €1,186 million recorded in 2012.

 

118


Table of Contents

REAL ESTATE ACTIVITY IN SPAIN

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     (3      (21      (86.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  9      19      (54.3

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  67      (29   n.m. (1) 

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  (111   (48   132.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  (38   (79   (51.4 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (127   (106   19.8   

Depreciation and amortization

  (23   (24   (6.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  (188   (209   (10.1 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (643   (3,799   (83.1

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (1,008   (1,696   (40.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  (1,838   (5,705   (67.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  595      1,634      (63.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  (1,243   (4,071   (69.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  (1,243   (4,071   (69.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (9   3      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  (1,252   (4,068   (69.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2013 was a loss of €3 million, an 86.6% decrease compared to the €21 million loss recorded for 2012 mainly as a result of a decrease in interest expense and similar charges.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €9 million for 2013, a 54.3% decrease from the €19 million recorded for 2012.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €67 million compared with the €29 million loss recorded for 2012 mainly as a result of the development during 2013 of a policy of divestment of non-real estate investments aimed to take advantage of the more favorable market situation.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was a loss of €111 million compared to the €48 million loss recorded for 2012, as a result of the higher level of foreclosed assets which resulted in higher maintenance costs than in the prior year.

 

119


Table of Contents

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2013 were €127 million, a 19.8% increase from the €106 million recorded for 2012, primarily due to increased personnel expenses, as a result of the allocation of additional staff to this segment in order to carry out its activity.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was €643 million, an 83.1% decrease from the €3,799 million recorded for 2012 which is mainly attributable to the existence of lower losses in the real estate sector in Spain in 2013.

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating loss before tax of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,838 million, compared with operating loss before tax of €5,705 million recorded in 2012.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €595 million, a 63.6% decrease compared with a €1,634 million gain recorded in 2012, primarily as a result of the lower operating loss before tax.

Profit / (loss) attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, loss attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,252 million, a 69.2% decrease from the €4,068 million loss recorded in 2012.

EURASIA

In accordance with IFRS 8, the information for the Eurasia operating segment is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti’s information has been proportionally integrated based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     909         851         6.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  390      451      (13.6

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  195      131      48.5   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  224      232      (3.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  1,717      1,665      3.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (685   (724   (5.4

Depreciation and amortization

  (51   (54   (6.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  981      886      10.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (330   (328   0.5   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (65   (49   31.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  586      508      15.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (137   (105   31.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  449      404      11.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  449      404      11.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  —        —        n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  449      404      11.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

 

120


Table of Contents

In 2013, the Turkish lira depreciated against the euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2013. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2013 was €909 million, a 6.8% increase compared to the €851 million recorded for 2012, as a result of increased activity and favorable spreads mainly in Garanti.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €390 million for 2013, a 13.6% decrease from the €451 million recorded for 2012, due to lower revenue from wholesale customers.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €195 million a 48.5% increase compared to the €131 million gain recorded for 2012, mainly due to the earnings from of the Eurasia Global Markets unit.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €224 million, a 3.5% decrease from the €232 million gain recorded for 2012.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2013 were €685 million, a 5.4% decrease from the €724 million recorded for 2012, despite the expansion plans implemented by Garanti throughout the year. Since the close of 2012, the Turkish bank’s branch network has expanded by 65 offices and the ATM network by 495 units, to which the costs arising from the launch of i-Garanti before the summer of 2013 should be added.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was €330 million, a 0.5% increase from the €328 million recorded for 2012. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio increased to 3.4% as of December 31, 2013, from 2.8% as of December 31, 2012.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2013 was €586 million, a 15.3% increase from the €508 million recorded for 2012.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2013 was an expense of €137 million, a 31.2% increase compared with a €105 million expense recorded in 2012, primarily as a result of the increased operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2013 was €449 million, an 11.2% increase from the €404 million recorded in 2012.

 

121


Table of Contents

MEXICO

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     4,478         4,174         7.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  1,183      1,072      10.4   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  208      219      (4.6

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  325      286      13.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  6,194      5,751      7.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (2,166   (2,027   6.9   

Depreciation and amortization

  (163   (133   22.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  3,865      3,590      7.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (1,443   (1,326   8.8   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (64   (41   56.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  2,358      2,223      6.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (555   (536   3.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  1,802      1,687      6.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  1,802      1,687      6.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (1   (1   79.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  1,802      1,687      6.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

In 2013, the Mexican peso slightly depreciated against the euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2013. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2013 was €4,478 million, a 7.3% increase compared to the €4,174 million recorded for 2012, as a result of an increased activity in lending and funding.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €1,183 million for 2013, a 10.4% increase from the €1,072 million recorded for 2012. This growth in income from fees and commissions has been driven by a larger number of card transactions and the increase in revenue from our participation in market issues by our corporate customers.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €208 million, a 4.6% decrease compared to the €219 million gain recorded for 2012 primarily due to lower earnings from gains on equity instruments and debt instruments.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €325 million, a 13.4% increase from the €286 million gain recorded for 2012, due to higher earnings from the insurance business as a result of an increase in activity and a lower level of claims.

 

122


Table of Contents

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2013 were €2,166 million, a 6.9% increase from the €2,027 million recorded for 2012. This increase is the result of the implementation of the area’s “Investment Plan”, designed to remodel the branch network, the launch of projects for investment in technology and the construction of new corporate headquarters, as well as other strategies aimed at boosting commercial activity.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,443 million, a 8.8% increase from the €1,326 million recorded for 2012, in line with the growth of the activity in the year. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 3.6% as of December 31, 2013, from 3.7% as of December 31, 2012.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2013 was €2,358 million, a 6.1% increase from the €2,223 million recorded for 2012.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2013 was an expense of €555 million, a 3.7% increase compared with a €536 million expense recorded in 2012, as a result of the increased operating profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,802 million, a 6.8% increase from the €1,687 million recorded in 2012.

SOUTH AMERICA

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     4,660         4,236         10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  970      911      6.5   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  763      442      72.6   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  (810   (281   188.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  5,583      5,308      5.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (2,204   (2,113   4.3   

Depreciation and amortization

  (171   (172   (0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  3,208      3,023      6.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (698   (589   18.5   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (156   (201   (22.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  2,354      2,234      5.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (523   (484   8.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  1,831      1,750      4.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  1,831      1,750      4.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  (607   (578   5.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  1,224      1,172      4.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

123


Table of Contents

The average exchange rates against the euro of the currencies of the countries in which we operate in South America, decreased in 2013, resulting in a negative impact on the results of operations of the South America operating segment expressed in euro. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2013 was €4,660 million, a 10.0% increase compared to the €4,236 million recorded for 2012, mainly due to the increase in volume of customer loans and deposits during the period and the maintenance of customer spreads.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €970 million for 2013, a 6.5% increase from the €911 million recorded for 2012, in line with the increased activity in the region. In addition, fees and commissions benefited from a payment by VISA of €16 million in the second quarter of 2013 related to an increase in card usage volumes.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €763 million a 72.6% increase compared to the €442 million gain recorded for 2012, as a result of the positive effect of exchange differences due to the assets in U.S. dollars in the region.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was a loss of €810 million, compared to the €281 million loss recorded for 2012. This line includes basically the adjustment for hyperinflation in Venezuela, which has been more negative in 2013 than in the previous year, and the increased contribution to deposit guarantee funds in the different countries. These two effects have more than offset the good performance of the insurance business in the area.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2013 were €2,204 million, a 4.3% increase from the €2,113 million recorded for 2012. This increase in expenses is mainly due to two factors: the expansion and technological transformation plans being implemented, and the negative impact of high inflation in the area.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was €698 million, an 18.5% increase from the €589 million recorded for 2012. Excluding the effect of the recovery of provisions registered in 2012, the increase would be in line with the activity growth in the year. In addition, there was an increase in impairment losses on financial assets in Chile as a result of higher losses recognized in the mortgage portfolio.

This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio was 2.1% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2013 was €2,354 million, a 5.4% increase from the €2,234 million recorded for 2012.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2013 was an expense of €523 million, a 8.0% increase compared with a €484 million expense recorded in 2012 as a result of the increased operating profit before tax.

 

124


Table of Contents

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,224 million, a 4.4% increase from the €1,172 million recorded in 2012.

UNITED STATES

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     1,402         1,550         (9.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  507      531      (4.5

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  139      153      (8.9

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  (1   (36   (97.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  2,047      2,198      (6.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (1,250   (1,292   (3.2

Depreciation and amortization

  (179   (185   (3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  618      722      (14.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (74   (66   13.3   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (10   (36   (73.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  534      620      (13.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  (145   (175   (17.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from continuing operations

  390      445      (12.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  390      445      (12.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  390      445      (12.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

In 2013 the U.S. dollar depreciated against the euro in average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,402 million, a 9.6% decrease compared to the €1,550 million recorded for 2012, mainly due to the low interest rates, which offset the positive effect of improved activity over the year.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to €507 million for 2013, a 4.5% decrease from the €531 million recorded for 2012. Fees and commissions have been strongly influenced by the coming into force of restrictive regulations on fees and commissions and the sale of our insurance business in 2012, which have had a negative impact.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €139 million, an 8.9% decrease compared to the €153 million gain recorded for 2012. This decrease was mainly attributable to lower earnings from gains on derivatives and customer deposits.

 

125


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was a loss of €1 million, compared to the €36 million loss recorded for 2012, mainly due to lower contributions to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) resulting from the lowering of the contribution requirements.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2013 were €1,250 million, a 3.2% decrease from the €1,292 million recorded for 2012.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was €74 million, 13.3% increase from the €66 million recorded for 2012, mainly due to the absence of recoveries, unlike in 2012. This operating segment’s non-performing asset ratio decreased to 1.2% as of December 31, 2013, from 2.4% as of December 31, 2012.

Operating profit before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating profit before tax of this operating segment for 2013 was €534 million, a 13.9% decrease from the €620 million recorded for 2012.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2013 was an expense of €145 million, a 17.5% decrease compared with a €175 million expense recorded in 2012, due to lower profit before tax.

Profit attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, profit attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2013 was €390 million, a 12.4% decrease from the €445 million recorded in 2012.

CORPORATE CENTER

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2013      2012      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (In %)  

Net interest income

     (671      (397      69.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net fees and commissions

  (3   7      n.m. (1) 

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

  347      597      (41.9

Other operating income and expenses (net)

  (89   184      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

  (416   391      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

  (733   (722   1.5   

Depreciation and amortization

  (435   (351   24.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net margin before provisions

  (1,584   (681   132.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

  (11   (20   (42.7

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

  (85   (82   4.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

  (1,680   (783   114.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

  296      403      (26.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit

  (1,384   (380   264.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit from corporate operations (net)

  383      1,303      (70.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Profit attributable to parent company

  (1,117   850      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not meaningful.

 

126


Table of Contents

Net interest income

Net interest income of this operating segment for 2013 was a loss of €671 million, a 69.0% increase compared to the €397 million loss recorded for 2012. Net interest income has been negatively affected by the rising cost of wholesale finance resulting from the instability in the Eurozone throughout 2012, which had a negative impact in our interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the wholesale funding raised in 2012.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this operating segment amounted to an expense of €3 million for 2013 compared to income of €7 million in 2012.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and net exchange differences of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €347 million a 41.9% decrease compared to the €597 million gain recorded for 2012, primarily as a result of lower net trading income.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was a loss of €89 million, compared to the €184 million gain recorded for 2012, due mainly to the lower revenue from dividends received from Telefónica, S.A., which decreased from €0.53 per share in 2012 to €0.35 per share in 2013, and to the retroactive application of IFRIC 21 (Levies). See “Presentation of Financial Information—IFRIC interpretation 21 “Levies” and restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information” and “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Restatement of 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 financial information”.

Administration costs

Administration costs of this operating segment for 2013 were €733 million, a 1.5% increase over the €722 million recorded for 2012.

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

Impairment losses on financial assets (net) of this operating segment for 2013 was €11 million, a 42.7% decrease compared to the €20 million recorded for 2012.

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the operating loss before tax of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,680 million, a 114.6% increase from the €783 million loss recorded for 2012.

Income tax

Income tax of this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €296 million, a 26.5% decrease compared with a €403 million gain recorded in 2012 mainly as a result of lower revenues with low or zero taxes.

Profit from corporate operations (net)

Profit from corporate operations for this operating segment for 2013 was a gain of €383 million compared with a gain of €1,303 million for 2012. This heading comprises the following items: (i) with respect to 2013, the earnings from the sale of the pension businesses in Mexico, Colombia, Peru and Chile and also the earnings of these businesses until their sale; the capital gain from the sale of BBVA Panama; and the impact of the signing of the new agreement with the CITIC Group (which led to the repricing at market value of BBVA’s stake in CNCB, as well our accounting of as the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB, excluding dividends), and (ii) with respect to 2012, the badwill generated by the Unnim acquisition; the earnings of the sale of BBVA Puerto Rico; the earnings from the pension business in Latin America and the equity-adjusted earnings from CNCB (excluding dividends).

 

127


Table of Contents

Profit / (loss) attributable to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, loss attributable to parent company of this operating segment for 2013 was €1,117 million compared to a profit of €850 million recorded in 2012.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity risk management and controls are explained in Note 7.5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, information on outstanding contractual maturities of assets and liabilities is provided in Note 7.7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For information concerning our short-term borrowing, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Selected Statistical Information—LIABILITIES—Short-term Borrowings”.

Liquidity and finance management of the BBVA Group’s balance sheet seeks to fund the growth of the banking business at suitable maturities and costs, using a wide range of instruments that provide access to a large number of alternative sources of finance.

A core principle in the BBVA Group’s liquidity and finance management is the financial independence of its banking subsidiaries. This aims to ensure that the cost of liquidity is correctly reflected in price formation. Accordingly, we maintain a liquidity pool at an individual entity level at each of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and our banking subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, BBVA Bancomer and our Latin American subsidiaries. The only exception to this principle is Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Portugal), S.A., which is funded by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Portugal), S.A. represented 0.79% of our total consolidated assets and 0.54% of our total consolidated liabilities as of December 31, 2014.

The table below shows the types and amounts of securities included within the liquidity pool of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and each of our significant subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014:

 

     BBVA
Eurozone (1)
     BBVA
Bancomer
     BBVA
Compass
     Others  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Cash and balances with central banks

     7,967         5,069         1,606         6,337   

Assets for credit operations with central banks

     44,282         4,273         21,685         7,234   

Central governments issues

     18,903         1,470         4,105         6,918   

Of Which: Spanish government securities

     17,607         —           —           —     

Other issues

     25,379         2,803         1,885         316   

Loans

     —           —           15,695         —     

Other non-eligible liquid assets

     6,133         611         285         304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated available balance

  58,382      9,954      23,576      13,875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Portugal), S.A.

Our principal target regarding liquidity and funding risk is measured by the Loan to Stable Customer Deposits (“LtSCD”) ratio. Our aim is to preserve a stable funding structure in the medium-term for each of the Liquidity Management Units (“LMUs”) making up the BBVA Group, taking into account that maintaining an adequate volume of stable customer funds is key to achieving a sound liquidity profile. For the purpose of establishing the (maximum) target levels for LtSCD in each LMU and providing an optimal funding structure reference in terms of risk appetite, the Structural Risk team (which is part of our Global Risk Management) identifies and assesses the economic and financial variables that condition the funding structures in the various geographical areas.

The second core element in our liquidity and funding risk management is to achieve proper diversification of the wholesale funding structure, avoiding excessive reliance on short-term funding and establishing a maximum level of short-term wholesale borrowing.

 

128


Table of Contents

The third element is that we aim to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile, making sure that each LMU has sufficient collateral to address the risk of wholesale markets closing. Basic Capacity is based on short-term liquidity risk management and control metrics. It is defined as the relationship between the available explicit assets and the maturities of wholesale liabilities and volatile funds, at different terms, with special relevance being given to 30-day maturities.

Our principal source of funds is our customer deposit base, which consists primarily of demand, savings and time deposits. In addition to relying on our customer deposits, we also access the interbank market (overnight and time deposits) and domestic and international capital markets for our additional liquidity requirements. To access the capital markets, we have in place a series of domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium- and long-term debt. Another source of liquidity is our generation of cash flow from our operations. Finally, we supplement our funding requirements with borrowings from the Bank of Spain and from the ECB or the respective central banks of the countries where our subsidiaries are located. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on our borrowings from central banks.

The following table shows the balances as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 of our principal sources of funds (including accrued interest, hedge transactions and issue expenses):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Deposits from central banks

     28,193         30,893         46,475   

Deposits from credit institutions

     65,168         52,423         55,675   

Customer deposits

     319,060         300,490         282,795   

Debt certificates

     58,096         64,120         86,255   

Subordinated liabilities

     14,095         10,556         11,815   

Other financial liabilities

     7,288         6,067         7,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  491,899      464,549      490,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Customer deposits

Customer deposits amounted to €319,060 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to €300,490 million as of December 31, 2013 and €282,795 million as of December 31, 2012. The increase from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 was primarily due to higher volumes of time deposits held by households and companies in non-resident sectors.

Our customer deposits, excluding assets sold under repurchase agreements, amounted to €294,443 million as of December 31, 2014 compared to €272,630 million as of December 31, 2013 and €253,746 million as of December 31, 2012.

Amounts due to credit institutions

Amounts due to credit institutions, including central banks, amounted to €93,361 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to €83,316 million as of December 31, 2013 and €102,150 million as of December 31, 2012. The increase as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013, was related to repurchase agreements from credit institutions.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Deposits from credit institutions

     65,168         52,423         55,675   

Deposits from central banks

     28,193         30,893         46,475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deposits from credit institutions

  93,361      83,316      102,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

Capital markets

We have continued making debt issuances in the domestic and international capital markets in order to finance our activities and as of December 31, 2014 we had €58,096 million of senior debt outstanding, comprising €57,026 million in bonds and debentures and €1,070 million in promissory notes and other securities, compared to €64,120 million, €62,802 million and €1,318 million outstanding as of December 31, 2013, respectively (€86,255 million, €75,099 million and €11,156 million outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2012). See Note 21.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, we had a total of €11,696 million in subordinated debt and €1,910 million in preferred securities outstanding as of December 31, 2014, compared to €8,432 million and €1,827 million outstanding as of December 31, 2013, respectively.

The breakdown of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities by entity issuer, maturity, interest rate and currency is disclosed in Appendix VI of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following is a breakdown as of December 31, 2014 of the maturities of our debt certificates (including bonds) and subordinated liabilities, disregarding any valuation adjustments and accrued interest (regulatory equity instruments have been classified according to their contractual maturity):

 

     Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     —           2,026         4,797         5,287         30,723         13,285         56,118   

Subordinated liabilities

     —           —           2         77         1,382         12,105         13,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  —        2,026      4,799      5,364      32,105      25,430      69,724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Generation of Cash Flow

We operate in Spain, Mexico, the United States and over 30 other countries, mainly in Europe, Latin America, and Asia. Our banking subsidiaries around the world, including BBVA Compass, are subject to supervision and regulation by a variety of regulatory bodies relating to, among other things, the satisfaction of minimum capital requirements. The obligation to satisfy such capital requirements may affect the ability of our banking subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, to transfer funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, under the laws of the various jurisdictions where our subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, are incorporated, dividends may only be paid out of funds legally available therefor. For example, BBVA Compass is incorporated in Alabama and under Alabama law it is not able to pay any dividends without the prior approval of the Superintendent of Banking of Alabama if the dividend would exceed the total net earnings for the year combined with the bank’s retained net earnings of the preceding two years.

Even where minimum capital requirements are met and funds are legally available therefore, the relevant regulator could advise against the transfer of funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, for prudence reasons or otherwise.

There is no assurance that in the future other similar restrictions will not be adopted or that, if adopted, they will not negatively affect our liquidity. The geographic diversification of our businesses, however, could help to limit the effect on the Group any restrictions that could be adopted in any given country.

We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements and to pursue our planned business strategies.

See Note 50 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

130


Table of Contents

Capital

Our estimated capital ratios are based on our interpretation, expectations and understanding of the respective requirements, and are necessarily subject to further regulatory clarity and rulemaking.

On June 27, 2013, the European Union Official Bulletin published CRD IV and the CRR.

This regulation came into effect on January 1, 2014. From this date on, any clauses from the previous regulation (Circular 3/2008 of the Bank of Spain and Basel II accord) that oppose the new European regulation were revoked. CRD IV requires adoption by a national law for its implementation. Thus, in November 2013, RD-L 14/2013 was published to partially incorporate CRD IV into Spanish law. On January 31, 2014, Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014 was published to introduce regulation and domestic discretionary measures contained in the CRR. Finally, the transposition of CRD IV to Spanish law has been largely completed by Law 10/2014, which implements certain other European regulatory changes applicable to credit institutions in matters such as their supervisory regime and sanctions into Spanish law and provides for a new comprehensive law on the supervision and solvency of financial institutions, and RD 84/2015, developing Law 10/2014.

By means of the new Circular 2/2014, the Bank of Spain has made certain regulatory determinations under the CRR pursuant to the delegation contained in RD-L 14/2013 including, among other things, certain rules concerning the applicable transitional regime on capital requirements and the treatment of deductions and establishing a 4.5% Tier 1 common equity requirement and a 6% Tier 1 capital requirement.

The implementation of this new regulation introduced a higher quality of capital requirement together with an increase in deductions and capital requirements for certain asset groups and new requirements on capital, leverage and liquidity buffers.

Under the CRD IV applicable as of December 31, 2014, we were required to have a ratio of consolidated stockholders’ equity to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items (net of certain amounts) of not less than 8%. As of December 31, 2014, this ratio was 15.1%.

In addition, the ECB requires certain financial institutions, including BBVA, to comply with extra capital requirements above the Pillar 1 requirements that may be material and which vary on a case-by-case basis to cover risks they believe are not covered or insufficiently covered by the Pillar 1 requirements (the “Pillar 2 requirements”). See “Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements”.

Under the Bank of Spain’s capital adequacy regulations applicable as of December 31, 2013, we were required to have a ratio of consolidated stockholders’ equity to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items (net of certain amounts) of not less than 8%. As of December 31, 2013, this ratio was 12.9%. For additional information on the calculation of these ratios, see Note 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

131


Table of Contents

Our estimated consolidated ratios as of December 31, 2014 (based on the CRD IV framework) and December 31, 2013 (based on the previous regulation, the Bank of Spain’s capital adequacy regulation, Circular 3/2008) were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,     As of December 31,     % Change  
     2014     2013     2014-2013  
     (in Millions of Euros)  

Stockholders’ funds

     47,984        44,359        8.2   

Adjustments

     (6,152     (8,534     (27.9

Mandatory convertible bonds

     —          —          (100.0

CORE CAPITAL

     41,832        35,825        16.8   

Preferred securities

     4,205        2,905        44.8   

Adjustments

     (4,205     (786     435.0   

CAPITAL (TIER I)

     41,938        37,944        10.2   

OTHER ELIGIBLE CAPITAL (TIER II)

     10,986        3,729        194.6   

CAPITAL BASE (TIER I + TIER II) (a)

     52,818        41,673        26.7   

Minimum capital requirement (BIS II Regulations)

     28,064        25,871        8.5   

CAPITAL SURPLUS

     24,754        15,802        56.7   

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS (b)

     350,803        323,388        8.5   

BIS RATIO (a)/(b)

     15.1     12.9  

CORE CAPITAL

     11.9     11.1  

TIER I

     11.9     11.7  

TIER II

     3.1     1.2  

The comparison of the amounts as of December 31, 2014 with the amounts as of December 31, 2013 is affected by the differences between the applicable regulations as of each date.

The minimum capital requirements under CRD IV (8% of RWA) amounted to €28,064 million as of December 31, 2014. Thus, excess capital resources (over the required 8% of RWA) stood at €24,754 million. Therefore, as of December 31, 2014, the Group’s capital resources were 88.2% higher than the minimum required levels.

The quality of the capital base improved during 2014, since core capital as of December 31, 2014 amounted to €41,832 million, compared with €35,825 million as of December 31, 2013.

Changes during 2014 in the amount of Tier 1 capital were mainly due to the accumulated profit, net of dividends, until December 31, 2014, the capital increase carried out in late 2014 (see Note 25 of the Consolidated Financial Statements), and also the issuance of contingent convertible perpetual securities (see Note 21.4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements). This increase was partially offset by new deductions that entered into force on January 1, 2014 which included mainly equity adjustments for prudent valuation, certain indirect or synthetic positions of treasury shares, interests in significant financial institutions, deferred tax assets and due to the lower weighting of certain elements (e.g. minority interests and preferred shares).

The Tier 2 capital increase as of December 31, 2014 compared with as of December 31, 2013 was mainly due to movements in other subordinated liabilities and the issuance of subordinated bonds in April 2014 (see Note 21.4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements).

With regard to minimum capital requirements, the increase is mainly due to the different criteria applied with regard to computing requirements according to CRR such as the Credit Valuation Adjustment for deferred tax assets or significant stakes in financial institutions in the amount not deducted and increased activity in the Group’s units, mainly outside Europe.

 

132


Table of Contents
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

In 2014, we continued to foster the use of new technologies as a key component of our global development strategy. We explored new business and growth opportunities, focusing on three major areas: emerging technologies; digital banking; and data driven initiatives, in each case with the customer as the focal point of our banking business.

The BBVA Group is not materially dependent on the issuance of patents, licenses and industrial, mercantile or financial contracts or on new manufacturing processes in carrying out its business purpose.

 

D. Trend Information

The European financial services sector is likely to remain competitive. Further consolidation in the sector (through mergers, acquisitions or alliances) is likely as the other major banks look to increase their market share or combine with complementary businesses or via acquisition of distressed entities. It is foreseeable that, in the framework of the banking union, regulatory changes will take place in the future that will diminish barriers to such consolidation transactions. However, some of the hurdles that should be dealt with are the result of local preferences and their impact on legal culture, as it is the case with consumer protection rules. If there are clear local consumer preferences, leading to specific local consumer protection rules, the same products cannot be sold across all the jurisdictions in which the Group operates, which reduces potential synergies.

In addition, there are other challenges which are unrelated to the interest or preferences of consumers, such as the Value Added Tax regime for banks. The Value Added Tax regime for banks is consistent with a more general trend of increasing pressure on financial systems. Within the Euro area, several countries are imposing new taxes on the financial industry, such as bank levies, financial activity taxes or financial transactions taxes. In addition, there is an agreement to introduce a Financial Transaction Tax in 11 EU countries under an enhanced cooperation agreement although the terms of the tax are still under discussion. Differing tax regimes could set incentives for banks to operate, or transactions to take place, in those geographies where the tax pressure is lower. The implementation of new regulations in countries where we operate which results in increased tax pressure, or our inability to operate in geographies where the tax pressure is lower, could have a material impact on our profitability.

Regarding restructuring and resolution of credit institutions, an agreement on the BRRD was reached in the February 2014 ECOFIN. The final approval of the BRRD was achieved in December 2014. The BRRD is binding since January 2015, but the bail-in tool, which is one of the cornerstones of the BRRD, will only be operational from 2016. The BRRD sets a common framework for all EU countries with the intention to pre-empt bank crises and resolve financial institutions in an orderly manner in the event of failure, whilst preserving essential bank operations and minimizing taxpayers’ costs, thus helping restore confidence in Europe’s financial sector.

The bail-in implies that banks’ creditors will be written down or converted into equity in a resolution scenario, and that they should shoulder much of the burden to help recapitalize a failed bank instead of the taxpayers. In order for this new banking rescue philosophy to be effective, the BRRD requires banks to have enough liabilities that could be eligible to bail-in – the “Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities (“MREL”). Despite the impact on the banks’ liability structure, we believe the introduction of the bail-in tool and the MREL enhances banks’ fundamentals, encourages positive discrimination between issuers, breaks down the sovereign-banking link and increases market discipline.

With respect to banking structural reforms, the European Commission released a proposal in January 2014. The proposal is twofold and imposes: (i) a prohibition on proprietary trading and (ii) an annual supervisory examination of trading activities that may trigger the separation of market-making, complex derivatives and risky securitization if the thresholds on a certain number of metrics are breached (a wider separation is possible under supervisory discretion). The reform would apply to Global Systemically Important Banks and banks with significant trading activities. This initiative raises concerns from a global perspective. First, if implemented, it will affect activities that are essential for the well-functioning of the markets such as market-making. Further, it may also foster concentration in risky trading business lines with increased systemic risk by applying structural separation on a too large scope of banks including those predominantly retail banks that may be forced to divest from their trading activities as they would no longer be viable. The ECB issued an opinion on the proposal in November 2014. The European Parliament is expected to vote this proposal in May - June 2015 and the agreement between the Council and the European Parliament is expected in the end of 2015.

 

133


Table of Contents

Regarding consumer protection rules, initiatives such as the review of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID II), the EU Commission consultation on the legislative steps for the Packaged Retail Investment Products (PRIPs) or the EU proposal for a regulation on a new Key Information Document for investment products (of July 3, 2012) could entail significant costs for our operations. In addition, it is unclear whether these initiatives will be applied equally across European countries, and differences in the implementation of these initiatives could affect the level-playing-field in the industry.

Regarding MiFID, on October 20, 2011, the European Commission presented a legislative proposal to review the MiFID in order to set clearer and more comprehensive rules across all financial instruments, in line with G-20 recommendations and specific U.S. Dodd-Frank Act provisions, which was approved by the European Parliament and the Council on January 14, 2014. The approved Directive includes enhanced transparency requirements concerning trading activities in equity markets, tougher rules for algorithmic and high frequency trading activities and stricter requirements for portfolio management, investment advice and the offer of complex financial products such as structured products. These stricter rules on investment advice include, among others, telephone recordings, stricter categorization of clients, limits to “execution only” services for retail clients and stricter information duties for complex products. According to estimates published by the European Commission, the MiFID review is estimated to impose initial compliance costs of between €512 and €732 million and ongoing costs of between €312 and €586 million per year in the aggregate for participants in the EU banking sector. This represents an impact for initial and ongoing costs of 0.10% to 0.15% and 0.06% to 0.12%, respectively, of total operating spending in the EU banking sector. However, banking industry estimates are higher since the European Commission’s estimates do not account for all costs associated with the implementation of the MiFID review, including IT costs to be incurred in order to comply with the new transparency requirements. In addition, the MiFID review represents an overhaul of our business model, mainly regarding our investment advice services.

Regarding PRIPs, the measures planned by the European Commission aim to achieve higher transparency in the packaged retail investment products sector by requiring that certain mandatory information is made available to investors prior to making an investment decision and imposing stricter commercial practices. The MiFID provisions are considered to be a benchmark on conduct of business and the management of conflicts of interest. The preparation and provision to investors of the proposed mandatory information, as well as the revision of our commercial practices and the monitoring of the implementation of the new rules, are expected to entail costs for BBVA.

For a description of trends, uncertainties and events that could have a material adverse effect on us or that could cause the financial information disclosed herein not to be indicative of our future operating results or financial condition, see “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors”.

 

134


Table of Contents
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In addition to loans, we had outstanding the following off-balance sheet arrangements at the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Bank guarantees

     28,297         28,082         29,976   

Letters of credit

     5,397         5,422         7,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  33,694      33,504      36,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the off-balance sheet arrangements described above, the following tables provide information regarding commitments to extend credit and assets under management as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Commitments to extend credit

  

Credit institutions

     1,057         1,583         1,946   

Government and other government agencies

     1,359         4,354         1,360   

Other resident sectors

     21,784         20,713         21,982   

Non-resident sector

     72,514         60,892         58,231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  96,714      87,542      83,519   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Assets under management

  

Mutual funds

     52,922         43,600         40,118   

Pension funds

     24,755         21,074         84,500   

Customer portfolios

     35,129         31,073         28,138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  112,807      95,747      152,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 35 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information with respect to our off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 based on when they are due, were as follows:

 

     Less Than
One Year
     One to Three
Years
     Three to Five
Years
     Over Five
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Senior debt

     12,027         25,072         5,734         13,285         56,118   

Subordinated debt

     79         1,185         197         12,145         13,606   

Deposits from customers

     278,981         29,912         2,757         6,488         318,138   

Capital lease obligations

     —           —           —           —           —     

Operating lease obligations

     267         272         272         2,410         3,221   

Purchase obligations

     50         —           —           —           50   

Post-employment benefits (1)

     430         1,526         1,256         2,084         5,296   

Insurance commitments

     1,046         1,444         1,517         6,452         10,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (2)

  292,879      59,411      11,733      42,864      406,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the Group’s estimated aggregate amounts for pension commitments in defined-benefit plans and other post-employment commitments (such as early retirement and welfare benefits), based on certain actuarial assumptions. Post-employment benefits are detailed in Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Interest to be paid is not included (see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The majority of the senior and subordinated debt was issued at variable rates. The financial cost of such issuances for 2014, 2013 and 2012 is detailed in Note 36.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

135


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Our Board of Directors is committed to a good corporate governance system in the design and operation of our corporate bodies in the best interests of the Company and our shareholders.

Our Board of Directors is subject to Board Regulations that reflect and implement the principles and elements of BBVA’s concept of corporate governance. These Board Regulations comprise standards for the internal management and operation of the Board and its committees, as well as the rights and obligations of directors in pursuit of their duties, which are contained in the directors’ charter.

General shareholders’ meetings are subject to their own set of regulations on issues such as how they operate and what rights shareholders enjoy regarding such meetings. These establish the possibility of exercising or delegating votes over remote communication media.

Our Board of Directors has approved a report on corporate governance and a report on director’s remuneration for 2014, according to the forms set forth under Spanish regulation for listed companies.

Shareholders and investors may find the documents referred to above on our website (www.bbva.com).

Our website was created as an instrument to facilitate information and communication with shareholders. It provides special direct access to all information considered relevant to BBVA’s corporate governance system in a user-friendly manner. In addition, all the information required by article 539 of the Corporate Enterprises Act can be accessed on BBVA’s website (www.bbva.com).

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

We are managed by a Board of Directors that currently has 15 members.

Pursuant to article one of the Board Regulations, Bank directorships may be executive or non-executive. Executive directors are those who perform management functions in the Company or its Group entities, regardless of the legal relationship they have with such companies. All other Board members will be considered non-executives and they may be proprietary, independent or other external directors.

Independent directors are those non-executive directors who have been appointed in view of their personal and professional background who can perform their duties without being constrained by their relations with the Company or its Group, its significant shareholders or its executives. Under the Board Regulations, directors cannot be deemed independent if they:

 

(a) have been employees or executive directors in Group companies, unless three or five years have elapsed, respectively since they ceased as employees or executive directors, as the case may be;

 

(b) receive from the Company or its Group entities, any amount or benefit for an item other than remuneration for their directorship, except where the sum is insignificant and expect further for dividends or pension supplements that a director may receive due to a former professional or employment relationship, provided these are unconditional and, consequently, the company paying them may not at its own discretion, suspend, amend or revoke their accrual unless there has been a breach of duty;

 

(c) are partners of the external auditor or in charge of the audit report or have been so in the last three years, whether the audit in question was carried out on the Company or any other Group entity;

 

(d) are executive directors or senior managers of another company in which a Company’s executive director or senior manager is an external director;

 

136


Table of Contents
(e) maintain any significant business relationship with the Company or with any Group company or have done so over the last year, either in their own name or as a significant shareholder, director or senior manager of a company that maintains or has maintained such a relationship. Business relationship means any relationship as supplier of goods or services, including financial goods or services, and as advisor or consultant;

 

(f) are significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of any entity that receives, or has received over the last three years, donations from the Company or its Group. Those persons who are merely trustees in a foundation receiving donations shall not be deemed to be included under this letter;

 

(g) are spouses, or spousal equivalents or related up to second degree of kinship to an executive director or senior manager of the Company;

 

(h) have not been proposed by the Appointments Committee for appointment or renewal;

 

(i) have held a directorship for a continuous period of more than 12 years; or

 

(j) are related to any significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board of Directors under any of the circumstances described under letters (a), (e), (f) or (g) above. In the event of kinship relationships mentioned in letter (g), the limitation will apply not only with respect to the shareholder, but also with respect to their proprietary directors in the company in which the shareholder holds an interest.

Directors who hold shares in the Bank may be considered independent provided they comply with the above conditions and their shareholding is not legally considered to be significant.

Regulations of the Board of Directors

The principles and elements comprising our corporate governance are set forth in our Board Regulations, which govern the internal procedures and the operation of the Board and its committees and directors’ rights and duties as described in their charter.

The full text of the Board Regulations can be read on the Bank’s corporate website (www.bbva.com).

The following provides a brief description of several significant matters covered in the Regulations of the Board of Directors.

Appointment and Re-election of Directors

The proposals that the Board submits to the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting for the appointment or re-election of directors and the appointments the Board makes directly to cover vacancies, exercising its powers of co-option will be approved at the proposal of the Appointments Committee in the case of independent directors, and following a report from said Committee for all other directors.

In all such cases the proposal must be accompanied by a report of the Board explaining the grounds on which the Board of Directors has assessed the competence, experience and merits of the candidate proposed, which will be attached to the minutes of the general shareholders’ meeting or of the Board of Directors.

To such end, the Appointments Committee will evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge and expertise on the Board of Directors, as well as the conditions that candidates should display to fill the vacancies arising, assessing the dedication necessary to be able to suitably perform their duties in view of the needs that the Company’s governing bodies may have at any time.

 

137


Table of Contents

Term of Directorships and Director Age Limit

Directors will stay in office for the term defined by our bylaws (three years). If they have been co-opted, they will stay in office until the first general shareholders’ meeting is held. The general shareholders’ meeting may then ratify their appointment for the term of office established under our bylaws.

BBVA’s Board of Directors Regulations establishes an age limit for sitting on the Bank’s Board. Directors must present their resignation at the first meeting of the Bank’s Board of Directors to be held after the general shareholders’ meeting that approves the accounts for the year in which they reach the age of seventy-five.

Evaluation

Article 17 of the Board Regulations indicates that the Board of Directors will assess the quality and efficiency of the Board’s operation and will assess the performance of the duties of the Chairman of the Board. Such assessment will always begin with the report submitted by the Appointments Committee. Likewise, evaluation of the operation of its Committees, on the basis of the report that each Committee submits to the Board of Directors.

Moreover, article 5 of the Board Regulations establishes that the Chairman, who is responsible for the efficient running of the Board of Directors, will organize and coordinate the periodic assessment of the Board’s performance with the Chairs of the relevant Committees. Pursuant to the provisions of the Board Regulations, as in previous years, in 2014 the Board of Directors assessed the quality and efficiency of its own operation and of its Committees, as well as the performance of the duties of the Chairman, both as Chairman of the Board and as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.

Performance of Directors’ Duties

Directors must comply with their duties as defined by legislation and by our bylaws in a manner that is faithful to the interests of the Company.

They will participate in the deliberations, discussions and debates on matters submitted for their consideration and will be appraised of the necessary information to be able to form their own opinions regarding questions corresponding to our corporate bodies. They may request any additional information and advice they require to comply with their duties. They are obliged to attend the meetings of corporate bodies and of the Board Committees on which they sit, unless they can justify the reason for their absence.

The directors may also request the Board of Directors for assistance from external experts on matters subject to their consideration whose special complexity or importance so requires.

Conflicts of Interest

The rules comprising the BBVA directors’ charter detail different situations in which conflicts of interest could arise between directors, their family members and/or organizations with which they are linked, and the BBVA Group. They establish procedures for such cases, in order to avoid conduct contrary to our best interests.

These rules help ensure directors’ conduct reflects stringent ethical codes, in keeping with applicable standards and according to core values of the BBVA Group.

Incompatibilities

Directors are also subject to the rules on limitations and incompatibilities established under the applicable regulations at any time, and in particular, to the provisions of Spanish Law 10/2014 on the organization, supervision and solvency of credit institutions. A director of BBVA may not be a director in companies in which the Group or any of the Group companies hold a stake. Non-executive directors may hold a directorship in the Bank’s associated companies or in any other Group company provided the directorship is not related to the Group’s holding in such companies. As an exception and when proposed by the Bank, executive directors are able to hold directorships in companies directly or indirectly controlled by the Bank with the approval of the Executive Committee, and in other associated companies with the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

138


Table of Contents

Former directors of the Bank may not provide services to another financial institution competing with the Bank or its subsidiaries for two years after leaving their directorship, except with express authorization from the Board of Directors, which it may refuse to give on grounds of the Company’s interest.

Directors’ Resignation and Dismissal

Furthermore, in the following circumstances, reflected in the Board Regulations, directors must place their office at the disposal of the Board of Directors and accept its decision regarding their continuity or non-continuity in office. Should the Board resolve they do not continue in office, they will be obliged to tender their resignation:

 

    when they are affected by circumstances of incompatibility or prohibition as defined under prevailing legislation, in our bylaws or in the Board Regulations;

 

    when significant changes occur in their professional or personal situation that may affect the condition by virtue of which they were appointed to the Board of Directors;

 

    when they are in serious dereliction of their duties as directors;

 

    when for reasons attributable to the director in his or her condition as such, serious damage has been done to the Company’s net worth, credit or reputation; or

 

    when they lose their suitability to hold the position of director of the Bank.

The Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is currently comprised of 15 members.

The following table sets forth the names of the members of the Board of Directors as of that date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, their date of appointment and, if applicable, re-election, their current positions and their present principal outside occupation and employment history.

 

Name

  

Birth Year

  

Current Position

  

Date Nominated

  

Date Re-elected

  

Present Principal Outside Occupation
and Employment History(*)

Francisco González Rodríguez (1)    1944    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    January 28, 2000   

March 15,

2013

   Chairman and CEO of BBVA, since January 2000; Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and BBVA Bancomer S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer.
Ángel Cano Fernández (1)    1961    President and Chief Operating Officer    September 29, 2009   

March 15,

2013

   President and Chief Operating Officer of BBVA, since September 2009. Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer S.A. de C.V., BBVA Bancomer, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, and Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. BBVA Director of Resources and Means from 2005 to 2009.
Tomás Alfaro Drake (2)(3)(4)    1951    Independent Director    March 18, 2006   

March 14,

2014

   Chairman of the Appointments Committee of BBVA since May 25, 2010. Director of Internal Development and Professor in the Finance department of Universidad Francisco de Vitoria.

 

139


Table of Contents

Name

  

Birth Year

  

Current

Position

  

Date Nominated

  

Date Re-elected

  

Present Principal Outside Occupation
and Employment History(*)

José Miguel Andrés Torrecillas

   1955    Independent Director    March, 13, 2015    Not applicable    Chairman of Ernst & Young Spain from 2004 to 2014, where he has been a partner since 1987 and has also held a series of senior offices, including Director of the Banking Group from 1989 to 2004 and Managing Director of the Audit and Advisory practices at Ernst & Young Italy and Portugal from 2008 to 2013. He is also a member of the Official Register of Account Auditors and the Register of Auditor Economists.

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora (5)

   1948    External Director    January 28, 2000   

March 15,

2013

   Was Senior Managing Director and Chairman of the Control Committee, Senior Managing Director of Retail Banking and Non-Executive Deputy Chairman of Argentaria and Chairman of Unitaria (1997).

José Antonio Fernández Rivero (3)(5)(6)

   1949    Independent Director    February 28, 2004   

March 13,

2015

   Chairman of Risk Committee since March 30, 2004; in 2001 was appointed Group General Manager until January 2003. Has been the director representing BBVA on the Boards of Telefónica, Iberdrola, and of Banco de Crédito Local, and Chairman of Adquira.

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi (1)(4)

   1945    External Director    January 28, 2000   

March 15,

2013

   Chairman of the Board of Directors of Idilia Foods, S.L., Chairman of the Board of Directors of Grupo Idilia, S.L., and member of the Board of AECOC (Asociación Española de Codificación Comercial).

Belén Garijo López (2)

   1960    Independent Director    March 16, 2012   

March 13,

2015

   President and CEO of Merck Serono, Member of the Executive Board and CEO of Merck Healthcare, Member of the Board of Directors of L’Oréal and Chair of the International Executive Committee of PhRMA, ISEC (Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America) since 2011.

José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo

   1958    Executive Director    May 29, 2013   

March 14,

2014

   Executive Director of BBVA since May 29, 2013. Member of the European Central Bank (ECB) Governing Council and Executive Committee from 2004 to 2012. Chairman of European DataWarehouse GmbH since 2013. Head of BBVA’s Global Economics, Regulation and Public Affairs.

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo (2)(4)

   1947    Independent Director    February 28, 2004   

March 14,

2014

   Chairman of the Remuneration Committee of BBVA since May 2010 (former Chairman of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee). Was Partner of J&A Garrigues, from 1977 until 2004.

Lourdes Máiz Carro

   1959    Independent Director    March 14, 2014    Not applicable    Secretary of the Board of Directors and Director of the Legal Services at Iberia, Líneas Aéreas de España. Joined the Spanish State Counsel Corps (Cuerpo de Abogados del Estado) and from 1992 until 1993 she was Deputy to the Director in the Ministry of Public Administration. From 1993 to 2001 held various positions in the Public Administration.

 

140


Table of Contents

Name

  

Birth Year

  

Current Position

  

Date Nominated

  

Date Re-elected

  

Present Principal Outside Occupation
and Employment History(*)

José Maldonado Ramos (1)(3)(4)

   1952    External Director    January 28, 2000    March 13, 2015    Was appointed Director and General Secretary of BBVA, in January 2000. Took early retirement as Bank executive in December 2009.

José Luis Palao García-Suelto (2)(3)(5)

   1944    Independent Director    February 1, 2011    March 14, 2014    Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee of BBVA since March 29, 2011. Senior Partner of the Financial Division in Spain of Arthur Andersen, from 1979 until 2002. Independent consultant from 2002 to 2010.

Juan Pi Llorens (4)(5)

   1950    Independent Director    July 27, 2011    March 13, 2015    Had a professional career at IBM holding various senior posts at a national and international level including Vice President for Sales at IBM Europe, Vice President of Technology & Systems Group at IBM Europe and Vice President of the Finance Services Sector at GMU (Growth Markets Units) in China. He was executive President of IBM Spain.

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte (1)(3)(5)

   1955    External Director    May 28, 2002    March 14, 2014    Holds a Chair in Strategy at the Faculty of Economics and Business Sciences at Universidad de Deusto. Member of Instituto de Contabilidad y Auditoría de Cuentas (Spanish Accountants and Auditors Institute) and Doctor in Economic and Business Sciences from Universidad de Deusto.

 

(*) Where no date is provided, the position is currently held.
(1) Member of the Executive Committee.
(2) Member of the Audit and Compliance Committee.
(3) Member of the Appointments Committee.
(4) Member of the Remuneration Committee.
(5) Member of the Risk Committee.
(6) Lead Director

 

141


Table of Contents

Executive Officers or Management Committee (Comité de Dirección)

Our executive officers were each appointed for an indefinite term. Their positions as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are as follows:

 

Name

  

Current Position

  

Present Principal Outside Occupation and
Employment History (*)

Francisco González Rodríguez    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    Chairman and CEO of BBVA, since January 2000; Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and BBVA Bancomer S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer.
Ángel Cano Fernández    President and Chief Operating Officer    President and Chief Operating Officer of BBVA, since September 2009. Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer S.A. de C.V., BBVA Bancomer, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, and Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. BBVA Director of Resources and Means from 2005 to 2009.
Juan Ignacio Apoita Gordo    Head of Human Resources and Services    BBVA Head of Human Resources and Services since September 2009. BBVA Head of Human Resources Director from 2006 to 2009.
Eduardo Arbizu Lostao    Head of Legal Services and Compliance    Head of Legal department of BBVA, since 2002; Managing Director of Barclays Retail Operations in Continental Europe (France, Spain, Portugal, Italy and Greece) from 1997 to 2002.
Juan Asúa Madariaga    Head of Corporate and Investment Banking    Head of Corporate and Investment Banking in BBVA. Head of Spain and Portugal in BBVA from 2007 to 2012. Head of Corporate and Middle cap co. of Spain and Portugal in BBVA from 2006 to 2007.
Manuel Castro Aladro    Head of Global Risk Management    Head of BBVA Global Risk Management department since September 2009. Head of Business Development and Innovation in BBVA from 2003 to 2009.
Ignacio Deschamps González    Head of Global LOBs & South America    Head of Global LOBs & South America of BBVA since March 2014. Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO of BBVA Bancomer from 2008 to 2012. Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO of BBVA Bancomer from 2006 to 2008.
Ricardo Gómez Barredo    Head of Global Accounting and Information Management    Head of Global Accounting and Information Management since 2011. Head of Financial Planning Management Control of BBVA’s Group from 2006 to 2011.
Ignacio Moliner Robredo    Global Communications and Brand Director    Global Communications and Brand Director since 2012. Director of Global Corporate Communications and Deputy of the Communication and Brand department in BBVA from 2010 to 2012. Chief Executive Officer of Uno-e Bank and Consumer Finance from 2008 to 2010.
Ramón Monell Valls    Head of Innovation & Technology    Head of BBVA Innovation and Technology since September 2009. BBVA Director of Innovation and Technology, BBVA’s Group Business Manager from 2006 to 2009. From 2002 to 2005, Chief Executive Officer of BBVA in Chile.
Cristina de Parias Halcón    Head of Spain and Portugal    Head of Spain and Portugal since March 2014. Head of the Central Area in Spain from 2011 to 2014. She joined BBVA in 1998 and has held positions in digital business development, payment systems, Uno-e and consumer finance from 1998 to 2011.
Vicente Rodero Rodero    Head of Mexico    Head of Mexico since 2011. Chief Executive Officer of BBVA Bancomer. General Manager for Commercial Banking at BBVA Spain from 2004 to 2007. Regional Manager at BBVA Madrid from 2002 to 2004.

 

142


Table of Contents

Name

  

Current Position

  

Present Principal Outside Occupation and

Employment History (*)

Jaime Sáenz de Tejada Pulido    Head of Strategy and Finance    Head of Strategy and Finance since March 2014.Head of Spain and Portugal from 2012 to 2014. Business Development Manager of Spain and Portugal at BBVA from 2010 to 2012. Central Area Manager of Madrid and Castilla La Mancha from 2007 to 2010.
Manuel Sánchez Rodríguez    Country Manager BBVA USA    Chairman and CEO of BBVA Compass from 2008 to 2010 and Country Manager from 2010. From 2007 to 2008 Chief of Community Banking at BBVA Compass. Chairman and CEO of Laredo National Bank from 2005 to 2007.
Carlos Torres Vila    Head of Digital Banking    Head of Digital Banking since March 2014. BBVA Strategy & Corporate Development Director since January 2009 until March 2014. He entered in BBVA on September 2008. Corporate Director of Strategy of Endesa and member of the Executive Committee and board member of Endesa Chile from 2002 to 2007.

 

(*) Where no date is provided, positions are currently held.

 

B. Compensation

The provisions of BBVA’s bylaws that relate to compensation of directors are in strict accordance with the relevant provisions of Spanish law.

Remuneration of non-executive directors in 2014

The cash remuneration paid to non-executive directors who are members of the Board of Directors during 2014 is indicated below in thousands of euros. The figures are given individually for each non-executive director and itemized:

 

     Board of
Directors
     Executive
Committee
     Audit and
Compliance
Committee
     Risk
Committee
     Remuneration
Committee
     Appointments
Committee
     Total  

Tomás Alfaro Drake

     129         —           71         —           21         102         323   

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

     129         —           71         107         —           —           307   

José Antonio Fernández Rivero (1)

     129         —           —           214         —           41         383   

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

     129         167         —           —           43         —           338   

Belén Garijo López

     129         —           71         —           —           —           200   

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

     129         —           71         —           107         —           307   

Lourdes Máiz Carro (2)

     107         —           —           —           —           —           107   

José Maldonado Ramos

     129         167         —           —           43         41         379   

José Luis Palao García-Suelto

     129         —           179         107         —           20         435   

Juan Pi Llorens

     129         —           —           107         43         —           278   

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

     129         167         —           53         21         41         411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (3)

  1,395      500      464      588      278      244      3,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) José Antonio Fernández Rivero, in addition to the amounts detailed above, received a total of €546 thousand as a former director of BBVA now on early retirement. As of November 1, 2014, his status changed to retired, and he has received a retirement pension amount of €95 thousand from an insurance company.
(2) Lourdes Máiz Carro was appointed director on March 14, 2014, by decision of the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

143


Table of Contents
(3) Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz, who ceased director duties on March 14, 2014, received a total amount of €84 thousand as compensation for his position on the Board of Directors, Executive Committee and the Appointments Committee.

Furthermore, €117 thousand in healthcare and accident insurance premiums were paid in 2014 on behalf of non-executive directors.

Remuneration of executive directors in 2014

The remuneration paid to executive directors during 2014 is indicated below in thousands of euros. The figures are given individually for each executive director and itemized:

 

     Fixed
Remuneration
     Annual
Variable Cash
Remuneration
(1)
     Deferred
Variable Cash
Remuneration
(2)
     Total
Cash
     Annual
Variable
Remuneration
in BBVA
shares (1)
     Deferred
Variable
Remuneration
in BBVA
shares (2)
     Total
Shares
 

Chairman and CEO

     1,966         797         682         3,445         88,670         122,989         211,659   

President and COO

     1,748         495         432         2,675         55,066         84,995         140,061   

José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo

     800         48         —           848         5,304         —           5,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  4,514      1,340      1,114      6,968      149,040      207,984      357,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts corresponding to 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration for 2013.
(2) Amounts corresponding to the sum of the deferred parts of the Annual Variable Remuneration from previous years (2012 and 2011) and the LTI 2010-2011 in shares; as well as their corresponding updates in cash, vested in 2014.

Furthermore, executive directors were paid remunerations in kind and other remuneration in 2014 for a total amount of €54,196, of which €13,527 correspond to the Chairman and CEO; €25,971 to the President and COO; and €14,698 to José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo.

Executive director remuneration corresponding to the system applied to BBVA’s entire management team comprises a fixed remuneration and an annual variable remuneration, which in turn comprises an ordinary variable remuneration in cash and a variable remuneration in shares based on the incentive for the BBVA Group management team (hereinafter the “Annual Variable Remuneration”).

During 2014, executive directors were paid the amount of the fixed remuneration corresponding to this period and the variable remuneration that corresponded to them in that year according to the settlement and payment system as agreed at the general shareholders’ meeting (the “Settlement and Payment System”), which determines that:

 

    At least 50% of the total Annual Variable Remuneration shall be paid in BBVA shares.

 

    The payment of 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration shall be deferred in time, the deferred amount being paid in thirds over the three-year period following its settlement.

 

    Shares vested pursuant to the rules explained above (except for shares in an amount equal to the tax accruing on the vesting of such shares) may not be disposed of by their beneficiaries during a period of one year after they have vested.

 

    The payment of the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration payable may be limited or impeded in certain cases (malus clauses).

 

144


Table of Contents
    The deferred parts of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be adjusted in the terms established by the Board of Directors.

In 2014, executive directors have thus been paid the following variable remuneration:

 

    Annual Variable Remuneration for 2013. In 2014, executive directors received the amount corresponding to 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration (in cash and shares) for 2013 (shown in the table above). The remaining 50% of Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2013 deferred as per the Settlement and Payment System described above, was deferred to be paid, subject to the conditions mentioned above, in three parts during the first quarters of 2015, 2016 and 2017, so that the Chairman and CEO will receive for this concept in each one of these years €265,713 and 29,557 shares in BBVA; the President and COO, €165,012 and 18,356 shares in BBVA; and José Manuel González-Páramo, €15,894 and 1,768 shares in BBVA. (José Manuel González-Páramo was appointed as a BBVA director by agreement of the Board of Directors on May 29, 2013, and therefore his Annual Variable Remuneration for 2013 is proportional to the months in this role).

 

    Deferred parts of the Variable Remuneration from prior years paid in 2014. In 2014, the Chairman and CEO and the President and COO were also paid, in application of the Settlement and Payment System, the following variable remuneration:

 

    Annual Variable Remuneration for 2012— The amount corresponding to the first third of the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for 2012, both in cash and shares, following the corresponding update: €273,902 and 36,163 shares for the Chairman and CEO, and €166,877 and 22,032 shares for the President and COO. The remaining two thirds for the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2012 are to be paid during the first quarters of 2015 and 2016, subject to the conditions mentioned above.

 

    Annual Variable Remuneration for 2011— The amount corresponding to the second third of the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for 2011, both in cash and shares, following the corresponding update: €381,871 and 51,826 shares for the Chairman and CEO, and €242,883 and 32,963 shares for the President and COO. The remaining third for the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2011 is to be paid during the first quarter of 2015, subject to the conditions mentioned above.

 

    Multi-year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2010/2011 (“LTI 2010-2011”). Lastly, in 2014 the Chairman and CEO and President and COO were paid the second third of the resulting deferred shares following settlement of the LTI 2010-2011, namely 35,000 shares to the Chairman and CEO and 30,000 shares to the President and COO, in addition to cash for the updated value of these deferred shares, namely €25,795 for the Chairman and CEO and €22,110 for the President and COO. Payment of the last remaining third of deferred shares resulting from the settlement of the LTI 2010-2011 is deferred to the first quarter of 2015, subject to the conditions mentioned above.

Annual Variable Remuneration of executive directors for year 2014

Following year-end 2014, the corresponding Annual Variable Remuneration for executive directors for 2014 was determined, applying the conditions established by the general shareholders’ meeting, resulting in the following: in the first quarter of 2015, executive directors have received 50% thereof, namely €865,644 and 112,174 shares in BBVA for the Chairman and CEO; €530,169 and 68,702 shares in BBVA for the President and COO; and €85,199 and 11,041 shares in BBVA for José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo. The payment of the remaining 50% is deferred over a period of three years, which will thus be paid out during the first quarters of 2016, 2017 and 2018 in the amount of €288,548 and 37,392 shares in BBVA for the Chairman and CEO; €176,723 and 22,901 shares in BBVA for the President and COO; and €28,400 and 3,681 shares in BBVA for José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo.

 

145


Table of Contents

The payment of the deferred parts of the Annual Variable Remuneration for 2014 will be subject to the conditions of the Settlement and Payment System established according to the agreements adopted by the general shareholders’ meeting.

As of December 31, 2014, these amounts were recorded under the heading “Other liabilities – Accrued interest” of the consolidated balance sheet.

Remuneration for Management Committee members paid in 2014

This section includes aggregate information concerning the members of the Management Committee, who held this position as of December 31, 2014 (13 members), excluding executive directors.

In 2014, the remuneration paid to the members of BBVA’s Management Committee as a whole, excluding executive directors, amounted to €8,764 thousand in fixed remuneration. Additionally, the variable remuneration indicated below was paid in accordance with the described Settlement and Payment System.

 

    Annual Variable Remuneration for 2013. An aggregate amount of €2,734 thousand and 304,579 shares in BBVA were paid in 2014 corresponding to the part of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2013, in application of the Settlement and Payment System applicable to each member of the Executive Committee. The remaining Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2013 was deferred to be paid, subject to the conditions cited above, in three parts during the first quarters of 2015, 2016 and 2017, so that this group will receive a sum of €911 thousand (based on the average exchange rates applicable as of December 31, 2014) and 101,098 shares in BBVA each year.

 

    Deferred parts of the Variable Remuneration from prior years paid in 2014.

 

    Annual Variable Remuneration for 2012. The aggregate amount of €765 thousand and 101,407 shares in BBVA were paid corresponding to the first third of the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for 2012 after being updated. The remaining Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2012 is deferred to be paid in thirds during the first quarters of 2015 and 2016 under the conditions mentioned above.

 

    Annual Variable Remuneration for 2011. The aggregate amount of €989 thousand and 134,618 shares in BBVA were paid corresponding to the second third of the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for 2011 after being updated. The remaining third for the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2011 is to be paid during the first quarter of 2015 under the conditions mentioned above.

 

    LTI 2010-2011. The total of 89,998 shares, were paid to the members of Executive Committee corresponding to the second third of the deferred shares resulting from the liquidation of the LTI 2010-2011. An additional €66 thousand were paid in concept of updating the deferred shares that were delivered. The remaining third for the deferred shares resulting from liquidation of the LTI 2010-2011 for this group is to be paid during the first quarter of 2015 under the conditions mentioned above.

In 2014, the remuneration in kind paid to the members of the Management Committee as a whole, excluding executive directors, amounted to €1,084 thousand.

Scheme for remuneration for non-executive directors with deferred distribution of shares

BBVA has a remuneration system with deferred distribution of shares in place for its non-executive directors that was approved by the general shareholders’ meeting held on March 18, 2006 and renewed for an additional five-year period through a resolution of the general shareholders’ meeting on March 11, 2011.

 

146


Table of Contents

This system consists in the annual allocation of a number of “theoretical shares” to the non-executive directors, equivalent to 20% of the total cash remuneration received by each of them in the previous year. This is based on the average closing prices of the BBVA shares during the sixty trading sessions prior to the dates of the ordinary general shareholders’ meetings approving the annual financial statements for each year.

The delivery of the shares will be made, if applicable, to each beneficiary on the date he or she leaves his/her position as director on any grounds other than dereliction of duty.

The number of “theoretical shares” allocated to each non-executive director beneficiary of the deferred share distribution system in 2014, corresponding to 20% of the total cash remuneration received by said beneficiaries in 2013, is as follows:

 

     Theoretical shares
allocated in 2014
     Theoretical shares
accumulated as of
December 31, 2014
 

Tomás Alfaro Drake

     6,693         43,159   

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

     6,807         69,512   

José Antonio Fernández Rivero

     8,497         69,013   

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

     7,500         74,702   

Belén Garijo López

     4,437         7,957   

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

     6,811         57,307   

José Maldonado Ramos

     8,402         36,268   

José Luis Palao García-Suelto

     9,181         29,658   

Juan Pi Llorens

     6,174         16,365   

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

     6,817         53,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (1)

  71,319      457,860   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz, who ceased to be a director on March 14, 2014, was assigned 7,453 theoretical shares.

Pensions commitments

The provisions recorded as of December 31, 2014 to cover pension commitments for executive directors stood at €26,026 thousand for the President and COO; and €269 thousand for José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo. In addition, €2,624 thousand and €261 thousand were set aside in 2014 for the President and COO and José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo, respectively, to cover the contingencies of retirement, disability and death contemplated in their contracts.

No other obligations regarding pensions for other executive directors are in place.

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2014 for pension commitments for Management Committee members, excluding executive directors, amounted to €89,817 thousand, of which €8,649 thousand were charged against 2014 earnings.

Extinction of contractual relationship

The Bank does not have any commitments to pay severance indemnity to executive directors other than the commitment in respect of José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo, who is contractually entitled to receive an indemnity equivalent to twice his annual fixed remuneration should he cease to hold his position on grounds other than his own will, death, retirement, disability or dereliction of duty.

The contractual conditions of the President and COO determine that should he cease to hold his position for any reason other than his own will, retirement, disability or dereliction of duty, he will be given early retirement with a pension payable, as he chooses, through a lifelong annuity pension, or by payment of a lump sum that will be 75% of his pensionable salary should this occur before he is 55, and 85% should it occur after he has reached said age.

 

147


Table of Contents
C. Board Practices

Committees

Our corporate governance system is based on the distribution of functions between the Board, the Executive Committee and the other specialized Board Committees, namely: the Audit and Compliance Committee; the Appointments Committee; the Remuneration Committee; and the Risk Committee.

Executive Committee

Our Board of Directors is assisted in fulfilling its responsibilities by the Executive Committee (Comisión Delegada Permanente) of the Board of Directors.

As of the date of this Annual Report, BBVA’s Executive Committee was comprised of two executive directors and three non-executive directors, as follows:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman    Mr. Francisco González Rodríguez
Members   

Mr. Ángel Cano Fernández

Mr. Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

According to our Board Regulations, the Executive Committee will be apprised of such business as the Board of Directors resolves to confer on it, in accordance with prevailing legislation, our bylaws or our Board Regulations.

The Executive Committee shall meet on the dates indicated in the annual calendar of scheduled meetings and when the chairman or acting chairman so decides. During 2014, the Executive Committee met twenty (20) times.

Audit and Compliance Committee

This committee shall perform the duties required under applicable laws, regulations and our bylaws. Essentially, it has authority from the Board to supervise the financial statements and the oversight of the Group.

The Board Regulations establish that the Audit and Compliance Committee shall have a minimum of four members, one of whom will be appointed by the Board taking into account their knowledge of accounting, auditing or both. In accordance with the Board Regulation, they shall all be independent directors, one of whom shall act as chairman, also appointed by the Board. See “Item 16.A. Audit Committee Financial Expert”.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the Audit and Compliance Committee members were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman    Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto
Members   

Mr. Tomás Alfaro Drake

Mr. Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

Mrs. Belén Garijo López

Under the Board Regulations and the charter of the Audit and Compliance Committee, the scope of its functions is as follows (for purposes of the below, “entity” refers to BBVA):

 

    report to the general shareholders’ meeting on questions raised with respect to those matters falling within the committee’s competence;

 

148


Table of Contents
    oversee the efficacy of the internal control of the Company, the internal audit and the risk-management systems, in the process of drawing up and reporting the regulatory financial information, including tax risks. Also to discuss with the financial auditor any significant weaknesses in the internal control system detected when the audit is conducted;

 

    oversee the process of drawing up and reporting prescriptive financial information;

 

    submit to the Board of Directors proposals on the selection, appointment, re-election and replacement of the external auditor, as well as their contractual conditions, and regularly collect information from the external auditor regarding the audit plan and its implementation, as well as preserving the auditor’s independence in the performance of their duties;

 

    establish correct relations with the external auditor in order to receive information on any matters that may jeopardize their independence, for examination by the committee, and any others relating to the process of the financial auditing; as well as those other communications provided for by law and by the auditing regulations. Each year it must unfailingly receive the external auditors’ declaration of their independence with regard to the Company or entities directly or indirectly related to it, as well as information on additional services provided of any kind and the corresponding fees received by the external auditor or by persons or entities linked to them as provided for under the legislation on financial auditing;

 

    each year before the external financial auditor issues their report on the financial statements, to issue a report expressing an opinion on the independence of the external financial auditor. This report must unfailingly contain the valuation of the provision of any services referred to in the previous item, considered individually and as a whole, other than the legally-required audit and with respect to the regime of independence or to the standards regulating audits;

 

    report, prior to the Board of Directors adopting resolutions, on all those matters established by law, by our bylaws and by the Board Regulations, and in particular on:

 

    the financial information that the Company must periodically publish;

 

    the creation or acquisition of a holding in special-purpose entities or entities domiciled in countries or territories considered tax havens; and

 

    related-party transactions;

 

    oversee compliance with applicable domestic and international regulations on matters related to money laundering, conduct on the securities markets, data protection and the scope of Group activities with respect to anti-trust regulations. Also to ensure that any requests for action or information made by official authorities with competence in these matters are dealt with in due time and in due form;

 

    ensure that the codes of ethics and of internal conduct on the securities market, as they apply to Group personnel, comply with regulatory requirements and are adequate;

 

    especially to oversee compliance with the provisions applicable to directors contained in the Board Regulations, as well as their compliance with the applicable standards of conduct on the securities markets;

 

    any other duties that may have been allocated under the Board Regulations or attributed to the committee by a Board of Directors resolution; and

 

149


Table of Contents
    the committee shall also monitor the independence of external auditors. This entails the following two duties:

 

    avoiding any possibility of the warnings, opinions or recommendations of the auditors being adversely influenced; and

 

    stipulating as incompatible the provision of audit and consulting services unless there are not available in the market alternatives as regards content, quality or efficiency of equal value to those which the audit firm or firms in its group could provide; in this case approval by the Committee will be required, but this decision can be delegated in advance to its Chairman.

The committee selects the external auditor for the Bank and its Group, and for all the Group companies. It must verify that the audit schedule is being carried out under the service agreement and that it satisfies the requirements of the competent authorities and the Bank’s governing bodies. The committee will also require the auditors, at least once each year, to assess the quality of the Group’s internal oversight procedures.

The Audit and Compliance Committee meets as often as necessary to comply with its tasks, although an annual meeting schedule is drawn up in accordance with its duties. During 2014, the Audit and Compliance Committee met twelve (12) times.

Executives responsible for control, internal audit and regulatory compliance can be invited to attend its meetings and, at the request of these executives, other staff from these departments who have particular knowledge or responsibility in the matters contained in the agenda, can also be invited when their presence at the meeting is deemed appropriate. However, only the committee members and the secretary shall be present when the results and conclusions of the meeting are evaluated.

The committee may engage external advisory services for relevant issues when it considers that these cannot be properly provided by experts or technical staff within the Group on grounds of specialization or independence.

Likewise, the committee can call on the personal cooperation and reports of any member of the Management Committee when it considers that this is necessary to carry out its functions with regard to relevant issues.

The committee has its own specific regulations, approved by the Board of Directors. These are available on our website and, amongst other things, regulate its operation.

Appointments Committee

The Appointments Committee is tasked with assisting the Board on issues related to the appointment and re-election of Board members.

In compliance with the Board Regulations, this committee shall comprise a minimum of three members who must be non-executive directors appointed by the Board of Directors, which will also appoint its chairman. The chairman and the majority of its members must be independent directors.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Appointments Committee were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman    Mr. Tomás Alfaro Drake
Members   

Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

The duties of the Appointments Committee under the Board Regulations are as follows:

 

    submit proposals to the Board of Directors on the appointment, reelection or separation of independent directors and report on proposals for the appointment, re-election or separation of the other directors.

 

150


Table of Contents

To such end, the Committee will evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge and expertise on the Board of Directors, as well as the conditions that candidates should display to fill the vacancies arising, assessing the dedication necessary to be able to suitably perform their duties in view of the needs that the Company’s governing bodies may have at any time.

The Committee will ensure that when filling new vacancies, the selection procedures are not marred by implicit biases that may entail any discrimination and in particular discrimination that may hinder the selection of female directors, trying to ensure that women who display the professional profile being sought are included on the shortlists.

Likewise, when drawing up proposals within its scope of competence for the appointment of directors the Committee will take into account in case they may be considered suitable, any applications that may be made by any member of the Board of Directors for potential candidates to fill the vacancies;

 

    submit proposals to the Board of Directors for policies on the selection and diversity of members of the Board of Directors;

 

    establish a target for representation of the underrepresented gender in the Board of Directors and draw up guidelines on how to reach that target;

 

    analyze the structure, size and composition of the Board of Directors, at least once a year when carrying out its operational assessment;

 

    analyze the suitability of the various members of the Board of Directors;

 

    perform an annual review of the status of each director, so that this may be reflected in the annual corporate governance report;

 

    report the proposals for the appointment of the Chairman and the Secretary and, where applicable, the Deputy Chairman and the Deputy Secretary;

 

    report on the performance of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, for the purposes of the periodic assessment by the Board of Directors, under the terms established herein;

 

    examine and organize the succession of the Chairman and, as applicable, file proposals with the Board of Directors so that the succession takes place in a planned and orderly manner;

 

    review the Board of Directors’ policy on the selection and appointment of members of senior management, and file recommendations with the Board when applicable;

 

    report on proposals for appointment and separation of senior managers; and

 

    any other duties that may have been allocated under the Board Regulations or attributed to the committee by a Board of Directors resolution or by applicable legislation.

In the performance of its duties, the Appointments Committee will consult with the Chairman of the Board via the committee chair, especially with respect to matters related to executive directors and senior managers.

 

151


Table of Contents

In accordance with our Board Regulations, the committee may ask members of the BBVA Group to attend its meetings, when their responsibilities relate to its duties. It may also receive any advisory services it requires to inform its criteria on issues falling within the scope of its powers.

The chair of the Appointments Committee will convene it as often as necessary to comply with its functions. During 2014, the Appointments Committee met eight (8) times.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee’s essential function is to assist the Board of Directors in matters relating to the remuneration policy for directors, senior managers and employees whose professional activities have a material impact on the Company’s risk profile. It seeks to ensure that the remuneration policy established by the Company is duly observed.

Under the Board Regulations, the committee will comprise a minimum of three members who must be non-executive directors appointed by the Board, which will also appoint its chair. The chair and the majority of its members must be independent directors.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Remuneration Committee were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman    Mr. Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo
Members   

Mr. Tomás Alfaro Drake

Mr. Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mr. Juan Pi Llorens

In accordance with the Board Regulations, the scope of the functions of the Remuneration Committee is as follows:

 

    propose to the Board of Directors, for its submission to the general shareholders’ meeting, the directors’ remuneration policy, with respect to its items, amounts, and parameters for its determination and its vesting. Also to submit the corresponding report, in the terms established by applicable law at any time;

 

    determine the extent and amount of the individual remunerations, entitlements and other economic compensations and other contractual conditions for the executive directors, so that these can be reflected in their contracts. The committee’s proposals on such matters will be submitted to the Board of Directors;

 

    propose the annual report on the remuneration of the Bank’s directors to the Board of Directors each year, which will then be submitted to the annual general shareholders’ meeting, in compliance with the applicable legislation;

 

    propose the remuneration policy to the Board of Directors for senior managers and employees whose professional activities have a significant impact on the Company’s risk profile;

 

    propose the basic conditions of the senior management contracts to the Board of Directors, and directly supervise the remuneration of the senior managers in charge of risk management and compliance functions within the Company;

 

152


Table of Contents
    oversee observance of the remuneration policy established by the Company and periodically review the remuneration policy applied to directors, senior managers and employees whose professional activities have a significant impact on the Company’s risk profile; and

 

    any other duties that may have been allocated under the Board Regulations or attributed to the committee by a Board of Directors resolution or by applicable legislation.

In the performance of its duties, the Remuneration Committee will consult with the Chairman of the Board via the Committee chair, especially with respect to matters related to executive directors and senior managers.

Pursuant to our Board Regulations, the Committee may ask members of the BBVA Group to attend its meetings, when their responsibilities relate to its duties. It may also receive any advisory services it requires to inform its criteria on matters falling within the scope of its powers.

The chair of the Remuneration Committee will convene it as often as necessary to comply with its functions. During 2014, the Remuneration Committee met four (4) times.

Risk Committee

The Board’s Risk Committee’s essential function is to assist the Board of Directors in the determination and monitoring of the Group risk management and control policy and its strategy within this scope.

The Risk Committee will comprise a minimum of three members, appointed by the Board of Directors, which will also appoint its chairman. All Committee members must be non-executive directors, of whom at least one third must be independent directors. Its chairman must also be an independent director.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Risk Committee were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman    Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero
Members   

Mr. Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto

Mr. Juan Pi Llorens

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

Under the Board Regulations, it has the following duties:

 

    analyze and assess proposals related to the Group’s risk management, control and strategy. In particular, the proposals will identify:

 

    the Group’s risk appetite; and

 

    establish the level of risk considered acceptable according to the risk profile and capital at risk, broken down by the Group’s businesses and areas of activity;

 

    analyze and assess the control and management policies for the Group’s different risks and information and internal control systems;

 

    the measures established to mitigate the impact of the risks identified, should they materialize;

 

    monitor the performance of the Group’s risks and their fit with the strategies and policies defined and the Group’s risk appetite;

 

153


Table of Contents
    analyze, prior to submitting them to the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, those risk transactions that must be put to its consideration;

 

    review whether the prices of assets and liabilities offered to customers take fully into account the Bank’s business model and risk strategy and, if not, present a remedy plan to the Board of Directors;

 

    participate in the process of establishing the remuneration policy, checking that it is consistent with sound and effective risk management and does not encourage risk-taking that exceeds the level of tolerated risk of the Company;

 

    check that the Company and its Group has the means, systems, structures and resources in line with best practices that enable it to implement its risk-management strategy, ensuring that the entity’s risk management mechanisms are matched to its strategy; and

 

    any other duties that may have been allocated under the Board Regulations or attributed to the committee by a Board of Directors resolution or by applicable legislation.

Pursuant to our Board Regulations, the Committee may request the attendance at its sessions of persons with positions in the group that are related to the Committee’s functions. It may also obtain advice as necessary to establish criteria related to its functions.

The committee meets as often as necessary to best perform its duties, usually once a week. In 2014, it held forty-five (45) meetings.

The committee has its own specific regulations, approved by the Board of Directors. These are available on our website and, amongst other things, regulate its operation.

 

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we, through our various affiliates, had 108,770 employees. Approximately 87% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Non-bank
subsidiaries
     Total  

Spain

     25,049         18         3,553         28,620   

United Kingdom

     163         —           —           163   

France

     80         —           —           80   

Italy

     53         —           26         79   

Germany

     47         —           —           47   

Switzerland

     —           131         —           131   

Portugal

     —           688         —           688   

Belgium

     34         —           —           34   

Russia

     3         —           —           3   

Ireland

     —           5         —           5   

Luxembourg

     —           —           3         3   

Turkey

     16         —           —           16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

  25,445      842      3,582      29,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Non-bank
subsidiaries
     Total  

United States

     154         10,790         —           10,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Argentina

  —        5,655      —        5,655   

Brazil

  2      —        5      7   

Colombia

  —        6,678      —        6,678   

Venezuela

  —        5,363      —        5,363   

Mexico

  —        38,107      —        38,107   

Uruguay

  —        639      —        639   

Paraguay

  —        481      —        481   

Bolivia

  —        —        291      291   

Chile

  —        4,567      —        4,567   

Cuba

  1      —        —        1   

Peru

  —        5,958      —        5,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Latin America

  3      67,448      296      67,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hong Kong

  128      —        —        128   

Japan

  10      —        —        10   

China

  14      —        14      28   

Singapore

  9      —        —        9   

India

  3      —        —        3   

South Korea

  19      —        —        19   

United Arab Emirates

  2      —        —        2   

Taiwan

  7      —        —        7   

Indonesia

  1      —        —        1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Asia

  193      —        14      207   

Australia

  3      —        —        3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Oceania

  3      —        —        3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  25,798      79,080      3,892      108,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, we, through our various affiliates, had 109,305 employees. Approximately 86% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Non-bank
subsidiaries
     Total  

Spain

     26,953         46         3,377         30,376   

United Kingdom

     169         —           —           169   

France

     89         —           —           89   

Italy

     52         —           32         84   

Germany

     38         —           —           38   

Switzerland

     —           136         —           136   

Portugal

     —           831         —           831   

Belgium

     31         —           —           31   

Russia

     2         —           —           2   

Ireland

     —           5         —           5   

Luxembourg

     3         —           —           3   

Turkey

     18         —           —           18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

  27,355      1,018      3,409      31,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

155


Table of Contents

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Non-bank
subsidiaries
     Total  

United States

     163         11,129         —           11,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Argentina

  —        5,426      —        5,426   

Brazil

  3      —        5      8   

Colombia

  —        6,019      —        6,019   

Venezuela

  —        5,326      —        5,326   

Mexico

  —        37,519      —        37,519   

Uruguay

  —        587      —        587   

Paraguay

  —        488      —        488   

Bolivia

  —        —        250      250   

Chile

  —        4,567      —        4,567   

Cuba

  1      —        —        1   

Peru

  —        5,819      —        5,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Latin America

  4      65,751      255      66,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hong Kong

  142      —        —        142   

Japan

  9      —        —        9   

China

  9      —        18      27   

Singapore

  9      —        —        9   

India

  4      —        —        4   

South Korea

  19      —        —        19   

United Arab Emirates

  1      —        —        1   

Taiwan

  7      —        —        7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Asia

  200      —        18      218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Australia

  3      —        —        3   

Total Oceania

  3      —        —        3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  27,725      77,898      3,682      109,305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, we, through our various affiliates, had 115,852 employees. Approximately 85% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Non-bank
subsidiaries
     Total  

Spain

     25,841         2,947         2,909         31,697   

United Kingdom

     166         —           —           166   

France

     94         —           —           94   

Italy

     54         —           168         222   

Germany

     46         —           —           46   

Switzerland

     —           131         —           131   

Portugal

     —           855         —           855   

Belgium

     34         —           —           34   

Russia

     3         —           —           3   

Ireland

     —           5         —           5   

Luxembourg

     3         —           —           3   

Turkey

     16         —           —           16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

  26,257      3,938      3,077      33,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Non-bank
subsidiaries
     Total  

United States

     204         11,384         —           11,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Panama

  —        378      —        378   

Puerto Rico

  —        —        —        —     

Argentina

  —        5,371      —        5,371   

Brazil

  3      —        6      9   

Colombia

  —        6,460      —        6,460   

Venezuela

  —        5,316      —        5,316   

Mexico

  —        39,244      —        39,244   

Uruguay

  —        585      —        585   

Paraguay

  —        495      —        495   

Bolivia

  —        —        249      249   

Chile

  —        6,256      —        6,256   

Cuba

  1      —        —        1   

Peru

  —        6,162      —        6,162   

Ecuador

  —        —        221      221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Latin America

  4      70,267      476      70,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hong Kong

  164      —        —        164   

Japan

  10      —        —        10   

China

  12      —        17      29   

Singapore

  9      —        —        9   

India

  4      —        —        4   

South Korea

  18      —        —        18   

United Arab Emirates

  1      —        —        1   

Taiwan

  8      —        —        8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Asia

  226      —        17      243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Australia

  2      —        —        2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Oceania

  2      —        —        2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  26,693      85,589      3,570      115,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The terms and basic conditions of employment in private sector banks in Spain are negotiated with trade unions representing sector bank employees. Wage negotiations take place on an industry-wide basis. This process has historically produced collective bargaining agreements binding upon all Spanish banks and their employees. On March 14, 2012, the XXII collective bargain agreement was signed. This agreement became effective on January 1, 2011 and, while it was set to expire on December 31, 2014, it will remain in effect until a new agreement comes into effect.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we had 869, 1,014, and 1,145 temporary employees in our Spanish offices, respectively.

 

157


Table of Contents
E. Share Ownership

As of April 10, 2015, the members of the Board of Directors owned an aggregate of BBVA shares as shown in the table below:

 

Name

   Directly owned
shares
     Indirectly owned
shares
     Total shares      % Capital Stock  

Francisco González Rodríguez

     1,969,340         1,577,922         3,547,262         0.057   

Ángel Cano Fernández

     899,564         —           899,564         0.014   

José Miguel Andrés Torrecillas

     10,000         —           10,000         0.000   

Tomás Alfaro Drake

     15,907         —           15,907         0.000   

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

     14,214         2,796         17,010         0.000   

José Antonio Fernández Rivero

     70,025         —           70,025         0.001   

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

     4,483         84,141         88,624         0.001   

Belén Garijo López

     —           —           —           —     

José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo

     19,366         —           19,366         0.000   

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

     54,832         —           54,832         0.001   

Lourdes Máiz Carro

     —           —           —           —     

José Maldonado Ramos

     37,002         —           37,002         0.000   

José Luis Palao García-Suelto

     10,277         —           10,277         0.000   

Juan Pi Llorens

     —           —           —           —     

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

     24,804         919         25,723         0.000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  3,129,814      1,665,778      4,795,592      0.077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

BBVA has not granted options on its shares to any members of its administrative, supervisory or Management bodies. Information regarding the variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors’ and the LTI 2010-2011, is provided under “—Compensation”.

As of April 10, 2015 the Management Committee (excluding executive directors) and their families owned 2,330,381 shares (including in the form of ADSs). None of the members of our Management Committee held 1% or more of BBVA’s shares as of such date.

As of April 13, 2015 a total of 20,838 employees (excluding the members of the Management Committee and executive directors) owned 53,996,494 shares, which represents 0.86% of our capital stock.

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Major Shareholders

As of April 13, 2015, no person, corporation or government beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of BBVA’s shares. BBVA’s major shareholders do not have voting rights which are different from those held by the rest of its shareholders. To the extent known to us, BBVA is not controlled, directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person. As of April 13, 2015, there were 941,157 registered holders of BBVA’s shares, with an aggregate of 6,224,923,938 shares, of which 475 shareholders with registered addresses in the United States held a total of 1,339,981,603 shares (including shares represented by American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)). Since certain of such shares and ADRs are held by nominees, the foregoing figures are not representative of the number of beneficial holders.

 

158


Table of Contents
B. Related Party Transactions

Loans to Directors, Executive Officers and Other Related Parties

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of loans by the Group’s entities to the members of the Board of Directors was €235 thousand and €141 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 there were no loans by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 the amount of loans by the Group’s entities to the members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors) amounted to €4,614 thousand, €6,076 thousand and €7,401 thousand, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, there were no loans to parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors, and as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the amount of loans to parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors amounted to €6,939 thousand and €13,152 thousand, respectively. As of these dates, there were no loans to parties linked to members of the Bank’s Management Committee.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 no guarantees had been granted to any member of the Board of Directors.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 no guarantees had been granted to any member of the Management Committee.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 the amount used for guarantee and commercial loan transactions arranged with parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Management Committee totaled €419 thousand, €5,192 thousand and €3,327 thousand, respectively.

Related Party Transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business

Loans extended to related parties were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

BBVA subsidiaries engage, on a regular and routine basis, in a number of customary transactions with other BBVA subsidiaries, including:

 

    overnight call deposits;

 

    foreign exchange purchases and sales;

 

    derivative transactions, such as forward purchases and sales;

 

    money market fund transfers;

 

    letters of credit for imports and exports;

and other similar transactions within the scope of the ordinary course of the banking business, such as loans and other banking services to our shareholders, to employees of all levels, to the associates and family members of all the above and to other BBVA non-banking subsidiaries or affiliates. All these transactions have been made:

 

    in the ordinary course of business;

 

    on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons; and

 

    did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

159


Table of Contents
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Financial Information

See Item 18.

Dividends

The table below sets forth the amount of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by BBVA on its shares for the years 2010 to 2014. The rate used to convert euro amounts to U.S. dollars was the noon buying rate at the end of each year.

 

     Per Share  
     First Interim      Second Interim     Third Interim     Final     Total  
          $          $         $         $          $  

2010

   0.090       $ 0.119       0.090      $ 0.119      0.090      $ 0.119             (*)           (*)    0.270       $ 0.358   

2011

   0.100       $ 0.130              (*)           (*)    0.100      $ 0.130             (*)           (*)    0.200       $ 0.259   

2012

   0.100       $ 0.132              (*)           (*)    0.100      $ 0.132             (*)           (*)    0.200       $ 0.264   

2013

   0.100       $ 0.138              (*)           (*)      (*)        (*)             (*)           (*)    0.100       $ 0.138   

2014

   0.080       $ 0.097              (*)           (*)      (*)        (*)             (*)           (*)    0.080       $ 0.097   

 

(*) In execution of the 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 “Dividend Option” schemes described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview —Supervision and Regulation—Dividends” approved by the shareholders in the respective general shareholders’ meetings, BBVA shareholders were given the option to receive their remuneration in newly issued ordinary shares or in cash.

We have paid annual dividends to our shareholders since the date we were founded. The cash dividend for a year is proposed by the Board of Directors to be approved by the annual general shareholders’ meeting following the end of the year to which it relates. The scrip dividends are proposed for approval of our shareholders in the general shareholders’ meeting, for being implemented during a period of one year from their approval. Interim and final dividends are payable to holders of record on the record date for the dividend payment date. Unclaimed cash dividends revert to BBVA five years after declaration. For additional information see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”.

While we expect to declare and pay dividends (in cash or scrip) on our shares in the future, the payment of dividends will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, governmental regulations and policies or possible recommendations on dividend payouts that may be adopted by domestic or European regulatory bodies or authorities and other factors.

As described under “Item 4. Information on the Company— Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 13, 2015 passed four resolutions adopting four different capital increases to be charged to voluntary reserves for the implementation during 2015 of a new scrip dividend scheme called “Dividend Option” on similar terms to those implemented in 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Accordingly, the “Dividend Option” is implemented as an alternative remuneration scheme for BBVA shareholders with the aim to provide BBVA shareholders with a flexible option to receive newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank, whilst always maintaining the possibility to choose to receive the entire remuneration in cash.

 

160


Table of Contents

Subject to the terms of the deposit agreement entered into with the Bank of New York Mellon, holders of ADSs are entitled to receive dividends (in cash or scrip) attributable to the shares represented by the ADSs evidenced by ADRs to the same extent as if they were holders of such shares.

For a description of BBVA’s access to the funds necessary to pay dividends on the shares, see “Item 4. Information on the Company— Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”. In addition, BBVA may not pay dividends except out of its unrestricted reserves available for the payment of dividends, after taking into account the applicable capital adequacy requirements and any recommendations on payment of dividends, and any other required authorization or restriction, if applicable. Capital adequacy requirements are applied on both a consolidated and individual basis. See “Item 4. Information on the Company— Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital”. Under applicable capital adequacy requirements, we estimate that as of December 31, 2014, BBVA had approximately €18 billion of reserves in excess of applicable capital and reserve requirements.

Legal Proceedings

As mentioned in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Us and Our Business—We are party to lawsuits, tax claims and other legal proceedings”, we operate in an increasingly regulated and litigious environment with a potential exposure to liability and other costs, which may not be easy to estimate. In this environment, the entities of the Group are party to legal actions, arising from the ordinary course of business, in a number of jurisdictions (including, among others, Spain, Mexico and the United States). While we cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, according to the procedural status of these proceedings and the criteria of legal counsel, BBVA considers that currently (i) none of such actions is material, individually or in the aggregate, and none is expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, either individually or in the aggregate and (ii) adequate provisions have been made in respect of such legal proceedings and considers that the possible contingencies that may arise from such on-going lawsuits are not material therefore do not require disclosure to the markets.

 

B. Significant Changes

No significant change has occurred since the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements other than those mentioned in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

BBVA’s shares are listed on the Spanish stock exchanges in Madrid, Bilbao, Barcelona and Valencia (the “Spanish Stock Exchanges”) and listed on the computerized trading system of the Spanish Stock Exchanges (the “Automated Quotation System”). BBVA’s shares are also listed on the Mexican and London stock exchanges as well as quoted on SEAQ International in London. BBVA’s shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange as American Depositary Shares (ADSs).

ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and are also traded on the Lima (Peru) Stock Exchange, by virtue of an exchange agreement entered into between these two exchanges. Each ADS represents the right to receive one share.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the euro price of BBVA’s shares on the Spanish Stock Exchanges and the price of BBVA’s ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. Cash dividends are paid by BBVA in euro, and exchange rate fluctuations between the euro and the dollar will affect the dollar amounts received by holders of ADRs on conversion by The Bank of New York Mellon (acting as depositary) of cash dividends on the shares underlying the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs.

 

161


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014, State Street Bank and Trust Co., The Bank of New York Mellon, SA NV and Chase Nominees Ltd in their capacity as international custodian/depositary banks, held 11.65%, 7.46% and 5.84% of BBVA common stock, respectively. Of said positions held by the custodian banks, BBVA is not aware of any individual shareholders with direct or indirect holdings greater than or equal to 3% of BBVA common stock outstanding.

The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales closing prices for the shares of BBVA on the Automated Quotation System:

 

     Euro per Share  
     High      Low  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

     

Annual

     13.15         7.08   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

     

Annual

     9.43         5.14   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

     

Annual

     7.30         4.43   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

     

Annual

     9.33         6.24   

First Quarter

     7.82         6.76   

Second Quarter

     7.56         6.27   

Third Quarter

     8.43         6.24   

Fourth Quarter

     9.33         8.21   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

     

Annual

     9.93         7.72   

First Quarter

     9.93         8.56   

Second Quarter

     9.92         8.72   

Third Quarter

     9.77         8.64   

Fourth Quarter

     9.59         7.72   

Month ended October 31, 2014

     9.59         8.57   

Month ended November 30, 2014

     8.78         8.17   

Month ended December 31, 2014

     8.66         7.72   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

     

Month ended January 31, 2015

     8.01         7.32   

Month ended February 28, 2015

     8.98         7.64   

Month ended March 31, 2015

     9.56         8.83   

Month ended April 30, 2015 (through April 10)

     9.73         9.56   

From January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 the percentage of outstanding shares held by BBVA and its affiliates ranged between 0.000% and 0.699%, calculated on a daily basis. As of February 23, 2015, the percentage of outstanding shares held by BBVA and its affiliates was 0.606%.

 

162


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the reported high and low sales closing prices for the ADSs of BBVA on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.

 

     U.S. Dollars
per ADS
 
     High      Low  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

     

Annual

     18.99         8.87   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

     

Annual

     12.95         7.32   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

     

Annual

     9.72         5.34   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

     

Annual

     12.78         8.22   

First Quarter

     10.54         8.71   

Second Quarter

     9.96         8.25   

Third Quarter

     11.29         8.22   

Fourth Quarter

     12.78         11.13   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

     

Annual

     13.54         9.39   

First Quarter

     13.48         11.39   

Second Quarter

     13.54         12.12   

Third Quarter

     13.17         11.52   

Fourth Quarter

     12.01         9.39   

Month ended October 31, 2014

     12.01         10.90   

Month ended November 30, 2014

     10.95         10.24   

Month ended December 31, 2014

     10.67         9.39   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

     

Month ended January 31, 2015

     9.53         8.44   

Month ended February 28, 2015

     10.12         8.71   

Month ended March 31, 2015

     10.36         9.50   

Month ended April 30, 2015 (through April 10)

     10.59         10.11   

Securities Trading in Spain

The Spanish securities market for equity securities consists of the Automated Quotation System and the four stock exchanges located in Madrid, Bilbao, Barcelona and Valencia. During 2014, the Automated Quotation System accounted for the majority of the total trading volume of equity securities on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.

Automated Quotation System. The Automated Quotation System (Sistema de Interconexión Bursátil) links the four local exchanges, providing those securities listed on it with a uniform continuous market that eliminates certain of the differences among the local exchanges. The principal feature of the system is the computerized matching of buy and sell orders at the time of entry of the order. Each order is executed as soon as a matching order is entered, but can be modified or canceled until executed. The activity of the market can be continuously monitored by investors and brokers. The Automated Quotation System is operated and regulated by Sociedad de Bolsas, S.A. (“Sociedad de Bolsas”), a corporation owned by the companies that manage the local exchanges. All trades on the Automated Quotation System must be placed through a bank, brokerage firm, an official stock broker or a dealer firm member of a Spanish Stock Exchange directly. Since January 1, 2000, Spanish banks have been allowed to place trades on the Automated Quotation System and have been allowed to become members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges. We are currently a member of the four Spanish Stock Exchanges and can trade through the Automated Quotation System.

 

163


Table of Contents

In a pre-opening session held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. each trading day, an opening price is established for each security traded on the Automated Quotation System based on orders placed at that time. The regime concerning opening prices was changed by an internal rule issued by the Sociedad de Bolsas. In this new regime all references to maximum changes in share prices are substituted by static and dynamic price ranges for each listed share, calculated on the basis of the most recent historical volatility of each share, and made publicly available and updated on a regular basis by the Sociedad de Bolsas. The computerized trading hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., during which time the trading price of a security is permitted to vary by up to the stated levels. If, during the open session, the quoted price of a share exceeds these static or dynamic price ranges, Volatility Auctions are triggered, resulting in new static or dynamic price ranges being set for the share object of the same. Between 5:30 p.m. and 5:35 p.m. a closing price is established for each security through an auction system similar to the one held for the pre-opening early in the morning.

Trading hours for block trades (i.e., operations involving a large number of shares) are also from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.

Between 5:30 p.m. and 8:00 p.m., special operations, whether Authorized or Communicated, can take place outside the computerized matching system of the Sociedad de Bolsas if they fulfill certain requirements. In such respect Communicated special operations (those that do not need the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas) can be traded if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the trade price of the share must be within the range of 5% above the higher of the average price and closing price for the day and 5% below the lower of the average price and closing price for the day; (ii) the market member executing the trade must have previously covered certain positions in securities and cash before executing the trade; and (iii) the size of the trade must involve at least €300,000 and represent at least a 20% of the average daily trading volume of the shares in the Automated Quotation System during the preceding three months. If any of the aforementioned requirements is not met, a special operation may still take place, but it will need to take the form of Authorized special operation (i.e., those needing the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas). Such authorization will only be upheld if any of the following requirements are met:

 

    the trade involves more than €1.5 million and more than 40% of the average daily volume of the stock during the preceding three months;

 

    the transaction derives from a merger or spin-off process or from the reorganization of a group of companies;

 

    the transaction is executed for the purposes of settling a litigation or completing a complex group of contracts; or

 

    the Sociedad de Bolsas finds other justifiable cause.

Information with respect to the computerized trades between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. is made public immediately, and information with respect to trades outside the computerized matching system is reported to the Sociedad de Bolsas by the end of the trading day and published in the Boletín de Cotización and in the computer system by the beginning of the next trading day.

Sociedad de Bolsas is also the manager of the IBEX 35® Index. This index is made up by the 35 most liquid securities traded on the Spanish Market and, technically, it is a price index that is weighted by capitalization and adjusted according to the free float of each company comprised in the index. Apart from its quotation on the four Spanish Exchanges, BBVA is also currently included in the IBEX 35® Index.

Clearing and Settlement System.

On April 1, 2003, by virtue of Law 44/2002 and of Order ECO 689/2003 of March 27, 2003 approved by the Spanish Ministry of Economy, the integration of the two main existing book-entry settlement systems existing in Spain at the time–the equity settlement system Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“SCLV”) and the Public Debt settlement system Central de Anotaciones de Deuda del Estado (“CADE”)– took place. As a result of this integration, a single entity, known as Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“Iberclear”) assumed the functions formerly performed by SCLV and CADE according to the legal regime stated in article 44 bis of the Spanish Securities Market Act.

 

164


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the above, rules concerning the book-entry settlement systems enacted before this date by SCLV and the Bank of Spain, as former manager of CADE, continue in force, but any reference to the SCLV or CADE must be substituted by Iberclear.

In addition, and according to Law 41/1999, Iberclear manages three securities settlement systems for securities in book-entry form: The system for securities listed on the four Spanish Stock Exchanges, the system for Public Debt and the system for debt securities traded in “AIAF Mercado de Renta Fija”. Cash settlement, from February 18, 2008 for all systems is managed through the TARGET2-Banco de España payment system.

The following paragraphs exclusively address issues relating to the securities settlement system managed by Iberclear for securities listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges (the “SCLV system”).

Under Law 41/1999 and Royal Decree 116/1992, transactions carried out on the Spanish Stock Exchanges are cleared and settled through Iberclear and its participants (each an “entidad participante”), through the SCLV system. Only Iberclear participants to this SCLV system are entitled to use it, with participation restricted to authorized members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges (for whom participation was compulsory until March 2007), the Bank of Spain (when an agreement, approved by the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Finance, is reached with Iberclear) and, with the approval of the CNMV, other brokers not members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges, banks, savings banks and foreign clearing and settlement systems. BBVA is currently a participant in Iberclear. Iberclear and its participants are responsible for maintaining records of purchases and sales under the book-entry system. In order to be listed, shares of Spanish companies must be held in book-entry form. Iberclear, maintains a “two-step” book-entry registry reflecting the number of shares held by each of its participants as well as the amount of such shares held on behalf of beneficial owners. Each participant, in turn, maintains a registry of the owners of such shares. Spanish law considers the legal owner of the shares to be:

 

    the participant appearing in the records of Iberclear as holding the relevant shares in its own name, or

 

    the investor appearing in the records of the participant as holding the shares.

Iberclear settles Stock Exchange trades in the SCLV system in the so-called “D+3 Settlement” by which the settlement of Stock Exchange trades takes place three business days after the date on which the transaction was carried out in the Stock Exchange.

Ministerial Order EHA/2054/2010, amended Iberclear’s Regulation permitting Iberclear to clear and settle trades of equity securities listed in the Spanish Stock Exchanges that are entered into outside such stock exchanges (whether over-the-counter or in multilateral trading facilities).

European Regulation 909/2014, of July 23 (“CSDR”), on improving securities settlement in the European Union and on Central Securities Depositories (“CSD”), published August 28, 2014 laid down uniform requirements for the settlement of financial instruments in the European Union and rules on the organization and conduct of CSD. The CSDR rule for trades executed in trading venues to be settled not later than the second business day after the trade takes place (“T+2”) is expected to come into force for the SCLV system in the last quarter of 2015.

Ministerial Order ECC/680/2013 further amended Iberclear’s Regulation, imposing on members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges who do not want to hold Iberclear membership, the need to appoint an Iberclear participant who will be responsible for the clearing and settlement of their trades.

Obtaining legal title to shares of a company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange requires the participation of a Spanish broker-dealer, bank or other entity authorized under Spanish law to record the transfer of shares in book-entry form in its capacity as Iberclear participant for the SCLV system. To evidence title to shares, at the owner’s request the relevant participant entity must issue a certificate of ownership. In the event the owner is a participant entity, Iberclear is in charge of the issuance of the certificate with respect to the shares held in the participant entity’s own name.

 

165


Table of Contents

According to article 42 of the Securities Market Act brokerage commissions are not regulated. Brokers’ fees, to the extent charged, will apply upon transfer of title of our shares from the depositary to a holder of ADSs, and upon any later sale of such shares by such holder. Transfers of ADSs do not require the participation of a member of a Spanish Stock Exchange. The deposit agreement provides that holders depositing our shares with the depositary in exchange for ADSs or withdrawing our shares in exchange for ADSs will pay the fees of the official stockbroker or other person or entity authorized under Spanish law applicable both to such holder and to the depositary.

Securities Market Legislation

The Securities Markets Act was enacted in 1988 with the purpose of reforming the organization and supervision of the Spanish securities markets. This legislation and the regulation implementing it:

 

    established an independent regulatory authority, the CNMV, to supervise the securities markets;

 

    established a framework for the regulation of trading practices, tender offers and insider trading;

 

    required stock exchange members to be corporate entities;

 

    required companies listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange to file annual audited financial statements and to make public quarterly financial information;

 

    established the legal framework for the Automated Quotation System;

 

    exempted the sale of securities from transfer and value added taxes;

 

    deregulated brokerage commissions; and

 

    provided for transfer of shares by book-entry or by delivery of evidence of title.

On February 14, 1992, Royal Decree No. 116/92 established the clearance and settlement system and the book-entry system, and required that all companies listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange adopt the book-entry system.

On April 12, 2007, the Spanish Congress approved Law 6/2007, which amends the Securities Markets Act in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids, and Directive 2004/109/EC on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market (amending Directive 2001/34/EC). Regarding the transparency of listed companies, Law 6/2007 has amended the reporting requirements and the disclosure regime, and has established changes in the supervision system. On the takeover bids side, Law 6/2007 has established the cases in which a company must launch a takeover bid and the ownership thresholds at which a takeover bid must be launched. It also regulates conduct rules for the board of directors of target companies and the squeeze-out and sell-out when a 90% of the share capital is held after a takeover bid. Additionally, Law 6/2007 has been further developed by Royal Decree 1362/2007, on transparency requirements for issuers of listed securities.

On December 19, 2007, the Spanish Congress approved Law 47/2007, which amends the Securities Markets Act in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/37/EC on markets in financial instruments (MiFID), Directive 2006/49/EC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions, and Directive 2006/73/EC implementing Directive 2004/39/EC with respect to organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defined terms for the purposes of that Directive. Further MiFID implementation has been introduced by Royal Decree 217/2008 and Ministerial Order EHA/1665/2010, which developed articles 71 and 76 of such Royal Decree 217/2008 regarding fees and types of agreements.

On October 4, 2011, the Spanish Congress approved Law 32/2011, which amends the Securities Markets Act by enhancing the clearing, settlement and book-entry system (by establishing central counterparty equity clearing).

The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on short selling and certain aspects of credit default swaps (EU) No 236/2012 (Regulation) has been in force since March 25, 2012 and became directly effective in EU countries from November 1, 2012. This Regulation introduced a pan-European regulatory framework for dealing with short selling and requires persons to disclose short positions in relation to shares of EU listed companies and EU sovereign debt. For significant net short positions in shares of EU listed companies, these

 

166


Table of Contents

regulations create a two-tier reporting model: (i) when a net short position reaches 0.20% of an issuer’s share capital (and at every 0.1% thereafter), such position must be privately reported to the relevant regulator; and (ii) when such position reaches 0.50% (and at every 0.1% thereafter) of an issuer’s share capital, apart from being disclosed to the regulators, such position must be publicly reported to the market.

Law 9/2012 and Royal Decree 1698/2012 implemented European Directive 2010/73/EU (which amended Directive 2003/71/EC, on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading and Directive 2004/109/EC, on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market).

Directive 2014/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 15, 2014 on markets in financial instruments and amending Directive 2002/92/EC and Directive 2011/61/EU (MIFID II), and Regulation (EU) 600/2014 of the European Parliament and Council of May 15, 2014 on markets in financial instruments and amending Regulation (EU) 648/2012 (MiFIR), were published on June 12, 2014 and, when fully implemented and in force, will affect the Spanish securities market legislation, markets and infrastructures. This could translate into higher compliance costs for financial institutions.

Trading by the Bank and its Affiliates in the Shares

Trading by subsidiaries in their parent companies shares is restricted by the Corporate Enterprises Act.

Neither BBVA nor its affiliates may purchase BBVA’s shares unless the making of such purchases is authorized at a meeting of BBVA’s shareholders by means of a resolution establishing, among other matters, the maximum number of shares to be acquired and the authorization term, which cannot exceed five years. Restricted reserves equal to the purchase price of any shares that are purchased by BBVA or its subsidiaries must be made by the purchasing entity. The total number of shares held by BBVA and its subsidiaries may not exceed ten percent of BBVA’s total capital, as per the treasury stock limits set forth in the Corporate Enterprises Act (Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010). It is the practice of Spanish banking groups, including ours, to establish subsidiaries to trade in their parent company’s shares in order to meet imbalances of supply and demand, to provide liquidity (especially for trades by their customers) and to modulate swings in the market price of their parent company’s shares.

Reporting Requirements

Royal Decree 1362/2007 requires that any person or entity which acquires or transfers shares and as a consequence the number of voting rights held exceeds, reaches or is below the thresholds of 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80% y 90% of the capital stock of a company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange must, within four stock exchange business days after that acquisition or transfer, report it to such company, and to the CNMV. This duty to report the holding of a significant stake is applicable not only to the acquisitions and transfers in the terms described above, but also to those cases in which in the absence of an acquisition or transfer of shares, the ratio of an individual’s voting rights exceeds, reaches or is below the thresholds that trigger the duty to report, as a consequence of an alteration in the total number of voting rights of an issuer.

In addition, any company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange must report on a non-public basis to the CNMV, within 4 Stock Exchange business days, any acquisition by such company (or an affiliate) of the company’s own shares if such acquisition, together with any previous one from the date of the last communication, exceeds 1% of its capital stock, regardless of the balance retained. Members of the board of directors must report the ratio of voting rights held at the time of their appointment as members of the board, when they are ceased as members, and each time they transfer or acquire share capital of a company listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges, regardless of the size of the transaction. Additionally, since we are a credit entity, any individual or company who intends to acquire a significant participation in BBVA’s share capital must obtain prior approval from the Bank of Spain in order to carry out the transaction. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Exchange Controls—Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares”.

Royal Decree 1362/2007 also establishes reporting requirements in connection with any entity acting from a tax haven or a country where no securities regulatory commission exists, in which case the threshold of three percent is reduced to one percent.

 

167


Table of Contents

Each Spanish bank is required to provide to the Bank of Spain a list dated the last day of each quarter of all the bank’s shareholders that are financial institutions and other non-financial institution shareholders owning at least 0.25% of a bank’s total share capital. Furthermore, the banks are required to inform the Bank of Spain, as soon as they become aware, and in any case not later than in 15 days, of each acquisition by a person or a group of at least one percent of such bank’s total share capital.

Ministerial Order EHA/1421/2009, implements Article 82 of Securities Market (Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988) on the publication of significant information. The Ministerial Order specifies certain aspects relating to notice of significant information that were pending implementation in Law 24/1988. In this respect, the principles to be followed and conditions to be met by entities when they publish and report significant information are set forth, along with the content requirements, including when significant information is connected with accounting, financial or operational projections, forecasts or estimates. The reporting entity must designate at least one interlocutor whom the CNMV may consult or from whom it may request information relating to dissemination of the significant information. Lastly, some of the circumstances in which it is considered that an entity is failing to comply with the duty to publish and report significant information are described. These include, among others, cases in which significant information is disseminated at meetings with investors or shareholders or at presentations to analysts or to media professionals, but is not communicated, at the same time, to the CNMV.

Ministerial Order EHA/421/2009 was modified by ministerial Order ECC/461/2013 which imposed on securities issuers the duty of publishing notices of significant information through their websites.

Circular 4/2009 of the CNMV further develops Ministerial Order EHA1421/2009. In this respect, the Circular sets forth a precise proceeding for the actual report of the significant information and draws up an illustrative list of the events that may be deemed to constitute significant information. This list includes, among others, events connected with strategic agreements and mergers and acquisitions, information relating to the reporting entity’s financial statements or those of its consolidated group, information on notices of call and official matters and information on significant changes in factors connected with the activities of the reporting entity and its group.

The implementation of Directive 2013/50/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of October 22 amending Directives 2004/109/EC, 2003/71/EC and 2007/14/EC will mean that, apart from reporting voting rights, financial instruments referenced to shares will need to be reported whether or not they confer a right to physical settlement.

Tax Requirements

According to Law 10/2014 of June 26, on the organization, supervision and solvency of credit institutions and its associated regulations, an issuer’s parent company (credit entity or listed company) is required, on an annual basis, to provide the Spanish tax authorities with the following: (i) disclosure of information regarding those investors with Spanish Tax residency obtaining income from securities and (ii) the amount of income obtained by them in each period.

 

B. Plan of distribution

Not Applicable.

 

C. Markets

See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing”.

 

D. Selling Shareholders

Not Applicable.

 

E. Dilution

Not Applicable.

 

168


Table of Contents
F. Expenses of the Issue

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A. Share Capital

Not Applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Spanish law and BBVA’s bylaws are the main sources of regulation affecting the Company. All rights and obligations of BBVA’s shareholders are contained in BBVA’s bylaws and in Spanish law. Pursuant to Royal Decree 84/2015, February 13, implementing Law 10/2014, June 26, on the organization, supervision and solvency of financial institutions, certain amendments of the bylaws of a bank are subject to the prior authorization of the Bank of Spain.

On March 13, 2015, BBVA’s general shareholders’ meeting approved the amendment of the Company’s bylaws in order to implement certain changes introduced by Law 31/2014 of December 3, which amends the Corporate Enterprises Act with respect to certain corporate governance matters, and the new banking regulation contained in Law 10/2014, June 26, on the organization, supervision and solvency of credit institutions. The amendments approved by the general shareholders’ meeting include (i) the reduction in the minimum share capital stake required to request that the Board of Directors convene a general shareholders’ meeting or the publication of a supplement to the notice of a meeting, from 5% to 3%; (ii) certain amendments to the powers of the general shareholders’ meeting in line with the provisions of the Corporate Enterprises Act; and (iii) the extension of the deadline for shareholders to request information before a general shareholders’ meeting is scheduled, extending it from the seventh to the fifth day before the general shareholders’ meeting.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the effectiveness of the referred bylaw amendments is subject to obtaining authorization by the Bank of Spain. Once such authorization is obtained, the amendments will have to be registered in the Commercial Registry. Once such process is completed we will make our new bylaws available on our website.

Registry and Company’s Objects and Purposes

BBVA is registered with the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya (Spain). Its registration number at the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya is volume 2,083, Company section folio 1, sheet BI-17-1, 1st entry. Its corporate purpose is to engage in all kinds of activities, operations, acts, contracts and services within the banking business or directly or indirectly related to it that are permitted or not prohibited by prevailing provisions and ancillary activities. Its corporate purpose also includes the acquisition, holding, utilization and divestment of securities, public offerings to buy and sell securities, and any kind of holdings in any company or enterprise. BBVA’s corporate purposes are contained in Article 3 of BBVA’s bylaws.

Certain Powers of the Board of Directors

In general, provisions regarding directors are contained in our bylaws. Also, our Board Regulations govern the internal procedures and the operation of the Board of Directors and its committees and directors’ rights and duties as described in their charter. The referred Board Regulations limit a director’s right to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director is materially interested and require retirement of directors at a certain age. In addition, the Board Regulations contain a series of ethical standards. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.

 

169


Table of Contents

Certain Provisions Regarding Privileged Shares

Our bylaws authorize us to issue ordinary, non-voting, redeemable and privileged shares. As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, we have no non-voting, redeemable or privileged shares outstanding.

The Company may issue shares that confer some privilege over ordinary shares under the legally established terms and conditions, complying with the formalities prescribed for amending our bylaws.

Redemption of shares may only occur according to the terms set forth when they are issued. Redeemable shares must be fully paid-up at the time of their subscription. If the redemption right was attributed exclusively to the issuer, it may not be enforced until three years have elapsed since the issue. Redemption of redeemable shares must be charged to earnings or to free reserves or be made with the proceeds of a new share issue made under a resolution from the general shareholders’ meeting or, as the case may be, from the Board of Directors, for the purpose of financing the redemption transaction. If the redemption of these shares is charged to earnings or to free reserves, the Company must set up a reserve for the amount of the nominal value of the shares redeemed. If the redemption is not charged to earnings or free reserves or made with the proceeds of the issuance of new shares, it may only be carried out under the requirements established for the reduction of share capital by refunding contributions.

Holders of non-voting shares, if issued, are entitled to receive a minimum fixed or variable annual dividend, as resolved by the general shareholders’ meeting and/or the Board of Directors at the time of deciding to issue the shares. The right of non-voting shares to accumulate unpaid dividends whenever funds to pay dividends are not available, any preemptive subscription rights associated with non-voting shares, and the ability of holders of non-voting shares to recover voting rights also must be established at the time of deciding to issue the shares. Once the minimum dividend has been agreed upon, holders of non-voting shares will be entitled to the same dividend as holders of ordinary shares.

Certain Provisions Regarding Shareholders Rights

As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, our capital is comprised of one class of ordinary shares, all of which have the same rights.

Once the perquisites established by law or in our bylaws have been covered, dividends may be paid out to shareholders and charged to the year’s profit or to unrestricted reserves, in proportion to the capital they may have paid up, provided the value of the total net assets is not, or as a result of such distribution would not be, less than the share capital. Shareholders will participate in the distribution of dividends in proportion to their paid-in capital. The right to collect a dividend lapses after five years as of the date in which it was first available to the shareholders. Shareholders also have the right to participate in proportion to their paid-in capital in any distribution resulting from our liquidation. For more information regarding dividends see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Business Overview – Supervision and Regulation – Dividends”.

Each voting share will confer the right to one vote on the holder present or represented at the general meeting. However, unpaid shares with respect to which a shareholder is in default of the resolutions of the Board of Directors relating to their payment will not be entitled to vote. Our bylaws contain no provisions regarding cumulative voting.

Our bylaws do not contain any provisions relating to sinking funds or potential liability of shareholders to further capital calls by us.

Our bylaws do not establish that special quorums are required to change the rights of shareholders. Under Spanish law, the rights of shareholders may only be changed by an amendment to the bylaws that complies with the requirements explained below under “—Shareholders’ Meetings”, plus the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares of the class that will be affected by the amendment.

 

170


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ Meetings

The annual general shareholders’ meeting has its own set of regulations on issues such as how it operates and what rights shareholders enjoy regarding annual general shareholders’ meetings. These establish the possibility of exercising or delegating votes over remote communication media.

General shareholders’ meetings may be annual or extraordinary. The annual general shareholders’ meeting is held within the first six months of each year. It will give approval, among other things and where forthcoming, to the corporate management of the Company and the financial statements for the previous year and resolve as to the allocation of profits or losses. Extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings are those meetings that are not ordinary. In any case, the requirements mentioned below for constitution and adoption of resolutions are applicable to both categories of general shareholders’ meetings.

General shareholders’ meetings will be called at the initiative of the Company’s Board of Directors, whenever it deems this necessary or advisable for the Company’s interests or upon the request of shareholders representing at least three percent of our share capital.

Our General Shareholders’ Meeting Regulations establish that annual and extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings must be called within the notice period required by law. This will be done by means of an announcement published by the Board of Directors or its proxy in the Official Gazette of the Companies Registry (“BORME”) or one of the highest-readership daily newspapers in Spain within the notice period required by law, as well as being disseminated on the CNMV website and the Company website, except when legal provisions establish other media for disseminating the notice.

The Company’s general shareholders’ meetings may be attended by anyone owning the minimum number of shares established in our bylaws (500), provided that their holding is registered in the corresponding accounting records five days before the general shareholders’ meeting is scheduled and that they conserve at least this same number of shares until the time when the general shareholders’ meeting is held. Holders of fewer shares may group together until achieving the required number, appointing a representative.

General shareholders’ meetings will be validly constituted at first summons with the presence of at least 25% of our voting capital, either in person or by proxy. No minimum quorum is required to hold a general shareholders’ meeting at second summons. In either case, resolutions will be agreed by the majority of the votes. However, a general shareholders’ meeting will only be validly held with the presence of 50% of our voting capital at first summons or of 25% of the voting capital at second summons, in the case of resolutions concerning the following matters:

 

    issuances of debt;

 

    capital increases or decreases;

 

    the elimination on or limitation of the pre-emptive subscription rights over new shares;

 

    transformation, merger of BBVA or break-up of the company and global assignment of assets and liabilities;

 

    the off-shoring of domicile, and

 

    any other amendment to the bylaws.

In these cases, resolutions may only be approved by the vote of the majority of the shares if at least 50% of the voting capital is present at the general shareholders’ meeting. If the voting capital present at the meeting at second summons is less than 50%, then resolutions may only be adopted by two-thirds of the shares present.

 

171


Table of Contents

Additionally, our bylaws state that, in order to adopt resolutions on changes to the corporate purpose, the transformation, total spin-off, the winding up of BBVA and amending that paragraph of the relevant article of our bylaws, two-thirds of the subscribed voting capital must attend the general shareholders’ meeting at first summons, or 60% of that capital at second summons.

Restrictions on the Ownership of Shares

Our bylaws do not provide for any restrictions on the ownership of our ordinary shares. Spanish law, however, provides for certain restrictions which are described below under “—Exchange Controls—Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares”.

Restrictions on Foreign Investments

The Spanish Stock Exchanges are open to foreign investors. Investments in shares of Spanish companies by foreign entities or individuals may be freely executed but require the notification to the Spanish Foreign Investment Authorities for administrative statistical and economical purposes. See “—Exchange Controls”. In addition, they are subject to certain restrictions and requirements which are also applicable to investments by domestic entities or individuals.

Current Spanish regulations provide that foreign investors may freely transfer out of Spain any amounts of invested capital, capital gains and dividends subject to applicable taxes. See “—Exchange Controls”.

 

C. Material Contracts

Share Purchase Agreement in Connection with Garanti

On November 19, 2014, we entered into agreements for the acquisition from Doğuş Holding AŞ. and Ferit Faik Şahenk, Dianne Şahenk and Defne Şahenk, respectively, of 62,538,000,000 shares of Garanti in the aggregate amounting to approximately 14.9% of the total issued share capital of Garanti (the “Acquisition”), at a maximum total consideration of 8.90 Turkish liras per batch of 100 shares (amounting to a total maximum amount of approximately 5,566 million Turkish liras or €1,988 million, based on the closing exchange rate as of November 13, 2014 of TL/€ = 2.7995). Upon completion of the Acquisition (assuming there are no share capital increases), we and Doğuş will hold 39.9% and 10.0% of the share capital of Garanti, respectively. The Acquisition is conditional on obtaining all necessary regulatory consents from the relevant Turkish, Spanish, European Union and, if applicable, other jurisdictions’ regulatory authorities and is expected to be completed in 2015. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Expenditures—2014—New agreement for the acquisition of an additional 14.9% of Garanti” for additional information.

Shareholders’ Agreement in Connection with Garanti

On November 1, 2010, in connection with the acquisition of our initial stake in Garanti, we entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş which is in effect since March 2011 (the “current SHA”). The current SHA will be superseded by the amended and restated SHA (as defined below) upon the completion of the Acquisition. See “—Share purchase agreement in connection with Garanti”. Pursuant to the current SHA, BBVA and Doğuş agreed to manage Garanti through the appointment of board members and senior management. The current SHA provides for two phases (“Phase 1” and “Phase 2”, respectively), with the rights between the two shareholders differing based on the respective phase. In addition, during the Phase 2 period, BBVA’s rights will depend on the level of Doğuş’ shareholding. The Phase 1 period commenced in March 2011 and is set to end upon the occurrence of certain trigger events which relate to changes in BBVA’s and Doğuş’ shareholding in Garanti. If further new shares are acquired by either BBVA or Doğuş during Phase 1, the other party has the right to acquire 50% of the shares so acquired and, if such party chooses not to acquire them, it will nevertheless have voting usufruct rights over 50% of the shares acquired. In addition, the current SHA provides for rights of first offer, tag-along rights and a lock-up period in respect of Garanti shares owned by BBVA and Doğuş (the lock-up period ended on March 22,

 

172


Table of Contents

2014). Moreover, the parties will seek to maintain Garanti’s listing on the Istanbul Exchange and to distribute at least 25% of Garanti’s distributable profits as long as they hold a certain stake in Garanti. BBVA also has a perpetual option to purchase an additional 1% of Garanti, which will become exercisable on March 22, 2016.

On November 19, 2014, we and Doğuş entered into an agreement that amends and restates the current SHA and which will come into force upon completion of the Acquisition (the “amended and restated SHA”). While the amended and restated SHA allows BBVA to appoint the Chairman of Garanti’s board of directors, the majority of its members and Garanti’s CEO, it also provides for a list of reserved matters which shall be implemented or approved (either at a meeting of the shareholders or of the board) with each party’s consent. For example, for so long as Doğuş owns shares representing over 9.95% of the share capital of Garanti, Doğuş’ consent shall be necessary to approve any decisions in connection with the disposal or discontinuance of, or material changes to, any line of business or business entity within the Garanti group that has a value in excess of 25% of the Garanti group’s total net assets, in one financial year. In addition, the amended and restated SHA provides for rights of first offer, tag-along rights and a lock-up period in respect of Garanti shares owned by Doğuş which will end on the third anniversary of the completion date. Moreover, the parties will seek to maintain Garanti’s listing on the Istanbul Exchange and to distribute at least 25% of Garanti’s distributable profits as long as they hold a certain stake in Garanti.

 

D. Exchange Controls

In 1991, Spain adopted the EU Standards for free movement of capital and services. As a result, foreign investors may transfer invested capital, capital gains and dividends out of Spain without limitation as to amount, subject to applicable taxes. See “—Taxation”.

Pursuant to Spanish Law 18/1992 on Foreign Investments and Royal Decree 664/1999 on the Applicable rules to Foreign Investments, foreign investors may freely invest in shares of Spanish companies except in the case of certain strategic industries.

Notwithstanding this, Royal Decree 664/1999 and Law 19/2003, on exchange controls and foreign transactions, require notification of all foreign investments in Spain and liquidations of such investments upon completion of such investments to the Investments Registry of the Ministry of Economy and Competitiveness for administrative statistical and economical purposes. Shares in listed Spanish companies acquired or held by foreign investors must be reported to the Spanish Registry of Foreign Investments by the depositary bank or relevant Iberclear member. When a foreign investor acquires shares that are subject to the reporting requirements of the CNMV regarding significant stakes, notice must be given directly by the foreign investor to the relevant authorities.

Moreover, investments by foreigners domiciled in enumerated tax haven jurisdictions, under Royal Decree 1080/1991, are subject to special reporting requirements.

In certain circumstances and following a specific procedure, the Council of Ministers may agree to suspend the application of Royal Decree 664/1999, if the investments, due to their nature, form or condition, affect or may potentially affect activities relating to the exercise of public powers, national security or public health. Law 19/2003 authorizes the Spanish Government to take measures to impose specific limits or prohibitions, related to third countries, when such measures have been previously approved by the European Union or by an international organization to which Spain is member. Should such regimes be suspended, the affected investor shall obtain prior administrative authorization.

Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares

Pursuant to Spanish Law 10/2014, of June 26, on the organization, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, any individual or corporation, acting alone or in concert with others, intending to directly or indirectly acquire a significant holding in a Spanish financial institution (as defined in article 16 of the aforementioned Law 10/2014) or to directly or indirectly increase its holding in one in such a way that either the percentage of voting rights or of capital owned were equal to or more than 20%, 30% or 50%, or by virtue of the acquisition, might take control over the financial institution, must first notify the Bank of Spain.

 

173


Table of Contents

For the purpose of this Law, a significant participation is considered 10% of the outstanding share capital of a financial institution or a lower percentage if such holding allows for the exercise of a significant influence.

The Bank of Spain will be responsible for evaluating the proposed transaction, in accordance with the terms established by Royal Decree 84/2015, of February 13, (as stated in Article 25.1 of said Royal Decree 84/2015) in order to guarantee the sound and prudent operation on the target financial institution. The Bank of Spain will submit a proposition before the European Central Bank, which will be in charge of deciding upon the proposed transaction in the term of 60 working days after the date on which the notification was received.

Any acquisition without such prior notification, or before the period established in the Royal Decree 84/2015 has elapsed or against the objection of the Bank of Spain, will produce the following results:

 

    the acquired shares will have no voting rights;

 

    if considered appropriate, the target bank may be taken over or its directors replaced; and

 

    the sanctions established in Title IV of Law 10/2014.

Regarding the transparency of listed companies, Law 6/2007 amended the Securities Markets Act on takeover bids and transparency requirements for issuers. The transparency requirements have been further developed by Royal Decree 1362/2007 developing the Securities Markets Act on transparency requirement for issuers of listed securities, specifically information on significant stakes, reducing the communication threshold to 3%, and extending the disclosure obligations to the acquisition or transfer of financial instruments that grant rights to acquire shares with voting rights. For more information see “Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Reporting Requirements”.

Tender Offers

The Spanish legal regime concerning takeover bids was amended by Law 6/2007 in order to adapt the Spanish Securities Market Act to the Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids, and Directive 2004/109/EC on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers.

Additionally, Royal Decree 1066/2007, of July 29, on takeover bids, completes the modifications introduced by Law 6/2007, further developing the takeover bids legal framework in Spain and harmonizing the Spanish legislation with Directive 2004/25/EC.

 

E. Taxation

Spanish Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material Spanish tax consequences to U.S. Residents (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report. This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to all categories of potential purchasers, some of whom (such as life insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, dealers in securities or financial institutions) may be subject to special rules. In particular, the summary deals only with the U.S. Holders (as defined below) that will hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and who do not at any time own individually, and are not treated as owning, 25% or more of BBVA’s shares, including ADSs.

As used in this particular section, the following terms have the following meanings:

(1) “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    a citizen or an individual resident of the United States,

 

    a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia, or

 

174


Table of Contents
    an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to its source.

(2) “Treaty” means the Convention between the United States and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, together with a related Protocol.

(3) “U.S. Resident” means a U.S. Holder that is a resident of the United States for the purposes of the Treaty and entitled to the benefits of the Treaty, whose holding is not effectively connected with (1) a permanent establishment in Spain through which such holder carries on or has carried on business, or (2) a fixed base in Spain from which such holder performs or has performed independent personal services.

Holders of ADSs or ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors, particularly as to the applicability of any tax treaty. The statements regarding Spanish tax laws set out below are based on interpretations of those laws in force as of the date of this Annual Report. Such statements also assume that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in full accordance with the terms of those agreements.

Taxation of Dividends

Under Spanish law, cash dividends paid by BBVA to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs who is not resident in Spain for tax purposes and does not operate through a permanent establishment in Spain, are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax, withheld at source at a 21% tax rate for 2012, 2013 and 2014, and at a 20% tax rate for 2015 (after this period of time the tax rate is expected to be 19%). For these purposes, upon distribution of the dividend, BBVA or its paying agent will withhold an amount equal to the tax due according to the rules set forth above (i.e., applying a withholding tax rate of 21% for 2012, 2013 and 2014 and 20% for 2015), transferring the resulting net amount to the depositary.

However, under the Treaty, if you are a U.S. Resident, you are entitled to a reduced withholding tax rate of 15%. To benefit from the Treaty-reduced rate of 15%, if you are a U.S. Resident, you must provide to BBVA through our paying agent depositary, before the tenth day following the end of the month in which the dividends were payable, a certificate from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) stating that, to the best knowledge of the IRS, you are a resident of the United States within the meaning of the Treaty and entitled to its benefits.

If the paying agent depositary provides timely evidence (i.e., by means of the IRS certificate) of your right to apply the Treaty-reduced rate it will immediately receive the surplus amount withheld, which will be credited to you. The IRS certificate is valid for a period of one year from issuance.

To help shareholders obtain such certificates, BBVA has set up an online procedure to make this as easy as possible.

If the certificate referred to in the above paragraph is not provided to us through our paying agent depositary within said term, you may afterwards obtain a refund of the amount withheld in excess of the rate provided for in the Treaty.

Scrip Dividend

As described under “Item 4. Information on the Company Business—Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends—Scrip Dividend”, the BBVA annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 13, 2015, passed four resolutions adopting four different capital increases to be charged to voluntary reserves for the implementation of the “Dividend Option” scheme this year. This remuneration scheme offers the shareholders the possibility of electing how they would like to receive their remuneration: in cash or in newly issued ordinary shares.

Pursuant to the terms of the “Dividend Option” program, upon its implementation, the shareholders will receive one right of free allocation for each share of BBVA that they hold as of a given record date. These rights will be tradable on the Spanish Stock Exchanges for a minimum period of 15 natural days. BBVA will undertake to purchase the rights of free allocation tendered by the shareholders to it during a certain period of time at a fixed price, subject to the conditions that may be imposed each time the “Dividend Option” program is implemented. This fixed price will be the result of dividing the Reference Price (as defined below) by the number of rights necessary to receive one new share plus one. At the end of the tradable period of the rights of free allocation, the rights not validly tendered to BBVA will be automatically converted into newly-issued ordinary shares of the Company. The number of rights necessary for the allocation of one new share and the total number of shares to be issued by BBVA

 

175


Table of Contents

will depend, amongst other factors, on the arithmetic mean of the weighted average prices of BBVA’s shares on the Spanish Stock Exchanges over the five trading sessions immediately prior to the Board of Directors’ resolution concerning the execution of the relevant capital increase to be charged to reserves (the “Reference Price”).

Consequently, when each of the capital increases implementing the “Dividend Option” scheme is executed, the shareholders of BBVA will have the option to freely choose among:

 

  a) Not transferring their rights of free allocation. In this case, at the end of the trading period, the shareholders will receive the number of newly issued paid-up ordinary shares to which they are entitled. For tax purposes, the vesting of free-of-charge shares does not comprise income for the purposes of the Spanish Non-Residents’ Income Tax, whether or not non-residents act through a permanent establishment in Spain.

The acquisition value of both the new shares received as a consequence of each capital increase and the shares from which they originate will result from distributing the total cost among the number of shares (both old and those issued as free-of-charge shares). Such free-of-charge shares will be deemed to have been held for as long as the shares from which they originate.

 

  b) To transfer all or some of their rights of free allocation on the market at the price at which those rights are traded at that moment. In this case, the amount obtained from the transfer of such rights on the market will, in general, be subject to the following tax treatment:

For purposes of the Spanish Non-Residents’ Income Tax, when the transaction is carried out without a permanent establishment, the amount obtained from the transfer of the rights of free allocation on the market will be subject to the same tax treatment as pre-emptive subscription rights. Accordingly, for tax purposes, the amount obtained from the transfer of the rights of free allocation is subtracted from the acquisition value of the shares from which these rights originate, pursuant to article 37.1.a) of Law 35/2006, of November 28, on Personal Income Tax (Ley del Impuesto sobre la Renta de las Personas Físicas), which partially amends the Acts on Corporate Income Tax, Non-Residents’ Income Tax and Wealth Tax.

Thus, only if the amount obtained from the aforementioned transfer exceeds the acquisition value of the shares from which they originate, will the difference be considered a capital gain for the transferor in the tax period in which the transfer takes place.

 

  c) To transfer all or some of their rights of free allocation to BBVA under the purchase commitment assumed by the Bank. The tax treatment applicable to the amount obtained in the transfer to the Company of the rights of free allocation due to the shareholders’ status as such, will be equivalent to the tax treatment applicable to dividends directly distributed in cash and, consequently, such amount will be subject to the corresponding withholding tax (currently at a 20%).

It should be borne in mind that this analysis does not cover all the possible tax consequences. Therefore, shareholders are advised to consult with their tax advisors.

Spanish Refund Procedure

According to Spanish Regulations on Non-Resident Income Tax, approved by Royal Decree 1776/2004 dated July 30, 2004, as amended, a refund for the amount withheld in excess of the Treaty-reduced rate can be obtained from the relevant Spanish tax authorities. To pursue the refund claim, if you are a U.S. Resident, you are required to file:

 

    the corresponding Spanish tax form,

 

    the certificate referred to in the preceding section, and

 

    evidence of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax that was withheld with respect to you.

The refund claim must be filed within four years from the date in which the withheld tax was collected by the Spanish tax authorities, but not before February 1, of the following year.

 

176


Table of Contents

U.S. Residents are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding refund procedures and any U.S. tax implications thereof.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of, and the procedures to be followed in connection with, this exemption.

Taxation of Rights

Distribution of preemptive rights to subscribe for new shares made with respect to your shares in BBVA will not be treated as income under Spanish law and, therefore, will not be subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax. The exercise of such preemptive rights is not considered a taxable event under Spanish law and thus is not subject to Spanish tax. Capital gains derived from the disposition of preemptive rights received by U.S. Residents are generally not taxed in Spain provided that certain conditions are met (see “—Taxation of Capital Gains” below).

Taxation of Capital Gains

Under Spanish law, any capital gains derived from securities issued by persons residing in Spain for tax purposes are considered to be Spanish-source income and, therefore, are taxable in Spain. For Spanish tax purposes, gain recognized by you, if you are a U.S. Resident, from the sale of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as capital gains. Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax is levied at a 21% tax rate for 2012, 2013 and 2014 and at a 20% tax rate for 2015 (after this period of time the tax rate is expected to be 19%) on capital gains recognized by persons who are not residents of Spain for tax purposes, who are not entitled to the benefit of any applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation and who do not operate through a fixed base or a permanent establishment in Spain.

Notwithstanding the discussion above, capital gains derived from the transfer of shares on an official Spanish secondary stock market by any holder who is resident in a country that has entered into a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with an “exchange of information” clause (the Treaty contains such a clause) will be exempt from taxation in Spain. Additionally, capital gains realized by non-residents of Spain who are entitled to the benefit of an applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation will, in the majority of cases, not be taxed in Spain (since most tax treaties provide for taxation only in the taxpayer’s country of residence). If you are a U.S. Resident, under the Treaty, capital gains arising from the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be taxed in Spain. You will be required to establish that you are entitled to this exemption by providing to the relevant Spanish tax authorities a certificate of residence in the United States from the IRS (discussed above in “—Taxation of Dividends”), together with the corresponding Spanish tax form.

Spanish Inheritance and Gift Taxes

Transfers of BBVA’s shares or ADSs upon death or by gift to individuals are subject to Spanish inheritance and gift taxes (Spanish Law 29/1987), if the transferee is a resident in Spain for tax purposes, or if BBVA’s shares or ADSs are located in Spain, regardless of the residence of the transferee. In this regard, the Spanish tax authorities may argue that all shares of a Spanish corporation and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. The applicable tax rate for individuals, after applying all relevant factors, ranges between approximately 7.65% and 81.6%.

Corporations that are non-residents of Spain that receive BBVA’s shares or ADSs as a gift are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at a 21% tax rate for 2012, 2013 and 2014 and at a 20% tax rate for 2015 (after this period of time the tax rate is expected to be 19%) on the fair market value of such ordinary shares or ADSs as a capital gain tax. If the donee is a U.S. resident corporation, the exclusions available under the Treaty described in “—Taxation of Capital Gains” above will be applicable.

Spanish Transfer Tax

Transfers of BBVA’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be exempt from Transfer Tax (Impuesto sobre Transmisiones Patrimoniales) or Value-Added Tax. Additionally, no stamp duty will be levied on such transfers.

U.S. Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to hold the securities. The summary applies

 

177


Table of Contents

only to U.S. Holders that are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty (in each case, as defined under “Spanish Tax Considerations” above) and that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets for tax purposes and does not address all of the tax consequences, including the potential application of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), known as the Medicare contribution tax, and tax consequences that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

    certain financial institutions;

 

    dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

    persons whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

 

    tax-exempt entities;

 

    partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States;

 

    persons who acquired our ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

 

    persons who own or are deemed to own 10% or more of our voting shares.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ADSs or ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding ADSs or ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the ADSs or ordinary shares.

The summary is based upon the tax laws of the United States, including the Code, the Treaty, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, the summary is based in part on representations by the depositary and assumes that each obligation provided for in or otherwise contemplated by BBVA’s deposit agreement and any other related document will be performed in accordance with its terms. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs or ordinary shares are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the U.S., Spanish or other tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in their particular circumstances, including the effect of any U.S. state or local tax laws.

In general, for United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American depositary shares are released before shares are delivered to the depositary, or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders and the issuer of the security underlying the American depositary shares, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by U.S. holders of American depositary shares. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, as described below. Accordingly, the analysis of the creditability of Spanish taxes described below, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, could be affected by future actions that may be taken by such parties.

This discussion assumes that BBVA is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) (as discussed below).

 

178


Table of Contents

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions, before reduction for any Spanish income tax withheld by BBVA or its paying agent, made with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares (other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for ordinary shares of BBVA’s capital stock) will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary dividend income, to the extent paid out of BBVA’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. The amount of such dividends will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income and will not be eligible for the “dividends-received deduction” generally allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code. Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will be taxable as “qualified dividend income” and therefore will be taxable at favorable rates applicable to long-term capital gains. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the availability of these favorable rates in their particular circumstances.

The amount of dividend income will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt (which, for U.S. Holders of ADSs, will be the date such distribution is received by the depositary), whether or not the depositary or U.S. Holder in fact converts any euro received into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

A scrip dividend (such as a dividend distributed under the “Dividend Option” program, described in “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends—Scrip Dividend”) will be treated in the same manner as a distribution of cash, regardless of whether a U.S. Holder elects to receive the dividend in shares rather than cash. If the U.S. Holder elects to receive the dividend in shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as having received a distribution equal to the U.S. dollar fair market value of the shares on the date of distribution. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such shares received will be equal to the U.S. dollar fair market value of the shares on the date of distribution and the holding period for such shares will begin on the day following the distribution.

Subject to applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a U.S. Holder’s circumstances and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, a U.S. Holder will be entitled to a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability, or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income, for Spanish income taxes withheld by BBVA or its paying agent at a rate not exceeding the rate the U.S. Holder is entitled to under the Treaty. Spanish taxes withheld in excess of the rate applicable under the Treaty will not be eligible for credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. See “Spanish Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends” for a discussion of how to obtain the Treaty rate. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and, therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

Sale or Other Disposition of ADSs or Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year at the time of disposition. Gain or loss, if any, will generally be U.S. source for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Based upon certain proposed Treasury regulations which are proposed to be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994 (“Proposed Regulations”), we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our 2014 taxable year. However, since our PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time and since there is no guarantee that the Proposed Regulations will be adopted in their current form and because the manner of the application of the Proposed Regulations is not entirely clear, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

179


Table of Contents

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held ADSs or ordinary shares, gain recognized by such U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of an ADS or an ordinary share would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADS or the ordinary share. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable year. The same treatment would apply to any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its ordinary shares or ADSs to the extent that such distribution exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ordinary shares or ADSs received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or the prior taxable year, the favorable tax rates discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply. Certain elections may be available (including a mark-to-market election) that may provide alternative tax treatments. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding whether we are or were a PFIC, the potential application of the PFIC rules to determine whether any of these elections for alternative treatment would be available and, if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owned our shares, the U.S. Holder would generally be required to file IRS Form 8621 with their annual U.S. federal income tax returns, subject to certain exceptions.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on, and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder may be subject to U.S. backup withholding on these payments if the U.S. Holder fails to provide its taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and comply with certain certification procedures or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not Applicable.

 

G. Statement by Experts

Not Applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, we file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC. Reports and other information filed or furnished by BBVA with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, on which BBVA’s ADSs are listed. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site that contains information filed or furnished electronically with the SEC, which can be accessed over the internet at http://www.sec.gov.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

Not Applicable.

 

180


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Trading Portfolio Activities

Market risk originates as a result of movements in the market variables that impact the valuation of traded financial products and assets. The main risks can be classified as follows:

 

  Interest rate risk: This arises as a result of exposure to movements in the different interest rate curves involved in trading. Although the typical products that generate sensitivity to the movements in interest rates are money-market products (deposits, interest rate futures, call money swaps, etc.) and traditional interest rate derivatives (swaps and interest rate options such as caps, floors, swaptions, etc.), practically all the financial products are exposed to interest rate movements due to the effect that such movements have on the valuation of the financial discount.

 

  Equity risk: This arises as a result of movements in share prices. This risk is generated in spot positions in shares or any derivative products whose underlying asset is a share or an equity index. Dividend risk is a sub-risk of equity risk, arising as an input for any equity option. Its variation may affect the valuation of positions, and it is therefore a factor that generates risk on the books.

 

  Exchange-rate risk: This is caused by movements in the exchange rates of the different currencies in which a position is held. As in the case of equity risk, this risk is generated in spot currency positions and in any derivative product whose underlying asset is an exchange rate. In addition, the quanto effect (operations where the underlying asset and the instrument itself are denominated in different currencies) means that in certain transactions in which the underlying asset is not a currency, an exchange-rate risk is generated that has to be measured and monitored.

 

  Credit-spread risk: Credit spread is an indicator of an issuer’s credit quality. Spread risk occurs due to variations in the levels of spread of both corporate and government issues, and affects positions in bonds and credit derivatives.

 

  Volatility risk: This occurs as a result of changes in the levels of implied price volatility of the different market instruments on which derivatives are traded. This risk, unlike the others, is exclusively a component of trading in derivatives and is defined as a first-order convexity risk that is generated in all possible underlying assets in which there are products with options that require a volatility input for their valuation.

We believe the metrics developed to control and monitor market risk in BBVA Group are aligned with best practices in the market and are implemented consistently across all the local market risk units.

Measurement procedures are established in terms of the possible impact of negative market conditions on the trading portfolio of the Group’s Global Markets units, both under ordinary circumstances and in situations of heightened risk factors.

The standard metric used to measure market risk is Value at Risk (“VaR”), which indicates the maximum loss that may occur in the portfolios at a given confidence level (99%) and time horizon (one day). This statistic is widely used in the market and has the advantage of summing up in a single metric the risks inherent to trading activity, taking into account how they are related and providing a prediction of the loss that the trading book could sustain as a result of fluctuations in equity prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. In addition, for some positions other risks also need to be considered, such as credit spread risk, basis risk, volatility risk and correlation risk.

 

181


Table of Contents

Headings of the balance sheet subject to VaR measurement

Most of the headings on the Group’s balance sheet subject to market risk are positions whose main metric for measuring their market risk is VaR. This table shows the accounting lines of the balance sheet in which there is a market risk in trading activity subject to this measurement:

 

     Main market risk metrics  
     VaR      Others (*)  
     In millions of Euros  

Assets subject to market risk

     

Financial assets held for trading

     74,744         825   

Available for sale financial assets

     99         62,007   

Of which:

     —           6,373   

Hedging derivatives

     404         1,890   

Liabilities subject to market risk

     

Financial liabilities held for trading

     50,457         2,675   

Hedging derivatives

     1,085         979   

 

(*) Includes mainly assets and liabilities managed by ALCO.

The table above provides information on the financial positions subject to market risk. This is provided for informational purposes only and it does not reflect how market risk in trading activity is managed.

With respect to the risk measurement models used by the BBVA Group, the Bank of Spain has authorized the use of the internal model to determine bank capital requirements deriving from risk positions on the Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer trading book, which jointly account for around 80% of the Group’s trading-book market risk. For South America and Compass, bank capital for the risk positions in the trading book is calculated using the standard model.

The current management structure includes the monitoring of market-risk limits, consisting of a scheme of limits based on VaR, economic capital (based on VaR measurements) and VaR sub-limits, as well as stop-loss limits for each of the Group’s business units. The global limits are approved annually by the Executive Committee at the proposal of the market risk unit, following presentation to the GRMC (Global Risk Management Committee) and the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee. This limits structure is developed by identifying specific risks by type, trading activity and trading desk. In addition, the market risk unit maintains consistency between the limits. The control structure in place is supplemented by limits on losses and a system of warning signals to anticipate the effects of adverse situations in terms of risk and/or result.

The model used estimates VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which involves estimating losses and gains that would have taken place in the current portfolio if the changes in market conditions that took place over a specific period of time in the past were repeated. Based on this information, it infers the maximum expected loss of the current portfolio within a given confidence level. This model has the advantage of reflecting precisely the historical distribution of the market variables and not assuming any specific distribution of probability. The historical period used in this model is two years.

 

182


Table of Contents

VaR figures are estimated following two methodologies:

 

  VaR without smoothing, which awards equal weight to the daily information for the previous two years. This is currently the official methodology for measuring market risks for the purpose of monitoring compliance with risk limits.

 

  VaR with smoothing, which gives a greater weight to more recent market information. This metric supplements the previous one.

In the case of South America, a parametric methodology is used to measure risk in terms of VaR.

At the same time, and following the guidelines established by the Spanish and European authorities, BBVA incorporates metrics in addition to VaR with the aim of meeting the Bank of Spain’s regulatory requirements with respect to the calculation of bank capital for the trading book. Specifically, the new measures incorporated in the Group since December 2011 (stipulated by Basel 2.5) are:

 

  VaR: In regulatory terms, the charge for VaR Stress is added to the charge for VaR and the sum of both (VaR and VaR Stress) is calculated. This quantifies the loss associated with movements in the risk factors inherent in market operations (interest rate, exchange rates, equity, credit, etc.). Both VaR and Stressed VaR are re-scaled by a regulatory multiplication factor, set at three and by the square root of 10, to calculate the capital charge.

 

  Specific Risk: IRC. Quantification of the risks of default and rating downgrade of the bond and credit derivative positions on the trading book. The specific risk capital IRC is a charge exclusively for those geographical areas with an approved internal model (Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer). The capital charge is determined based on the associated losses (at 99.9% over a time horizon of one year under the constant risk assumption) resulting from the rating migration and/or default status of the asset’s issuer. Also included is the price risk in sovereign positions for the indicated items.

 

  Specific Risk: Securitizations and Correlation Portfolios. Capital charge for securitizations and for the correlation portfolio to include the potential losses associated with the rating level of a given credit structure (rating). Both are calculated using the standardized approach. The perimeter of the correlation portfolios is referred to First-to-Default (FTD) type market operations and/or market collateralized debt obligation (CDO) tranches, and only for positions with an active market and hedging capacity.

Validity tests are performed regularly on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the positions assessed with a certain level of probability (backtesting), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing). As an additional control measure, backtesting is conducted at trading desk level in order to enable more specific monitoring of the validity of the measurement models.

Market risk in 2014

The year 2014 has been characterized by a continued improvement first noted in 2013 in Spain, which has been reflected in a narrowing of the spread between Spanish and German debt, and of the main credit spreads. Toward the end of the year, global markets have been affected by the significant slump in oil prices and increased volatility of exchange rates. In this context, the function of risk control in market activities has a special importance.

The Group’s market risk remains at low levels compared with the aggregates of risks managed by BBVA, particularly in the case of credit risk. This is due to the nature of the business and the Group’s policy of minimal proprietary trading. In 2013, the market risk of BBVA Group’s trading book fell slightly versus the previous year and, in terms of VaR, stood at €25 million at the close of the period.

The average VaR for the year ended December 31, 2014 stood at €24.3 million, similar levels to 2013, with a high for the year on October 16, 2014 at €28 million.

 

183


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading portfolio, the main risk factor in the Group continues to be linked to interest rates, accounting for 67% of the total at the end of 2014 (this figure includes the spread risk). This relative weight was higher than the figure at the close of 2013 (55%). Exchange-rate risk accounted for 12% (compared to 10% at the close of 2013), while equity risk and volatility and correlation risk had a weight of 5% and 16%, respectively at the close of 2014 (compared to 8% and 27% at the close of 2013).

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 VaR amounted to €25 million, €22 million and €30 million, respectively. These figures can be broken down as follows:

 

Risk    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Interest/Spread risk

     30         22         35   

Currency risk

     5         4         3   

Stock-market risk

     2         3         3   

Vega/Correlation risk

     7         11         9   

Diversification effect(*)

     (20      (18      (19

Total

     25         22         30   

VaR average in the period

     23         23         22   

VaR max in the period

     28         34         31   

VaR min in the period

     20         17         15   

 

(*) The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the average individual risk factors and the total VaR figure that includes the implied correlation between all the variables and scenarios used in the measurement.

Validation of the model

The internal market risk model is validated on a regular basis by backtesting in both Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer.

The aim of backtesting is to validate the quality and precision of the internal model used by the BBVA Group to estimate the maximum daily loss of a portfolio, at a 99% level of confidence and a 250-day time horizon, by comparing the Group’s results and the risk measurements generated by the model. These tests showed that the internal market risk model of both Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer was adequate and precise.

 

184


Table of Contents

Two types of backtesting have been carried out in 2014:

 

  “Hypothetical” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained, not taking into account the intraday results or the changes in the portfolio positions. This validates the appropriateness of the market risk metrics for the end-of-day position.

 

  “Real” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the total results, including intraday transactions, but discounting the possible minimum charges or fees involved. This type of backtesting includes the intraday risk in portfolios.

In addition, each of these two types of backtesting was carried out at the risk factor or business type level, thus making a deeper comparison of the results with respect to risk measurements.

In 2014, Bancomer carried out backtesting of the internal VaR calculation model, comparing the daily results obtained with the risk level estimated by the VaR calculation model. At the end of the year the comparison showed the model was working correctly, within the “green” zone (0-4 exceptions), thus validating the model, as has occurred each year since the internal market risk model was approved for the Group.

Stress test analysis

A number of stress tests are carried out on the BBVA Group’s trading portfolios. First, global and local historical scenarios are used that replicate the behavior of an extreme past event, such as for example the collapse of Lehman Brothers or the “Tequilazo” crisis. These stress tests are complemented with simulated scenarios, where the aim is to generate scenarios that have a significant impact on the different portfolios, but without being anchored to any specific historical scenario. Finally, for some portfolios or positions, fixed stress tests are also carried out that have a significant impact on the market variables affecting these positions.

Historical scenarios

The historical benchmark stress scenario for the BBVA Group is Lehman Brothers, whose sudden collapse in September 2008 led to a significant impact on the behavior of financial markets at a global level. The following are the most relevant effects of this historical scenario:

 

    Credit shock: reflected mainly in the increase of credit spreads and downgrades in credit ratings.

 

    Increased volatility in most of the financial markets (giving rise to a great deal of variation in the prices of different assets (currency, equity, debt).

 

    Liquidity shock in the financial systems, reflected by a major movement in interbank curves, particularly in the shortest sections of the euro and dollar curves.

Simulated scenarios

Unlike the historical scenarios, which are fixed and therefore not suited to the composition of the risk portfolio at all times, the scenario used for the exercises of economic stress is based on resampling methodology. This methodology is based on the use of dynamic scenarios that are recalculated periodically depending on the main risks in the trading portfolios. On a data window wide enough to collect different periods of stress (data are taken from January 1, 2008 until today), a simulation is performed by a resampling of historical observations. This generates a distribution of losses and gains that provides an analysis of the most extreme events that occurred within the selected historical window. The advantage of this methodology is that the stress period is not pre-established, but rather a function of the portfolio held at any time. As it makes a high number of simulations (10,000) it can analyze the expected shortfall with greater richness of information than that available in the scenarios included in the VaR calculation.

 

185


Table of Contents

The main features of this approach are: (i) the generated simulations respect the correlation structure of the data, (ii) there is flexibility to the inclusion of new risk factors and (iii) it allows a great deal of variability to be introduced into the simulations (desirable for considering extreme events).

Structural Risk—Non-Trading Activities

Structural interest-rate risk

The structural interest-rate risk (“SIRR”) is related to the potential impact that variations in market interest rates have on an entity’s net interest income and equity. In order to measure SIRR, BBVA takes into account the main sources that generate this risk: repricing risk, yield curve risk, option risk and basis risk, which are analyzed from two complementary points of view: net interest income (short term) and economic value (long term).

BBVA’s structural interest-rate risk management procedure is based on a set of metrics and tools that enable the entity’s risk profile to be monitored correctly. A wide range of scenarios are measured on a regular basis, including sensitivities to parallel movements in the event of different shocks, changes in slope and curve, as well as delayed movements. Other probabilistic metrics based on statistical scenario-simulating methods are also assessed, such as income at risk (“IaR”) and economic capital (“EC”), which are defined as the maximum adverse deviations in net interest income and economic value, respectively, for a given confidence level and time horizon. Impact thresholds are established on these management metrics both in terms of deviations in net interest income and in terms of the impact on economic value. The process is carried out separately for each currency to which the Group is exposed, and the diversification effect between currencies and business units is considered after this.

In order to guarantee its effectiveness, the model is subjected to regular internal validation, which includes backtesting. In addition, interest-rate risk measurements are subjected to stress testing in order to reveal balance sheet vulnerabilities under extreme scenarios. This testing includes an analysis of adverse macroeconomic scenarios designed specifically by BBVA Research, together with a wide range of potential scenarios that aim to identify interest-rate environments that are particularly damaging for the entity. This is done by generating extreme scenarios of a breakthrough in interest rate levels and historical correlations, giving rise to sudden changes in the slopes and even to inverted curves.

The model is necessarily underpinned by an elaborate set of hypotheses that aim to reproduce the behavior of the balance sheet as closely as possible to reality. Especially relevant among these assumptions are those related to the behavior of “accounts with no explicit maturity”, for which stability and remuneration assumptions are established, consistent with an adequate segmentation by type of product and customer, and prepayment estimates (implicit optionality). The hypotheses are adapted regularly to signs of changes in behavior, kept properly documented and reviewed on a regular basis in the internal validation processes.

The impacts on the metrics are assessed both from a point of view of economic value (gone concern) and from the perspective of net interest income, for which a dynamic model (going concern) consistent with the corporate assumptions of earnings forecasts is used.

The table below shows the profile of sensitivities of net interest income and value of the main regions where the BBVA Group operates:

 

     Impact on Net Interest Income (*)     Impact on Economic Value(**)  
     100 Basis-Point Increase     100 Basis-Point Decrease     100 Basis-Point Increase     100 Basis-Point Decrease  

Europe

     7.19     (5.63 )%      2.40     (2.98 )% 

Mexico

     1.73     (1.36 )%      (3.50 )%      2.85

USA

     7.08     (5.00 )%      (1.85 )%      (5.79 )% 

South America

     2.00     (1.85 )%      (2.56 )%      2.97

BBVA Group

     3.60     (2.87 )%      0.69     (2.26 )% 

 

(*) Percentage of “1 year” net interest income forecast for each unit.
(**) Percentage of net assets for each unit.

 

186


Table of Contents

In 2014, stagnating growth in advanced economies has led to the continuation of accommodative monetary policies with the aim of boosting demand and investment, with interest rates in Europe and in the United States remaining at all-time lows. In Latin America, the slowdown in growth and the deterioration in external financial conditions have prompted the central banks to cut monetary policy rates.

BBVA Group’s positioning in terms of its balance sheet management units as a whole has a positive sensitivity in its net interest income to interest rate hikes, while in terms of economic value the sensitivity is negative to interest rate increases, except for the euro balance sheet. Mature markets, both in Europe and the United States, show greater sensitivity in relative terms of their projected net interest income to a parallel interest-rate shock. However, in 2014 this negative sensitivity to cuts has been confined by the limited downward trend in interest rates. In this interest-rate environment, appropriate management of the balance sheet has maintained BBVA’s exposure at moderate levels, in accordance with the Group’s target risk profile.

Structural exchange-rate risk

In the BBVA Group, structural exchange-rate risk arises from the consolidation of holdings in subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the euro. Its management is centralized in order to optimize the joint handling of permanent foreign currency exposures, taking into account the diversification.

The corporate Balance Sheet Management unit, through ALCO, designs and executes hedging strategies with the main purpose of controlling the potential negative effect of exchange-rate fluctuations on capital ratios and on the equivalent value in euros of the foreign-currency earnings of the Group’s subsidiaries, considering transactions according to market expectations and their cost.

The risk monitoring metrics included in the system of limits are integrated into management and supplemented with additional assessment indicators. At corporate level they are based on probabilistic metrics that measure the maximum deviation in capital, CET1 ratio, and net attributable profit. The probabilistic metrics make it possible to estimate the joint impact of exposure to different currencies, taking into account the different variability in currency rates and their correlations.

The suitability of these risk assessment metrics is reviewed on a regular basis through backtesting exercises. The final element of structural exchange-rate risk control is the analysis of scenarios and stress with the aim of identifying in advance possible threats to future compliance with the tolerance levels set, so that any necessary preventive management actions can be taken. The scenarios are based both on historical situations simulated by the risk model and on the risk scenarios provided by BBVA Research.

In 2014, the most notable aspect in the foreign-exchange markets has been the strength of the U.S. dollar (especially at year-end), which has led to the appreciation against the euro by year-end of certain currencies in which the Group’s exposure is concentrated, in particular the Mexican peso and the Turkish lira. However, this trend was slowed by the slump in oil prices, which has affected the currencies of the economies more dependent on this resource, mainly in South America and Mexico. This has led to an upturn in volatility in the foreign-exchange markets. Also worth mentioning is the more unfavorable performance of the Argentine peso and the Venezuelan bolivar fuerte, affected by the imbalances in both economies. Management focus on our main exposures has kept the Group’s structural exchange-rate risk at moderate levels in 2014. As a result, the risk mitigation level of the book value of BBVA Group’s holdings in foreign currency remained on average at 42% and hedging of foreign-currency earnings in 2014 stood at 40%.

In 2014, the average asset exposure sensitivity to a 10% depreciation in exchange rates against the euro in the main currencies to which BBVA is exposed stood at €1.900 million, with 35% relating to the Mexican peso, 26% relating to South American currencies, 22% relating to Asian and Turkish currencies, and 16% relating to the US dollar.

Structural equity risk

BBVA Group’s exposure to structural equity risk stems basically from investments in industrial and financial companies with medium- and long-term investment horizons. This exposure is mitigated through net short positions held in derivatives of their underlying assets, used to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

 

187


Table of Contents

Structural management of equity portfolios is the responsibility of the Group’s units specializing in this area. Their activity is subject to the corporate risk management policies for equity positions in the equity portfolio. The aim is to ensure that they are handled consistently with BBVA’s business model and appropriately to its risk tolerance level, thus enabling long-term business sustainability.

The Group’s risk management systems also make it possible to anticipate possible negative impacts and take appropriate measures to prevent damage being caused to the entity. The risk control and limitation mechanisms are focused on the exposure, annual operating performance and economic capital estimated for each portfolio.

Economic capital is estimated in accordance with a corporate model based on Monte Carlo simulations, taking into account the statistical performance of asset prices and the diversification existing among the different exposures.

Backtesting is carried out on a regular basis on the risk measurement model used.

The year 2014 has been characterized by strong stock market performance in all the geographical areas. The Spanish stock markets performed particularly well against the European indices, particularly in the telecommunications sector, where a large part of BBVA’s exposure is concentrated. This performance has boosted the returns on these investments and the levels of capital gains accumulated in the Group’s equity portfolios.

Structural equity risk, measured in terms of economic capital, has remained at moderate levels thanks to active management of positions. This management includes modulating the exposures through positions in derivatives of underlying assets of the same kind in order to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

Stress tests and analyses of sensitivity to different simulated scenarios are carried out periodically to analyze the risk profile in more depth. They are based on both past crisis situations and forecasts made by BBVA Research. This aims to check that the risks are limited and that the tolerance levels set by the Group are not at risk.

The aggregate sensitivity of the BBVA Group’s consolidated equity to a 10% fall in the price of shares of the companies making up the equity portfolio stood at €356 million as of December 31, 2014, and the sensitivity of pre-tax profit is estimated at €2.7 million. These figures are estimated taking into account the exposure in shares valued at market prices, or if not applicable, at fair value (except for the positions in the Treasury Area portfolios) and the net delta-equivalent positions in options on their underlyings.

See Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on risks faced by BBVA.

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A. Debt Securities

Not Applicable.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

Not Applicable.

 

C. Other Securities

Not Applicable.

 

188


Table of Contents
D. American Depositary Shares

Our ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BBVA”. The Bank of New York Mellon is the depositary (the “Depositary”) issuing ADSs pursuant to an amended and restated deposit agreement dated June 29, 2007 among BBVA, the Depositary and the holders from time to time of ADSs (the “Deposit Agreement”). Each ADS represents the right to receive one share. The table below sets forth the fees payable, either directly or indirectly, by a holder of ADSs as of the date of this Annual Report.

 

Category

  

Depositary Actions

  

Associated Fee / By Whom Paid

(a) Depositing or substituting the underlying shares    Issuance of ADSs    Up to $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADSs delivered (charged to person depositing the shares or receiving the ADSs)
(b) Receiving or distributing dividends    Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions; distribution of share dividends or other free share distributions; distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs    Not applicable
(c) Selling or exercising rights    Distribution or sale of securities    Not applicable
(d) Withdrawing an underlying security    Acceptance of ADSs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited securities    Up to $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADSs surrendered (charged to person surrendering or to person to whom withdrawn securities are being delivered)
(e) Transferring, splitting or grouping receipts    Transfers, combining or grouping of depositary receipts    Not applicable
(f) General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis    Other services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADSs    Not applicable
(g) Expenses of the Depositary   

Expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with

•       stock transfer or other taxes (including Spanish income taxes) and other governmental charges;

 

•       cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at request of holder of ADS or person depositing shares for the issuance of ADSs;

 

•       transfer, brokerage or registration fees for the registration of shares or other deposited securities on the share register and applicable to transfers of shares or other deposited securities to or from the name of the custodian;

 

•       reasonable and customary expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars

   Expenses payable by holders of ADSs or persons depositing shares for the issuance of ADSs; expenses payable in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars are payable out of such foreign currency

The Depositary may remit to us all or a portion of the Depositary fees charged for the reimbursement of certain of the expenses we incur in respect of the ADS program established pursuant to the Deposit Agreement upon such terms and conditions as we may agree from time to time. In the year ended December 31, 2014, the Depositary reimbursed us $1,022 thousand with respect to certain fees and expenses. The table below sets forth the types of expenses that the Depositary has agreed to reimburse and the amounts reimbursed in 2014.

 

189


Table of Contents

Category of Expenses

   Amount
Reimbursed in
the Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
     (In Thousands of
Dollars)
 

NYSE Listing Fees

     133.3   

Investor Relations Marketing

     278.9   

Professional Services

     528.4   

Annual General Shareholders’ Meeting Expenses

     81.4   

 

190


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2014, BBVA, under the supervision and with the participation of BBVA’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Global Accounting and Information Management Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Based upon their evaluation, BBVA’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Global Accounting and Information Management Officer concluded, that BBVA’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a reasonable assurance level in ensuring that information relating to BBVA, including its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in reports that it files under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to the management, including principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of BBVA is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. BBVA’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

    Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of BBVA;

 

    Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of BBVA’s management and directors; and

 

    Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

191


Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of BBVA’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—2013 Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

In May 2013, COSO published an updated version of its Internal Control Integrated – Framework. This new framework provides broader guidelines and clarifies the requirements for determining what constitutes effective internal control. After the analysis of the updated version, no significant changes have been implemented in the internal control model.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by Deloitte S.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which follows below.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group (the “Group” - Note 3) as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—2013 Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

192


Table of Contents

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — 2013 Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 of the Group and our report dated April 15, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid—Spain

April 15, 2015

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in BBVA’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The charter for our Audit and Compliance Committee provides that the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee is required to have experience in financial matters as well as knowledge of the accounting standards and principles required by the banking regulators, and we have determined that Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto, the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee, has such experience and knowledge and is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined by the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Mr. Palao is independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In addition, we believe that the remaining members of the Audit and Compliance Committee have an understanding of applicable generally accepted accounting principles, experience analyzing and evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by our Consolidated Financial Statements, an understanding of internal controls over financial reporting, and an understanding of audit committee functions. Our Audit and Compliance Committee has experience overseeing and assessing the performance of BBVA and its consolidated subsidiaries and our external auditors with respect to the preparation, auditing and evaluation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

BBVA’s Code of Ethics and Conduct applies, among others, to its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer. This code establishes the principles that guide these officers’ respective actions: ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality. It also establishes the limitations and defines the conflicts of interest and their treatment. We have not waived compliance with, nor made any amendment to, the Code of Ethics and Conduct in 2014. BBVA’s Code of Ethics and Conduct can be found on its website at www.bbva.com.

 

193


Table of Contents
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table provides information on the aggregate fees billed by our principal accountants, Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates, by type of service rendered for the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended December 31,  

Services Rendered

   2014      2013  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Audit Fees(1)

     21.3         20.4   

Audit-Related Fees(2)

     2.9         2.8   

Tax Fees(3)

     1.6         1.7   

All Other Fees(4)

     2.2         2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  28.0      27.1   

 

(1) Aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates for the audit of BBVA’s annual financial statements or services that are normally provided by Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years.
(2) Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for assurance and related services by Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of BBVA’s financial statements and are not reported under (1) above.
(3) Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.
(4) Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services provided by Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates other than the services reported in (1), (2) and (3) above. Services in this category consisted primarily of consultancy and implementation of new regulation.

The Audit and Compliance Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

In order to assist in ensuring the independence of our external auditor, the regulations of our Audit and Compliance Committee provides that our external auditor is generally prohibited from providing us with non-audit services, other than under the specific circumstance described below. For this reason, our Audit and Compliance Committee has developed a pre-approval policy regarding the contracting of BBVA’s external auditor, or any affiliate of the external auditor, for professional services. The professional services covered by such policy include audit and non-audit services provided to BBVA or any of its subsidiaries reflected in agreements dated on or after May 6, 2003.

The pre-approval policy is as follows:

 

  1. The hiring of BBVA’s external auditor or any of its affiliates is prohibited, unless there is no other firm available to provide the needed services at a comparable cost and that could deliver a similar level of quality.

 

  2. In the event that there is no other firm available to provide needed services at a comparable cost and delivering a similar level of quality, the external auditor (or any of its affiliates) may be hired to perform such services, but only with the pre-approval of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

 

  3. The Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee has been delegated the authority to approve the hiring of BBVA’s external auditor (or any of its affiliates). In such an event, however, the Chairman would be required to inform the Audit and Compliance Committee of such decision at the Committee’s next meeting.

 

194


Table of Contents
  4. The hiring of the external auditor for any of BBVA’s subsidiaries must also be pre-approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

2014

  Total Number of Ordinary
Shares Purchased
    Average Price
Paid per Share (or Unit)
    Total Number of Shares
(or Units) Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
    Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares (or Units)
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
 

January 1 to January 31

    28,946,589      9.13        —          —    

February 1 to February 28

    25,471,218      8.86        —          —    

March 1 to March 31

    52,579,406      8.85        —          —    

April 1 to April 30

    23,370,439      8.82        —          —    

May 1 to May 31

    17,173,914      8.96        —          —    

June 1 to June 30

    19,879,212      9.60        —          —    

July 1 to July 31

    39,796,535      9.28        —          —    

August 1 to August 31

    23,209,457      8.92        —          —    

September 1 to September 30

    38,910,918      9.60        —          —    

October 1 to October 31

    48,316,782      8.96        —          —    

November 1 to November 30

    30,380,123      8.42        —          —    

December 1 to December 31

    77,355,672      8.09        —          —    
 

 

 

       

Total

  425,390,265    8.86      —        —    
 

 

 

       

During 2014, we sold a total of 390,756,337 shares for an average price of €8.92 per share.

 

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and through the date of this Annual Report, the principal independent accountant engaged to audit our financial statements, Deloitte S.L., has not resigned, indicated that it has declined to stand for re-election after the completion of its current audit or been dismissed. For each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Deloitte S.L. has not expressed reliance on another accountant or accounting firm in its report on our audited annual accounts for such periods.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Compliance with NYSE Listing Standards on Corporate Governance

On November 4, 2003, the SEC approved rules proposed by the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) intended to strengthen corporate governance standards for listed companies. In compliance therewith, the following is a summary of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to domestic issuers under the NYSE listing standards.

 

195


Table of Contents

Independence of the Directors on the Board of Directors and Board Committees

Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, (i) a majority of a U.S. company’s board of directors must be composed of independent directors, (ii) all members of the audit committee must be independent and (iii) all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must have a compensation committee and a nominations committee and all members of such committees must be independent. In each case, the independence of directors must be established pursuant to highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE and, in the case of the audit committee, the NYSE and the SEC.

Spanish Law 31/2014 of December 3, which modifies the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act, has introduced a definition of what constitutes independence for the purpose of board or committee membership. Such definition is in line with the definition provided by our Board Regulations.

In addition, pursuant to the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act, as amended by Law 31/2014, listed companies shall have, at least, an audit committee, and an appointments and remuneration committee. This Law also establishes that such committees (i) shall be composed exclusively by non-executive directors, (ii) at least two of their members shall be independent directors and (iii) they shall be chaired by an independent director.

Likewise, Law 10/2014 of June 26, on the organization, supervision and solvency of financial institutions, which completes the transposition of CRD IV into Spanish legislation, includes rules on corporate governance, among others, as regards board committees and their membership, establishing that the remuneration committee, the appointments committee and risk committee shall be composed of non-executive directors and at least one third of their members shall be independent and, in any event, the Chairman of these committees shall also be an independent director.

Moreover, pursuant to recently published corporate governance non-binding recommendations applicable to listed companies in Spain, under the comply or explain principle: (i) independent directors must represent, at least, half of the total board members; (ii) the majority of the members of the audit committee and the appointments and remuneration committee must be independent; and (iii) companies with high market capitalization must have two separate committees, an appointments committee and a remuneration committee. The above non-binding recommendations will be applicable for our Spanish annual corporate governance report corresponding to 2015.

Pursuant to article 1 of our Board Regulations BBVA considers that independent directors are those who fulfill the requirements described below:

 

  (a) Independent directors are non-executive directors appointed for their personal and professional background who can perform their duties without being constrained by their relations with the Company or its Group, its significant shareholders or its executives.

 

  (b) Directors cannot be deemed independent if they:

 

  (a) have been employees or executive directors in Group companies, unless three or five years have elapsed, respectively since they ceased as employees or executive directors, as the case may be;

 

  (b) receive from the Company or its Group entities, any amount or benefit for an item other than remuneration for their directorship, except where the sum is insignificant and expect further for dividends or pension supplements that a director may receive due to a former professional or employment relationship, provided these are unconditional and, consequently, the company paying them may not at its own discretion, suspend, amend or revoke their accrual unless there has been a breach of duty;

 

  (c) are partners of the external auditor or in charge of the audit report or have been so in the last three years, whether the audit in question was carried out on the Company or any other Group entity;

 

196


Table of Contents
  (d) are executive directors or senior managers of another company in which a Company’s executive director or senior manager is an external director;

 

  (e) maintain any significant business relationship with the Company or with any Group company or have done so over the last year, either in their own name or as a significant shareholder, director or senior manager of a company that maintains or has maintained such a relationship. Business relationship means any relationship as supplier of goods or services, including financial goods or services, and as advisor or consultant;

 

  (f) are significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of any entity that receives, or has received over the last three years, donations from the Company or its Group. Those persons who are merely trustees in a foundation receiving donations shall not be deemed to be included under this letter;

 

  (g) are spouses, or spousal equivalents or related up to second degree of kinship to an executive director or senior manager of the Company;

 

  (h) have not been proposed by the Appointments Committee for appointment or renewal;

 

  (i) have held a directorship for a continuous period of more than 12 years; or

 

  (j) are related to any significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board of Directors under any of the circumstances described under letters (a), (e), (f) or (g) above. In the event of kinship relationships mentioned in letter (g), the limitation will apply not only with respect to the shareholder, but also with respect to their proprietary directors in the company in which the shareholder holds an interest.

Directors who hold shares in the Bank may be considered independent provided they comply with the above conditions and their shareholding is not legally considered to be significant.

As of the date of this Annual Report, our Board of Directors has a large number of non-executive directors and eight out of the 15 members of our Board are independent under the definition of independence described above, which is in line with the definition provided by Law 31/2014, of December 3.

In addition, our Audit and Compliance Committee is composed exclusively of independent directors, who are not members of the Bank’s Executive Committee, and the committee chairman is required to have experience in financial management and an understanding of the standards and accounting procedures required by the governmental authorities that regulate the banking sector, in accordance with the specific regulations of the Audit and Compliance Committee. Our Risk Committee is composed exclusively of non-executive directors, and also, in accordance with the Corporate Enterprises Act and with corporate governance non-binding recommendations, our Board of Directors has two separate committees; an Appointments Committee and a Remuneration Committee, which are composed exclusively of non-executive directors, being the majority of them (including their chairman) independent directors.

Separate Meetings for Independent Directors

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, independent directors must meet periodically outside of the presence of the executive directors. Under Spanish law, this requirement is not contemplated as such. We note, however, that our non-executive directors meet periodically outside the presence of our executive directors every time a Committee with oversight functions meets, since these Committees are comprised solely of non- executive directors. Furthermore, the Board of Directors has appointed a Lead Director with powers to coordinate and meet with the non-executive directors, among other faculties conferred by the law and in Article 5 ter. of our Board Regulations. In addition, our independent directors meet outside the presence of our executive directors as often as they deem fit, and usually prior to meetings of the Board of Directors or its Committees.

 

197


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

The NYSE listing standards require U.S. companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. For information with respect to BBVA’s code of business conduct and ethics see “Item 16 B. Code of Ethics”.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not Applicable.

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Please see pages F-1 through F-200.

 

198


Table of Contents
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

Number

   Description
1.1    Amended and Restated Bylaws (Estatutos) of the Registrant (English translation).
8.1    Consolidated Companies Composing Registrant (see Appendix I to X to our Consolidated Financial Statements included herein).
10.1    Shareholders’ Agreement entered into between the Company, Doğuş Holding A.Ş., Doğuş Nakliyat ve Ticaret, A.Ş. and Doğuş Araştırma Geliştirme ve Müşavirlik Hizmetleri A.Ş. on November 1, 2010.(*)
10.2    Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement entered into between the Company, Doğuş Holding A.Ş., Doğuş Nakliyat ve Ticaret, A.Ş. and Doğuş Araştırma Geliştirme ve Müşavirlik Hizmetleri A.Ş. on November 19, 2014.(**)
10.3    Share Purchase Agreement entered into between the Company and Doğuş Holding A.Ş. on November 19, 2014.
10.4    Share Purchase Agreement entered into between the Company and Ferit Faik Şahenk, Dianne Şahenk and Defne Şahenk on November 19, 2014.
10.5    Information on Compensation Plans (***)
12.1    Section 302 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Certification.
12.2    Section 302 President and Chief Operating Officer Certification.
12.3    Section 302 Head of Global Accounting and Information Management Certification.
13.1    Section 906 Certification.
15.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

(*) Incorporated by reference to BBVA’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011.Confidential treatment was requested with respect to certain portions of this agreement. Confidential portions were redacted and separately submitted to the SEC.
(**) Confidential treatment was requested with respect to certain portions of this agreement. Confidential portions were redacted and separately submitted to the SEC.
(***) Incorporated by reference to BBVA’s report on Form 6-K submitted on February 9, 2015 (SEC Accession No. 0001193125-15-038764).

We will furnish to the Commission, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of our long-term debt.

 

199


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and had duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

By:

/s/ RICARDO GOMEZ BARREDO

Name: RICARDO GOMEZ BARREDO
Title: Global Head of Group Accounting and Information Management

Date: April 15, 2015

 

200


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Annual Report

2014

Consolidated Financial Statements and Audit Report

2014


Table of Contents

Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM      F-1   

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated balance sheet

     F-2   

Consolidated income statement

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses

     F-7   

Consolidated statements of changes in equity

     F-8   

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-11   

NOTES TO THE ACCOMPANYING CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

1.           Introduction, basis for the presentation of the consolidated financial statements and internal control of financial information

     F-13   

2.           Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

     F-15   

3.          BBVA Group

     F-39   

4.          Shareholder remuneration system and allocation of earnings

     F-44   

5.          Earnings per share

     F-45   

6.          Operating segment reporting

     F-46   

7.          Risk management

     F-48   

8.          Fair value

     F-102   

9.          Cash and balances with central banks

     F-112   

10.        Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

     F-112   

11.        Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     F-116   

12.        Available-for-sale financial assets and Held-to-maturity investment

     F-116   

13.        Loans and receivables

     F-123   

14.         Hedging derivatives (receivable and payable) and Fair-value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk

     F-126   

15.         Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

     F-129   

16.        Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

     F-131   

17.        Tangible assets

     F-135   

18.        Intangible assets

     F-137   

19.        Tax assets and liabilities

     F-140   

20.        Other assets and liabilities

     F-144   

 


Table of Contents

21.        

  Financial liabilities at amortized cost      F-145   

22.

  Insurance and reinsurance contracts      F-151   

23.

  Provisions      F-153   

24.

  Pensions and other post-employment commitments      F-155   

25.

  Common stock      F-161   

26.

  Share premium      F-164   

27.

  Reserves      F-164   

28.

  Treasury stock      F-167   

29.

  Valuation adjustments      F-168   

30.

  Non-controlling interests      F-168   

31.

  Capital base and capital management      F-169   

32.

  Contingent risks and commitments      F-173   

33.

  Other contingent assets and liabilities      F-173   

34.

  Purchase and sale commitments and future payment obligations      F-174   

35.

  Transactions on behalf of third parties      F-174   

36.

  Interest income and expense and similar items      F-175   

37.

  Income from equity instruments      F-177   

38.

  Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method      F-178   

39.

  Fee and commission income      F-179   

40.

  Fee and commission expenses      F-180   

41.

  Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)      F-180   

42.

  Other operating income and expenses      F-181   

43.

  Administration costs      F-182   

44.

  Depreciation and amortization      F-186   

45.

  Provisions (net)      F-187   

46.

  Impairment losses on financial assets (net)      F-187   

47.

  Impairment losses on other assets (net)      F-187   

48.

  Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale      F-188   

49.

  Gains (losses) on non-current assets held for sale      F-188   

50.

  Consolidated statements of cash flows      F-189   

51.

  Accountant fees and services      F-190   

52.

  Related-party transactions      F-191   

53.

  Remuneration and other benefits of the Board of Directors and Members of the Bank’s Management Committee      F-192   


Table of Contents

54.         Other information

     F-197   

55.         Subsequent events

     F-200   

APPENDICES

  

APPENDIX I       Additional information on consolidated subsidiaries and consolidated structured entities composing the BBVA Group

     A-2   

APPENDIX II           Additional information on investments in associates accounted for under the equity method in the BBVA Group

     A-10   

APPENDIX III     Changes and notification of investments and divestments in the BBVA Group in 2014

     A-11   

APPENDIX IV          Fully consolidated subsidiaries with more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of December 31, 2014

     A-14   

APPENDIX V     BBVA Group’s structured entities. Securitization funds

     A-15   

APPENDIX VI          Details of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities issued by the Bank or entities in the Group consolidated as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     A-16   

APPENDIX VII         Consolidated balance sheets held in foreign currency as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012              

     A-20   

APPENDIX VIII       Other requirement under Bank of Spain Circular 6/2012

     A-21   

Appendix IX          Conciliation of the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the Consolidated Income Statements for 2013 and 2012

     A-29   

APPENDIX X     Additional disclosure required by the Regulation S-X

     A-34   
GLOSSARY      A-37   


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group (the “Group” - Note 3) as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, statements of recognized income and expense, statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the controlling Company’s Directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boards (“IFRS – IASB”).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 15, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid- Spain

April 15, 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

   

 

ASSETS

 

  Notes          2014               2013 (*)                2012 (*)          
    CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS   9   31,430    34,903    35,494     
    FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING   10   83,258    72,112    79,829     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

           
   

Loans and advances to customers

    128    106    244     
   

Debt securities

    33,883    29,602    28,020     
   

Equity instruments

    5,017    4,766    2,915     
   

Trading derivatives

    44,229    37,638    48,650     
    OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS   11   2,761    2,413    2,530     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

           
   

Loans and advances to customers

           
   

Debt securities

    737    663    753     
   

Equity instruments

    2,024    1,750    1,777     
    AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS   12   94,875    77,774    67,500     
   

Debt securities

    87,608    71,806    63,548     
   

Equity instruments

    7,267    5,968    3,952     
    LOANS AND RECEIVABLES   13   372,375    350,945    371,347     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    27,059    22,862    25,448     
   

Loans and advances to customers

    338,657    323,607    342,163     
   

Debt securities

    6,659    4,476    3,736     
    HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS   12       10,162     
    FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK   14   121    98    226     
    HEDGING DERIVATIVES   14   2,551    2,530    4,894     
    NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE   15   3,793    2,880    4,229     
    INVESTMENTS IN ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD   16   4,509    4,742    10,782     
   

Associates

    417    1,272    6,469     
   

Joint ventures

    4,092    3,470    4,313     
    INSURANCE CONTRACTS LINKED TO PENSIONS            
    REINSURANCE ASSETS   22   559    619    50     
    TANGIBLE ASSETS   17   7,820    7,534    7,572     
   

Property, plants and equipment

    6,428    5,841    5,702     
   

For own use

    5,985    5,373    5,177     
   

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

    443    468    525     
   

Investment properties

    1,392    1,693    1,870     
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS   18   7,371    6,759    7,132     
   

Goodwill

    5,697    5,069    5,430     
   

Other intangible assets

    1,673    1,690    1,702     
    TAX ASSETS   19   12,426    11,704    11,710     
   

Current

    2,035    2,502    1,851     
   

Deferred

    10,391    9,202    9,859     
    OTHER ASSETS   20   8,094    7,684    7,668     
   

Inventories

    4,443    4,636    4,223     
   

Rest

    3,651    3,048    3,445     
    TOTAL ASSETS       631,942    582,697    621,132     
   
                         

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

     
    

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

  Notes    2014     2013     2012        
   

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

  10    56,798    45,648    55,834      
   

Deposits from central banks

            
   

Deposits from credit institutions

            
   

Customer deposits

            
   

Debt certificates

            
   

Trading derivatives

    45,052    38,119    49,254      
   

Short positions

    11,747    7,529    6,580      
   

Other financial liabilities

            
    OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS   11    2,724    2,467    2,216      
   

Deposits from central banks

            
   

Deposits from credit institutions

            
   

Customer deposits

            
   

Debt certificates

            
   

Subordinated liabilities

            
   

Other financial liabilities

    2,724    2,467    2,216      
   

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST

  21          491,899          464,549          490,807      
   

Deposits from central banks

    28,193    30,893    46,475      
   

Deposits from credit institutions

    65,168    52,423    55,675      
   

Customer deposits

    319,060    300,490    282,795      
   

Debt certificates

    58,096    64,120    86,255      
   

Subordinated liabilities

    14,095    10,556    11,815      
   

Other financial liabilities

    7,288    6,067    7,792      
    FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK   14            
   

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

  14    2,331    1,792    2,968      
    LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE   15        387      
   

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE CONTRACTS

  22    10,460    9,834    9,020      
   

PROVISIONS

  23    7,444    6,853    7,834      
   

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

  24    5,970    5,512    5,777      
   

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

    262    208    406      
   

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

    381    346    322      
   

Other provisions

    831    787    1,329      
   

TAX LIABILITIES

  19    4,157    2,530    3,820      
   

Current

    980    993    1,058      
   

Deferred

    3,177    1,537    2,762      
   

OTHER LIABILITIES

  20    4,519    4,460    4,586      
   

TOTAL LIABILITIES

      580,333    538,133    577,472      
                
   
                          

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

       
              Millions of Euros
   

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (Continued)

 

  Notes    2014    2013 (*)    2012 (*)    
    STOCKHOLDERS’ FUNDS                49,446             46,025            43,473    
   

Common Stock

  25    3,024     2,835    2,670    
   

Issued

       3,024     2,835    2,670    
   

Unpaid and uncalled (-)

          -    -    
   

Share premium

  26    23,992     22,111    20,968    
   

Reserves

  27    20,936     19,767    19,531    
   

Accumulated reserves (losses)

       20,304     19,317    18,580    
   

Reserves (losses) of entities accounted for using the equity method

       633     450    951    
   

Other equity instruments

  43.1.1    67     59    62    
   

Equity component of compound financial instruments

          -    -    
   

Other equity instruments

       67     59    62    
   

Less: Treasury stock

  28    (350)     (66)    (111)    
   

Income attributed to the parent company

       2,618     2,084    1,676    
   

Less: Dividends and remuneration

       (841)     (765)    (1,323)    
    VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS   29    (348)     (3,831)    (2,184)    
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

       3,816     851    (238)    
   

Cash flow hedging

       (46)     8    36    
   

Hedging of net investment in foreign transactions

       (373)     (100)    (243)    
   

Exchange differences

       (2,173)     (3,023)    (1,164)    
   

Non-current assets held-for-sale

          3    (104)    
   

Entities accounted for using the equity method

       (796)     (1,130)    (24)    
   

Other valuation adjustments

       (777)     (440)    (447)    
    NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST   30    2,511     2,371    2,372    
   

Valuation adjustments

       (53)     70    188    
   

Rest

       2,563     2,301    2,184    
    TOTAL EQUITY        51,609     44,565    43,661    
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY        631,942     582,697    621,132    
   
              Millions of Euros
   

 

MEMORANDUM ITEM

 

  Notes    2014    2013 (*)    2012 (*)    
    CONTINGENT RISKS   32    33,741     33,543    37,019    
    CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS   32    106,252     94,170    90,142    
                  
                            

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

         
             Millions of Euros        
         

 

  Notes  

 

      2014             2013 (*)             2012 (*)            
    INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME   36     22,838        23,512        24,815        
    INTEREST AND SIMILAR EXPENSES   36     (8,456)        (9,612)        (10,341)        
    NET INTEREST INCOME       14,382        13,900        14,474        
    DIVIDEND INCOME   37     531        235        390        
    SHARE OF PROFIT OR LOSS OF ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD   38     343        694        1,039        
    FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME   39     5,530        5,478        5,290        
    FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSES   40     (1,356)        (1,228)        (1,134)        
    NET GAINS (LOSSES) ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES   41     1,435        1,608        1,636        
   

Financial instruments held for trading

      11        540        653        
   

Other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

      27        49        69        
   

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

      1,397        1,019        914        
   

Rest

      -        -        -        
    EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (NET)       699        903        69        
    OTHER OPERATING INCOME   42     4,581        4,995        4,765        
   

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts

      3,622        3,761        3,631        
   

Financial income from non-financial services

      650        851        807        
   

Rest of other operating income

      308        383        327        
    OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES   42     (5,420)        (5,833)        (4,705)        
   

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

      (2,714)        (2,831)        (2,646)        
   

Changes in inventories

      (506)        (495)        (406)        
   

Rest of other operating expenses

      (2,200)        (2,507)        (1,653)        
    GROSS INCOME       20,725        20,752        21,824        
    ADMINISTRATION COSTS   43     (9,414)        (9,701)        (9,396)        
   

Personnel expenses

      (5,410)        (5,588)        (5,467)        
   

General and administrative expenses

      (4,004)        (4,113)        (3,929)        
    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION   44     (1,145)        (1,095)        (978)        
    PROVISIONS (NET)   45     (1,142)        (609)        (641)        
    IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS (NET)   46     (4,340)        (5,612)        (7,859)        
   

Loans and receivables

      (4,304)        (5,577)        (7,817)        
   

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

      (36)        (35)        (42)        
    NET OPERATING INCOME       4,684        3,735        2,950        
   
                                      

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated income statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

                                       
             

 

Millions of Euros     

   

 

 

(Continued)

 

 

 

 

Notes 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   2014    

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   2013 (*)    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   2012 (*)    

 

 

 

  

 

   
    NET OPERATING INCOME        4,684         3,735        2,950       
    IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON OTHER ASSETS (NET)   47      (297)         (467)        (1,123)       
   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

       (8)         (14)        (54)       
   

Other assets

       (289)         (453)        (1,069)       
    GAINS (LOSSES) ON DERECOGNIZED ASSETS NOT                
    CLASSIFIED AS NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE   48      46         (1,915)        3       
    NEGATIVE GOODWILL   18      -         -        376       
    GAINS (LOSSES) IN NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE                
    NOT CLASSIFIED AS DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS   49      (453)         (399)        (624)       
    OPERATING PROFIT BEFORE TAX        3,980         954        1,582       
    INCOME TAX   19      (898)         16        352       
    PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS        3,082         970        1,934       
    PROFIT FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (NET)   49      -         1,866        393       
    PROFIT          3,082         2,836        2,327       
   

Profit attributable to parent company

       2,618         2,084        1,676       
   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  30      464         753        651       
   
             

Euros     

       

 

 

Note

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 (*)

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 (*)

 

 

 

  

 

   
    EARNINGS PER SHARE   5                              
    Basic earnings per share        0.44         0.36        0.30       
    Diluted earnings per share        0.44         0.36        0.30       
                 
                 
                                       

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated income statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

     
         

 

    2014    

 

      2013           2012          
    PROFIT RECOGNIZED IN INCOME STATEMENT   3,082    2,836    2,327      
    OTHER RECOGNIZED INCOME (EXPENSES)   3,359    (1,765)    754      
    ITEMS NOT SUBJECT TO RECLASSIFICATION TO INCOME STATEMENT   (346)      (224)      
   

Actuarial gains and losses from defined benefit pension plans

  (498)    11    (316)      
   

Non-current assets available for sale

          
   

Entities under the equity method of accounting

  (5)      (5)      
   

Income tax related to items not subject to reclassification to income statement

  157    (4)    97      
    ITEMS SUBJECT TO RECLASSIFICATION TO INCOME STATEMENT   3,705    (1,773)    978      
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

  4,306    1,659    679      
   

Valuation gains/(losses)

  4,770    1,737    541      
   

Amounts reclassified to income statement

  (464)    (140)    109      
   

Reclassifications (other)

    62    29      
   

Cash flow hedging

  (71)    (32)        
   

Valuation gains/(losses)

  (71)    (31)        
   

Amounts reclassified to income statement

          
   

Amounts reclassified to the initial carrying amount of the hedged items

          
   

Reclassifications (other)

    (1)        
   

Hedging of net investment in foreign transactions

  (273)    143    (84)      
   

Valuation gains/(losses)

  (273)    143    (84)      
   

Amounts reclassified to income statement

          
   

Reclassifications (other)

          
   

Exchange differences

  760    (2,045)    601      
   

Valuation gains/(losses)

  761    (2,026)    601      
   

Amounts reclassified to income statement

  (1)    (19)        
   

Reclassifications (other)

          
   

Non-current assets held for sale

  (4)    135    (103)      
   

Valuation gains/(losses)

  (4)      (103)      
   

Amounts reclassified to income statement

    135        
   

Reclassifications (other)

          
   

Entities accounted for using the equity method

  338    (1,054)    238      
   

Valuation gains/(losses)

  337    (736)    238      
   

Amounts reclassified to income statement

    (260)        
   

Reclassifications (other)

    (58)        
   

Rest of recognized income and expenses

          
   

Income tax

  (1,351)    (579)    (360)      
    TOTAL RECOGNIZED INCOME/EXPENSES   6,441    1,071    3,081      
   

Attributable to the parent company

  6,100    436    2,279      
   

Attributable to non-controlling interest

  341    635    802      
                      
                      

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

         Millions of Euros       
         Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company     

Non-
controlling
Interests
(Note 30)

    

Total
Equity

      
         Stockholders’ Funds      Valuation
Adjust-
ments
(Note 29)
     Total             
          Common
Stock
(Note 25)
     Share
Premium
(Note 26)
     Reserves (Note 27)     

Other

Equity
Instru-
ments

     Less:
Treasury
Stock
(Note 28)
     Profit
Attributable
to the
Parent
Company
    

Less:
Dividends

and
Remu-
nerations
(Note 4)

     Total
Stock-
holders’
Funds
                  
    2014          Accu-
mulated
Reserves
(Losses)
     Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted
for Using
the Equity
Method
                                 
    Balances as of January 1, 2014 (*)      2,835         22,111         19,458         450         59         (66)         2,228         (765)         46,310         (3,831)         42,479         2,371         44,850        
    Effect of changes in accounting policies (*)      -         -         (141)         -         -         -         (144)         -         (285)         -         (285)         -         (285)        
    Effect of correction of errors      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -        
    Adjusted initial balance      2,835         22,111         19,317         450         59         (66)         2,084         (765)         46,025         (3,831)         42,194         2,371         44,565        
    Total income/expense recognized      -         -         -         -         -         -         2,618         -         2,618         3,483         6,101         341         6,442        
    Other changes in equity      189         1,881         987         183         8         (284)         (2,084)         (76)         803         -         803         (201)         602        
   

Common stock increase

     189         1,881         (70)         -         -         -         -         -         2,000         -         2,000         -         2,000        
   

Common stock reduction

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -        
   

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -        
   

Increase of other equity instruments

     -         -         -         -         44         -         -         -         44         -         44         -         44        
   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -        
   

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -        
   

Dividend distribution

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         (597)         (597)         -         (597)         (243)         (840)        
   

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

     -         -         5         -         -         (284)         -         -         (279)         -         (279)         -         (279)        
   

Transfers between total equity entries

     -         -         1,133         186         -         -         (2,084)         765         -         -         -         -         -        
   

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -        
   

Payments with equity instruments

     -         -         7         -         (36)         -         -         -         (29)         -         (29)         -         (29)        
   

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

     -         -         (88)         (3)         -         -         -         (244)         (336)         -         (336)         42         (294)        
   

Of which:

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -        
   

Acquisition of the free allotment rights

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         244         244         -         244         -         244        
    Balances as of December 31, 2014      3,024         23,992         20,304         633         67         (350)         2,618         (841)         49,446         (348)         49,098         2,511         51,609        
                                                                                                                               

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated statements of changes in equity.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (continued).

 

       
         Millions of Euros       
         Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company    

Non-

controlling

Interests

(Note 30)

   

Total

Equity

      
         Stockholders’ Funds    

Valuation

Adjust-
ments

(Note 29)

    Total        
        

Common

Stock

(Note 25)

   

Share

Premium

(Note 26)

    Reserves (Note 27)    

Other

Equity

Instru-
ments

   

Less:

Treasury

Stock

(Note 28)

    Profit
Attributable
to the
Parent
Company
   

Less:

Dividends

and
Remu-
nerations

(Note 4)

   

Total

Stock-
holders’

Funds

           
     2013       Accu-
mulated
Reserves
(Losses)
    Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted
for Using
the Equity
Method
                     
    Balances as of January 1, 2013 (*)     2,670        20,968        18,721        951        62        (111)        1,676        (1,323)        43,614        (2,184)        41,430        2,372        43,802       
    Effect of changes in accounting policies (*)     -        -        (141)        -        -        -        -        -        (141)        -        (141)        -        (141)       
    Effect of correction of errors     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
    Adjusted initial balance     2,670        20,968        18,580        951        62        (111)        1,676        (1,323)        43,473        (2,184)        41,289        2,372        43,661       
    Total income/expense recognized     -        -        -        -        -        -        2,084        -        2,084        (1,647)        437        635        1,072       
    Other changes in equity     165        1,143        737        (501)        (3)        45        (1,676)        558        468        -        468        (636)        (168)       
   

Common stock increase

    71        -        (71)        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Common stock reduction

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

    94        1,143        -        -        -        -        -        -        1,237        -        1,237        -        1,237       
   

Increase of other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        33        -        -        -        33        -        33        -        33       
   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Dividend distribution

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (605)        (605)        -        (605)        (482)        (1,087)       
   

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

    -        -        30        -        -        45        -        -        75        -        75        -        75       
   

Transfers between total equity entries

    -        -        853        (501)        -        -        (1,676)        1,324        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Payments with equity instruments

    -        -        22        -        (36)        -        -        -        (14)        -        (14)        -        (14)       
   

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

    -        -        (97)        -        -        -        -        (161)        (258)        -        (258)        (154)        (412)       
   

Of which:

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Acquisition of the free allotment rights

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (161)        (161)        -        (161)        -        (161)       
    Balances as of December 31, 2013     2,835        22,111        19,317        450        59        (66)        2,084        (765)        46,025        (3,831)        42,194        2,371        44,565       
   

    

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated statements of changes in equity.

 

F-9

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (continued).

 

       
         Millions of Euros       
         Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company    

Non-

controlling

Interests

(Note 30)

   

Total

Equity

      
         Stockholders’ Funds    

Valuation

Adjust-
ments

(Note 29)

    Total        
        

Common

Stock

(Note 25)

   

Share

Premium

(Note 26)

    Reserves (Note 27)    

Other

Equity

Instru-
ments

   

Less:

Treasury

Stock

(Note 28)

    Profit
Attributable
to the
Parent
Company
   

Less:

Dividends

and
Remu-
nerations

(Note 4)

   

Total

Stock-
holders’

Funds

           
     2012       Accu-
mulated
Reserves
(Losses)
    Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted
for Using
the Equity
Method
                     
    Balances as of January 1, 2012 (*)     2,403        18,970        17,580        360        51        (300)        3,004        (1,116)        40,952        (2,787)        38,165        1,893        40,058       
    Effect of changes in accounting policies (*)     -        -        (141)        -        -        -        -        -        (141)        -        (141)        -        (141)       
    Effect of correction of errors     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
    Adjusted initial balance     2,403        18,970        17,439        360        51        (300)        3,004        (1,116)        40,811        (2,787)        38,024        1,893        39,917       
    Total income/expense recognized     -        -        -        -        -        -        1,676        -        1,676        603        2,279        802        3,081       
    Other changes in equity     267        1,998        1,141        591        11        189        (3,004)        (207)        986        -        986        (323)        663       
   

Common stock increase

    73        -        (73)        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Common stock reduction

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

    194        1,998        -        -        -        -        -        -        2,192        -        2,192        -        2,192       
   

Increase of other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        32        -        -        -        32        -        32        -        32       
   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Dividend distribution

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (1,073)        (1,073)        -        (1,073)        (357)        (1,430)       
   

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

    -        -        81        -        -        189        -        -        270        -        270        -        270       
   

Transfers between total equity entries

    -        -        1,291        597        -        -        (3,004)        1,116        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

    -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
   

Payments with equity instruments

    -        -        (28)        -        (21)        -        -        -        (49)        -        (49)        -        (49)       
   

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

    -        -        (130)        (6)        -        -        -        (250)        (386)        -        (386)        34        (352)       
    Of which:     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -       
    Acquisition of the free allotment rights     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (250)        (250)        -        (250)        -        (250)       
    Balances as of December 31, 2012     2,670        20,968        18,580        951        62        (111)        1,676        (1,323)        43,473        (2,184)        41,289        2,372        43,661       
   
     

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated statements of changes in equity.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

             

 

Millions of Euros

 
         

 

  Notes  

 

  

 

    2014    

 

    

 

    2013    

 

    

 

    2012    

 

 
  CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES (1)    50      (6,188)          (500)          9,728    
 

Profit for the year

        3,082          2,836          2,327    
 

Adjustments to obtain the cash flow from operating activities:

        8,315          8,332          10,400    
 

Depreciation and amortization

        1,145          1,099          978    
 

Other adjustments

        7,170          7,233          9,422    
 

Net increase/decrease in operating assets

        (53,244)          25,613          (38,637)    
 

Financial assets held for trading

        (11,145)          7,717          (9,358)    
 

Other financial assets designated at fair value through

profit or loss

        (349)          117          243    
 

Available-for-sale financial assets

        (13,485)          1,938          (12,463)    
 

Loans and receivables

        (27,299)          12,704         (12,073)    
 

Other operating assets

        (966)          3,137          (4,986)    
 

Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities

        36,557              (37,265)          35,990    
 

Financial liabilities held for trading

        11,151          (10,186)          4,656    
 

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value

through profit or loss

        256          251          595    
 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

        24,219          (24,660)          28,072    
 

Other operating liabilities

        931          (2,670)          2,666    
 

Collection/Payments for income tax

        (898)          (16)          (352)    
  CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES (2)    50      (1,151)          3,021          (1,060)    
 

Investment

        (1,984)          (2,325)              (2,522)    
 

Tangible assets

        (1,419)          (1,252)          (1,685)    
 

Intangible assets

        (467)          (526)          (777)    
 

Investments

                (547)           
 

Subsidiaries and other business units

        (98)                    
 

Non-current assets held for sale and associated

liabilities

                          
 

Held-to-maturity investments

                        (60)    
 

Other settlements related to investing activities

                          
 

Divestments

        833          5,346          1,462    
 

Tangible assets

        167          101            
 

Intangible assets

                          
 

Investments

        118          944          19    
 

Subsidiaries and other business units

                3,299          -     
 

Non-current assets held for sale and associated

liabilities

        548          571          590    
 

Held-to-maturity investments

                431          853    
 

Other collections related to investing activities

                          
             

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

              Millions of Euros      
    

 

(Continued)

 

  

 

Notes 

 

  

 

2014

 

    

 

2013 (*)

 

   

 

2012 (*)

 

      
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)    50      3,157          (1,326)         (3,492)        
  Investment           (5,955)          (6,104)         (10,387)      
 

Dividends

          (826)          (1,275)         (1,269)      
 

Subordinated liabilities

          (1,046)          (697)         (3,930)      
 

Common stock amortization

                             
 

Treasury stock acquisition

          (3,770)          (3,614)         (4,831)      
 

Other items relating to financing activities

          (313)          (518)         (357)      
 

Divestments

        9,112          4,778         6,895      
 

Subordinated liabilities

          3,628          1,088         1,793      
 

Common stock increase

          2,000                     
 

Treasury stock disposal

          3,484          3,688         5,102      
 

Other items relating to financing activities

                             
  EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES (4)           725           (1,784)         471      
 

NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH OR CASH

EQUIVALENTS (1+2+3+4)

          (3,457)          (589)         5,647      
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR           34,887          35,476         29,829      
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR           31,430          34,887         35,476      
          Millions of Euros     
   

 

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND EQUIVALENT AT END OF THE YEAR

 

  

 

Notes 

 

  

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

2013 (*)

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 (*)

 

 

  

 

 
  Cash           6,247          5,533         5,155      
  Balance of cash equivalent in central banks           25,183          29,354         30,321      
  Other financial assets                              
  Less: Bank overdraft refundable on demand                              
  TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR    9      31,430          34,887         35,476      
  Of which:                              
 

Held by consolidated subsidiaries but not available for the

                                
 

Group

                             
                                    

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices I to X are an integral part of the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

1.

Introduction, basis for the presentation of the consolidated financial statements and internal control of financial information.

1.1          Introduction

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (hereinafter “the Bank” or “BBVA”) is a private-law entity subject to the laws and regulations governing banking entities operating in Spain. It carries out its activity through branches and agencies across the country and abroad.

The Bylaws and other public information are available for inspection at the Bank’s registered address (Plaza San Nicolás, 4 Bilbao).

In addition to the transactions it carries out directly, the Bank heads a group of subsidiaries, joint venture and associates which perform a wide range of activities and which together with the Bank constitute the Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group (hereinafter, “the Group” or “the BBVA Group”). In addition to its own separate financial statements, the Bank is therefore required to prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2014, the BBVA Group was made up of 299 consolidated entities and 116 entities accounted for using the equity method (see Notes 3 and 16 Appendices I to V).

The consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group for the year ended December 31, 2013 were approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meetings (“AGM”) on March 14, 2014.

BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements and the financial statements for the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2014, have been approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meetings.

 

1.2          Basis for the presentation of the consolidated financial statements

The BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards endorsed by the European Union (hereinafter, “EU-IFRS”) applicable as of December 31 2014, considering the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, of 22 December (and as amended thereafter), and with any other legislation governing financial reporting applicable to the Group and in compliance with IFRS-IASB.

The BBVA Group’s accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 were prepared by the Group’s Directors (through the Board of Directors held February 3, 2015) by applying the principles of consolidation, accounting policies and valuation criteria described in Note 2, so that they present fairly the Group’s consolidated equity and financial position as of December 31, 2014, together with the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows generated during the year 2014.

These consolidated financial statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and each of the other entities in the Group. Moreover, they include the adjustments and reclassifications required to harmonize the accounting policies and valuation criteria used by the Group (see Note 2.2).

All effective accounting standards and valuation criteria with a significant effect in the consolidated financial statements were applied in their preparation.

The amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in millions of euros, unless it is more appropriate to use smaller units. Some items that appear without a total in these consolidated financial statements do so because how the units are express. Also, in presenting amounts in millions of euros, the accounting balances have been rounded up or down. It is therefore possible that the totals appearing in some tables are not the exact arithmetical sum of their component figures.

The percentage changes in amounts have been calculated using figures expressed in thousands of euros.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

1.3           Comparative information

Following the adoption of IFRIC 21 on levies by the IFRS interpretations Committee, in 2014 there was a change in accounting policy with respect to contributions made to the Deposit Guarantee Fund. According to the International Accounting Standards (denominated IAS 8), IFRIC 21 has been applied retroactively adjusting certain amounts presented for comparative purposes from prior years (see Appendices X).

The main effect of this change is that:

 

With respect to the income statements from 2013, the balances for the following line items have been modified: “Other Income and Expenses” and consequently the line items of “Gross Income”, “Operating income”, “Operating Profit & Loss before tax” and “Profit attributable to parent company”. Therefore, the “profit attributable to parent company” for the year 2013 becomes 2,084 million compared to 2,228 million previously reported.

 

With respect to the balance sheet from 2013 and 2012, this change affects in a material manner the balances for the following line items: “Deferred tax assets”, “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Other financial liabilities”, “Reserves” and consequently the line items “Total assets”, “Total liabilities”, “Stockholders’ funds” and “Total equity”.

1.4           Seasonal nature of income and expenses

The nature of the most significant operations carried out by the BBVA Group’s entities is mainly related to traditional activities carried out by financial institutions, which are not significantly affected by seasonal factors.

1.5           Responsibility for the information and for the estimates made

The information contained in the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of the Group’s Directors.

Estimates have to be made at times when preparing these consolidated financial statements in order to calculate the recorded amount of some assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

 

Impairment on certain financial assets (see Notes 7, 8, 12, 13 and 16).

 

The assumptions used to quantify certain provisions (see Notes 22 and 23) and for the actuarial calculation of post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments (see Note 24).

 

The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets (see Notes 15, 17, 18 and 20).

 

The valuation of goodwill (see Note 18).

 

The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities (see Notes 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 and 14).

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available as of December 31, 2014 on the events analyzed, future events may make it necessary to modify them (either up or down) over the coming years. This would be done prospectively in accordance with applicable standards, recognizing the effects of changes in the estimates in the corresponding consolidated income statement.

1.6           Control of the BBVA Group’s financial reporting

The financial information prepared by the BBVA Group is subject to a system of internal financial control system (hereinafter “IFCS”), which provides reasonable assurance with respect to its reliability and integrity, and to ensure that the consolidated financial information as well as the transactions carried out and processed use the criteria established by the BBVA Group’s management and comply with applicable laws and regulations.

The IFCS was developed by the BBVA Group’s management in accordance with framework established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (hereinafter, “COSO”). The COSO framework stipulates five components that must form the basis of the effectiveness and efficiency of systems of internal control:

 

Establishment of an appropriate control framework to monitor these activities.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Assessment of all of the risks that could arise during the preparation of financial information.

 

Design the necessary controls to mitigate the most critical risks.

 

Establishment of an appropriate system of information flows to detect and report system weaknesses or flaws.

 

Monitoring of the controls to ensure they perform correctly and are effective over time.

In May 2013, COSO released an updated version of its framework called Internal Control Integrated Framework version. This update provides a broader framework than the previous guidance (17 principles) and clarifies the requirements for determining what constitutes effective internal control (84 points of focus). After analyzing the current version of the mentioned framework and its compliance level at BBVA, the internal control of financial information generally complies with the 2013 COSO model.

The IFCS is a dynamic framework that evolves continuously over time to reflect the reality of the BBVA Group’s business at any time, together with the risks affecting it and the controls designed to mitigate these risks. It is subject to continuous evaluation by the internal control units located in the BBVA Group’s different entities.

The Internal Control Units comply with a common and standard methodology issued by the corporate internal control units, which also perform a supervisory role over them, as set out in the following diagram:

 

LOGO

In addition, the Internal Control Units, IFCS Model is subject to annual evaluations by the Group’s Internal Audit Department and external auditors. It is also supervised by the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 

2.

Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

The Glossary includes the definition of some of the financial and economic terms used in Note 2 and subsequent Notes of the consolidated financial statements.

2.1           Principles of consolidation

In terms of its consolidation, the BBVA Group is made up of four types of entities: subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and structured entities, define as follows:

 

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group (for definition of the criterion for control, see Glossary).The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The share of non-controlling interests from subsidiaries in the Group’s consolidated total equity is presented under the heading “Non-controlling interests” in the consolidated balance sheet. Their share in the profit or loss for the period or year is presented under the heading “Profit attributable to non-controlling interests” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 30).

Note 3 include information related to the main subsidiaries in the Group as of December 31, 2014. Appendix I includes other significant information on these entities.

 

Joint ventures

Joint ventures are those entities over which there is a joint arrangement to joint control with third parties other than the Group (for definitions of joint arrangement, joint control and joint venture, refer to Glossary).

The investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (see Note 16). Appendix II shows the main figures for joint ventures accounted for using the equity method.

 

Associates

Associates are entities in which the Group is able to exercise significant influence (for definition of significant influence, see Glossary). Significant influence is deemed to exist when the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights of an investee directly or indirectly, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case.

However, certain entities in which the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights are not included as Group associates, since the Group does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over these entities. Investments in these entities, which do not represent material amounts for the Group, are classified as “Available-for-sale financial assets”.

In contrast, some investments in entities in which the Group holds less than 20% of the voting rights are accounted for as Group associates, as the Group is considered to have the ability to exercise significant influence over these entities.

Appendix II shows the most significant information related to the associates (see Note 16), which are accounted for using the equity method.

 

Structured Entities

A structured entity (see Glossary) is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when the voting rights relate to administrative matters only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

In those cases where the Group sets up entities, or has a holding in such entities, in order to allow its customers access to certain investments, or to transfer risks or for other purposes, in accordance with internal criteria and procedures and with applicable regulations, the Group determines whether control over the entity in question actually exists and therefore whether it should be subject to consolidation.

Such methods and procedures determine whether there is control by the Group, considering how the decisions are made about the relevant activities, assesses whether the Group has all power over the relevant elements, exposure, or rights, to variable returns from involvement with the investee; and the ability to use power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

 

  -

Structured entities subject to consolidation

To determine if a structured entity controls the investee, and therefore should be consolidated into the Group, the existing contractual rights (different from the voting rights) are analyzed. For this reason, an analysis of the structure and purpose of each investee will be performed and, among others, the following factors will be considered:

 

F-16


Table of Contents
  -  

Evidence of the current ability to manage the relevant activities of the entity according to the specific business needs (including any decisions that may arise only in particular circumstances).

 

  -  

Potential existence of a special relationship with the entity.

 

  -  

Implicit or explicit Group commitments to support the entity.

 

  -  

The ability to use the Group´s power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

There are cases where the Group has a high exposure to variable returns and maintains existing decision-making power over the entity, either directly or through an agent.

The main structured entities of the Group are the so-called asset securitization funds, to which the BBVA Group transferred loan portfolios, and other vehicles, which allow the Group’s customers to gain access to certain investments or to allow for the transfer of risks and other purposes (See Appendix I and V). BBVA maintains the decision-making power over the relevant activities of these vehicles through securitized market standard contractual financial support. The most common ones are: investment positions in equity note tranches, funding through subordinated debt, credit enhancements through derivative instruments or liquidity lines, management rights of defaulted securitized assets, “clean-up” call derivatives, and asset repurchase clauses by the grantor.

For these reasons, the loans related to the vast majority of the securitizations carried out by the Bank or Group subsidiaries are not deregistered in the books of said entity and the issuances of these securitizations are registered as liabilities within the Group’s balance sheet.

 

  -

Non-consolidated structured entities

The Group owns other vehicles also for the purpose of allowing access to customers to certain investment, transfer risks, and other purposes, but without the control of these and which are considered non-consolidated in accordance with IFRS 10. The balance of assets and liabilities of these vehicles is not material in relation to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

There is no material financial support from the parent or subsidiaries to unconsolidated structured entities.

The Group does not consolidate any of the mutual funds it managed since the necessary control conditions are not met (See definition of control in the Glossary). Particularly, the BBVA Group does not act as arranger but as agent since it operates on behalf and for the benefit of invertors or parties (arranger of arrangers) and, for this reason it does not control the mutual funds when exercising its authority for decision making.

On the other hand, the mutual funds managed by the Group are not considered structured entities (generally, retail funds without corporate identity over which investors have participations which gives them ownership of said managed equity). These funds are not dependent on a capital structure that could prevent them to carry out activities without additional financial support, being in any case insufficient as far as the activities themselves are concerned. Additionally, the risk of the investment is absorbed by the fund participants, and the Group is only exposed when it becomes a participant, and as such, there is no other risk for the Group. Furthermore, in the case of guaranteed investment funds, the investment policy is designed in such a way that the Group collateral does not have to be exercised.

In all cases, results of equity method investees acquired by the BBVA Group in a particular period are included taking into account only the period from the date of acquisition to the financial statements date. Similarly, the results of entities disposed of during any year are included taking into account only the period from the start of the year to the date of disposal.

The financial statements of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group relate to the same date of presentation than the consolidated financial statements. If financial statements at those same dates are not available, the most recent will be used, as long as these are not older than three months, and adjusting to take into account the most significant transactions. As of December 31, 2014, all of the financial statements of all Group entities were available, save for the case of the financial statements of five non-material associates and joint-ventures for which the financial statements were as of November 30, 2014.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Our banking subsidiaries, associates and joint venture around the world, are subject to supervision and regulation from a variety of regulatory bodies in relation to, among other aspects, the satisfaction of minimum capital requirements. The obligation to satisfy such capital requirements may affect the ability of such entities to transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, under the laws of the various jurisdictions where such entities are incorporated, dividends may only be paid out through funds legally available for such purpose. Even when the minimum capital requirements are met and funds are legally available, the relevant regulator or other public administrations could discourage or delay the transfer of funds to the Group in the form of cash, dividends, loans or advances for prudential reasons.

Separate financial statements

The separate financial statements of the parent company of the Group (Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.) are prepared under Spanish regulations (Circular 4/2004 of the Bank of Spain, and subsequent amendments) and following other regulatory requirements of financial information applicable to the Bank. The Bank uses the cost method to account in its separate financial statements its investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture entities, which is consistent with the requirements of IAS 27.

2.2           Accounting policies and valuation criteria applied

The accounting standards and policies and the valuation criteria applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements may differ from those used by some of the entities within the BBVA Group. For this reason, necessary adjustments and reclassifications have been made in the consolidation process to standardize these principles and criteria.

The accounting standards and policies and valuation criteria used in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2.2.1           Financial instruments

Measurement of financial instruments and recognition of changes in subsequent fair value

All financial instruments are initially accounted for at fair value which, unless there is evidence to the contrary, shall be the transaction price.

All the changes in the fair value of the financial instruments, except in trading derivatives, arising from the accrual of interests and similar items are recognized under the headings “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses”, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the change occurred (see Note 36). The dividends received from other entities are recognized under the heading “Dividend income” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the right to receive them arises (see Note 37).

The changes in fair value after the initial recognition, for reasons other than those mentioned in the preceding paragraph, are treated as described below, according to the categories of financial assets and liabilities.

“Financial assets held for trading” and “Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss”

The assets and liabilities recognized under these headings of the consolidated balance sheets are measured at fair value and changes in the fair value (gains or losses) are recognized as their net value under the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 41). However, changes in fair value resulting from variations in foreign exchange rates are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

“Available-for-sale financial assets”

Assets recognized under this heading in the consolidated balance sheets are measured at their fair value. Subsequent changes in fair value (gains or losses) are recognized temporarily for their amount net of tax effect, under the heading “Valuation adjustments - Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Changes in the value of non-monetary items resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments - Exchange differences” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Changes in foreign exchange rates resulting from monetary items are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The amounts recognized under the headings “Valuation adjustments - Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Valuation adjustments - Exchange differences” continue to form part of the Group’s consolidated equity until the corresponding asset is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet or until an impairment loss is recognized in the corresponding financial instrument. If these assets are sold, these amounts are derecognized and included under the headings “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” or “Exchange differences (net)”, as appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they are derecognized.

The gains from sales of other equity instruments considered strategic investments included under “Available-for-sale financial assets” are recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) in non-current assets held-for-sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement, even if they had not been classified in a previous balance sheet as non-current assets held for sale.

The net impairment losses in “Available-for-sale financial assets” over the year are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 46) in the consolidated income statements for that period.

“Loans and receivables”, “Held-to-maturity investments” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured at “amortized cost” using the “effective interest rate” method. This is because the consolidated entities intend to hold such financial instruments to maturity.

Net impairment losses of assets recognized under these headings arising in a particular period are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Loans and receivables” or “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Other financial instruments not valued at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 46) in the consolidated income statement for that period.

“Hedging derivatives” and “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured at fair value.

Changes occurring subsequent to the designation of the hedging relationship in the measurement of financial instruments designated as hedged items as well as financial instruments designated as hedge accounting instruments are recognized as follows:

 

In fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized under the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding item under the headings where hedging items (“Hedging derivatives”) and the hedged items are recognized, as applicable.

 

In fair value hedges of interest rate risk of a portfolio of financial instruments (portfolio-hedges), the gains or losses that arise in the measurement of the hedging instrument are recognized in the consolidated income statement, and the gains or losses that arise from the change in the fair value of the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) are recognized in the consolidated income statement, using, as a balancing item, the headings “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” in the consolidated balance sheets, as applicable.

 

In cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the hedging instruments relating to the effective portion are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Cash flow hedging” in the consolidated balance sheets. These differences are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement at the time when the gain or loss in the hedged instrument affects profit or loss, when the forecast transaction is executed or at the maturity date of the hedged item. Almost all of the hedges used by the Group are for interest-rate risks. Therefore, the valuation changes are recognized under the headings “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses”, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 36).

 

Differences in the measurement of the hedging items corresponding to the ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are recognized directly in the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement (See Note 41).

 

F-19


Table of Contents

In the hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the differences attributable to the effective portions of hedging items are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Hedging of net investments in foreign transactions” in the consolidated balance sheets. These differences in valuation are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statement when the investment in a foreign operation is disposed of or derecognized.

Other financial instruments

The following exceptions are applicable with respect to the above general criteria:

 

Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying asset and are settled by delivery of those instruments remain in the consolidated balance sheet at acquisition cost; this may be adjusted, where appropriate, for any impairment loss. (see Note 8)

 

Valuation adjustments arising from financial instruments classified at the consolidated balance sheet date as non-current assets held for sale are recognized with the corresponding entry under the heading “Valuation adjustments—Non-current assets held for sale” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment losses on financial assets

Definition of impaired financial assets carried at amortized cost

A financial asset is considered impaired – and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of impairment – when there is objective evidence that events have occurred, which:

 

In the case of debt instruments (loans and advances and debt securities), reduce the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was entered into. So they are considered impaired when there are reasonable doubts that the carrying amounts will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed.

 

In the case of equity instruments, it means that their carrying amount may not be fully recovered.

As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial assets is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes known. The recoveries of previously recognized impairment losses are reflected, if appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment is reversed or reduced, with an exception: any recovery of previously recognized impairment losses for an investment in an equity instrument classified as financial assets available for sale is not recognized in the consolidated income statement, but under the heading “Valuation Adjustments—Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 29).

In general, amounts collected in relation to impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the unpaid principal.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered remote, such amount is written-off on the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions that may be taken in order to collect the amount until the rights extinguish in full either because it is time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

In the case of particularly significant financial assets, and assets that cannot be classified within similar groups of instruments in terms of risk, the amounts to be written off are measured individually. In the case of financial assets for lower amounts that can be classified in homogeneous groups, this measurement is carried out as a group.

According to the Group’s established policy, the recovery of a recognized amount is considered remote and, therefore, derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet in the following cases:

 

Any loan (except for those carrying an effective guarantee) of an entity in bankruptcy and/or in the last phases of a “concurso de acreedores” (the Spanish equivalent of a Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding), and

 

Financial assets (bonds, debentures, etc.) whose issuer’s solvency had been undergone a notable and irreversible deterioration.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Additionally, loans and advances classified as impaired secured loans are written off in the balance sheet within a maximum period of four years of their classification as impaired, while impaired unsecured loans (such as commercial and consumer loans, credit cards, etc.) are written off within two years of their classification as impaired.

Impairment on financial assets

The impairment on financial assets is determined by type of instrument and other circumstances that could affect it, taking into account the guarantees received by the owners of the financial instruments to assure (in part or in full) the performance of the financial assets. The BBVA Group recognizes impairment charges directly against the impaired financial asset when the likelihood of recovery is deemed remote, and uses an offsetting or allowance account when it recognizes non-performing loan provisions for the estimated losses.

The amount of impairment losses of financial assets (mainly loans and advances) at amortized cost is measured depending on whether the impairment losses are determined individually or collectively.

Impairment losses on financial assets individually evaluated for impairment

The amount of the impairment losses incurred on financial assets represents the excess of their respective carrying amounts over the present values of their expected future cash flows. These expected future cash flows are discounted using the original effective interest rate. If a financial asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective rate determined under the contract.

As an exception to the rule described above, the market value of listed debt instruments is deemed to be a fair estimate of the present value of their expected future cash flows.

The following is to be taken into consideration when estimating the expected future cash flows of debt instruments:

 

All the amounts that are expected to be recovered over the remaining life of the debt instrument; including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collateral and other credit enhancements provided for the debt instrument (after deducting the costs required for foreclosure and subsequent sale). Impairment losses include an estimate for the possibility of collecting accrued, past-due and uncollected interest.

 

The various types of risk to which each debt instrument is subject.

 

The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.

In respect to impairment losses resulting from the realization of insolvency risk of the obligors (credit risk), a debt instrument is impaired:

 

When there is evidence of a reduction in the obligor’s capacity to pay, whether manifestly by default or for other reasons; and/or

 

For these purposes, country risk is understood to refer to risk with respect to obligors resident in a particular country and resulting from factors other than normal commercial risk: sovereign risk, transfer risk or risks derived from international financial activity.

The BBVA Group has policies, methods and procedures for hedging its credit risk, for insolvency attributable to counterparties and country-risk. These policies, methods and procedures are applied to the arrangement, study and documentation of debt instruments, contingent risks and commitments, as well as the identification of their deterioration and in the calculation of the amounts needed to cover their credit risk.

Impairment losses on financial assets collectively evaluated for impairment

Impairment losses on financial assets collectively evaluated for impairment are calculated by using statistical procedures, and they are deemed equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific asset. The BBVA Group estimates impairment losses through statistical processes that apply historical data and other specific parameters that, although having been generated as of closing date for these consolidated financial statements, have arisen on an individual basis following the reporting date.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The incurred loss is calculated taking into account three key factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

 

Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

 

Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The PD is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction. In addition, the PD calculation includes the following parameters:

 

   

The ‘point-in-time’ parameter converts a ‘through-the-cycle’ probability of default (defined as the average probability of default over a complete economic cycle) into the probability of default at the reporting date (‘point-in-time’ probability).

 

   

The loss identification period (‘LIP’) parameter, which is the time lag period between the occurrence of a specific impairment or loss event and when objective evidence of impairment becomes apparent on an individual basis; in other words, the time lag period between the loss event and the date an entity identified its occurrence. As of December 31, 2014 the LIPs performed on a homogenous portfolio basis is 12 months.

A PD of 100% is assigned when a loan is considered impaired. The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty (subjective doubtful assets).

 

Loss given default (LGD) is the estimate of the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty, and the valuation of the guarantees or collateral associated with the asset.

In order to calculate the LGD at each balance sheet date, the Group evaluates the estimated cash flows from the sale of the collateral by estimating its sale price (in the case of real estate collateral, the Group takes into account declines in property values which could affect the value of such collateral) and its estimated cost of sale. In the event of a default, the Group becomes contractually entitled to the property at the end of the foreclosure process or properties purchased from borrowers in distress, and is recognized in the financial statements. After the initial recognition of these assets classified as “Non-current assets held for sale” (see Note 2.2.4) or “Inventories” (see Note 2.2.6), they are valued at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less their estimated selling price.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Group’s internal incurred losses model for credit risk shows no material differences when compared to the provisions calculation using Bank of Spain requirements.

Impairment of other debt instruments

The impairment losses on other debt instruments included in the “Available-for-sale financial asset” portfolio are equal to the excess of their acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment), after deducting any impairment loss previously recognized in the consolidated income statement over their fair value.

When there is objective evidence that the negative differences arising on measurement of these debt instruments are due to impairment, they are no longer considered as “Valuation adjustments - Available-for-sale financial assets” and are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

If all, or part of the impairment losses are subsequently recovered, the amount is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the recovery occurred.

Impairment of equity instruments

The amount of the impairment in the equity instruments is determined by the category where they are recognized:

 

Equity instruments classified as available for sale: When there is objective evidence that the negative differences arising on measurement of these equity instruments are due to impairment, they are no longer considered as “Valuation adjustments - Available-for-sale financial assets” and are recognized in the consolidated income statement. In general, the Group considers that there is objective evidence of impairment on equity instruments classified as available-for-sale when significant unrealized losses have existed over a sustained period of time due to a price reduction of at least 40% or over a period of more than 18 months.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

When applying this evidence of impairment, the Group takes into account the volatility in the price of each individual equity instruments to determine whether it is a percentage that can be recovered through its sale on the market; other different thresholds may exist for certain equity instruments or specific sectors.

In addition, for individually significant investments, the Group compares the valuation of the most significant equity instruments against valuations performed by independent experts.

Any recovery of previously recognized impairment losses for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available for sale is not recognized in the consolidated income statement, but under the heading “Valuation Adjustments - Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 29).

 

Equity instruments measured at cost: The impairment losses on equity instruments measured at acquisition cost are equal to the excess of their carrying amount over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the market rate of return for similar equity instruments. In order to determine these impairment losses, save for better evidence, an assessment of the equity of the investee is carried out (excluding valuation adjustments due to cash flow hedges) based on the last approved (consolidated) balance sheet, adjusted by the unrealized gains at measurement date.

Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they arise as a direct reduction of the cost of the instrument. These impairment losses may only be reversed subsequently in the event of the sale of these assets.

2.2.2           Transfers and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets is determined by the form in which risks and benefits associated with the financial assets involved are transferred to third parties. Thus the financial assets are only derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash flows that they generate are extinguished, or when their implicit risks and benefits have been substantially transferred to third parties. In the latter case, the financial asset transferred is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, and any right or obligation retained or created as a result of the transfer is simultaneously recognized.

Similarly, financial liabilities are derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet only if their obligations are extinguished or acquired (with a view to subsequent cancellation or renewed placement).

The Group is considered to have transferred substantially all the risks and benefits if such risks and benefits account for the majority of the risks and benefits involved in ownership of the transferred financial assets. If substantially all the risks and benefits associated with the transferred financial asset are retained:

 

The transferred financial asset is not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and continues to be measured using the same criteria as those used before the transfer.

 

A financial liability is recognized at the amount equal to the amount received, which is subsequently measured at amortized cost.

 

Both the income generated on the transferred (but not derecognized) financial asset and the expenses of the new financial liability continue to be recognized.

2.2.3           Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are considered to be those contracts that require their issuer to make specific payments to reimburse the holder of the financial guarantee for a loss incurred when a specific borrower breaches its payment obligations on the terms – whether original or subsequently modified – of a debt instrument, irrespective of the legal form it may take. Financial guarantees may take the form of a deposit, insurance contract or credit derivative, among others.

In their initial recognition, financial guarantees are recognized as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and the Group simultaneously recognize a corresponding asset in the consolidated balance sheet for the amount of the fees and commissions received at the inception of the transactions and the amounts receivable at the present value of the fees, commissions and interest outstanding.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Financial guarantees, irrespective of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required for them. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost (see Note 2.2.1).

The provisions recognized for financial guarantees considered impaired are recognized under the heading “Provisions - Provisions for contingent risks and commitments” on the liability side in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 23). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively; to “Provisions (net)” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 45).

Income from financial guarantees is recorded under the heading “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee (see 39).

2.2.4       Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

The heading “Non-current assets held-for-sale” in the consolidated balance sheets includes the carrying amount of assets that are not part of the BBVA Group’s operating activities. The recovery of this carrying amount is expected to take place through the price obtained on its disposal (see Note 15).

This heading includes individual items and groups of items (“disposal groups”) and disposal groups that form part of a major operating segment and are being held for sale as part of a disposal plan (“discontinued operations”). The individual items include the assets received by the subsidiaries from their debtors, and those consolidated under the proportionate consolidated method, in full or partial settlement of the debtors’ payment obligations (assets foreclosed or donated in repayment of debt and recovery of lease finance transactions), unless the Group has decided to make continued use of these assets. The BBVA Group has units that specialize in real estate management and the sale of this type of asset.

Symmetrically, the heading “Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the balances payable arising from disposal groups and discontinued operations.

Non-current assets held for sale are generally measured, at the acquisition date and at any later date deemed necessary, at either their carrying amount or the fair value of the property (less costs to sell), whichever is lower. The book value at acquisition date of the non-current assets held for sale from foreclosures or recoveries is defined as the balance pending collection on those assets that originated said purchases (net of provisions). Non-current assets held for sale are not depreciated while included under this heading.

Gains and losses generated on the disposal of assets and liabilities classified as non-current held for sale, and related impairment losses and subsequent recoveries, where pertinent, are recognized in “Gains/(losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 49.1). The remaining income and expense items associated with these assets and liabilities are classified within the relevant consolidated income statement headings.

Income and expenses for discontinued operations, whatever their nature, generated during the year, even if they have occurred before their classification as discontinued operations, are presented net of the tax effect as a single amount under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement, whether the business remains on the balance sheet or is derecognized from the balance sheet. This heading includes the earnings from their sale or other disposal (see 49.2).

2.2.5        Tangible assets

Property, plant and equipment for own use

This heading includes the assets under ownership or acquired under lease finance, intended for future or current use by the BBVA Group and that it expects to hold for more than one year. It also includes tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or partial settlement of financial assets representing receivables from third parties and those assets expected to be held for continuing use.

Property, plant and equipment for own use are presented in the consolidated balance sheets at acquisition cost, less any accumulated depreciation and, where appropriate, any estimated impairment losses resulting from comparing this net carrying amount of each item with its corresponding recoverable amount.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value; the land on which the buildings and other structures stand is considered to have an indefinite life and is therefore not depreciated.

The tangible asset depreciation charges are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation and amortization” (see Note 44) and are based on the application of the following depreciation rates (determined on the basis of the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):

 

                         
        

 

Type of Assets

                  Annual Percentage                          
                  
                      
      Buildings for own use     1% - 4%      
      Furniture     8% - 10%      
      Fixtures     6% - 12%      
      Office supplies and hardware     8% - 25%      
                         

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets, in particular buildings for own use, is based on independent appraisals that are no more than 3-5 years old at most, unless there are indications of impairment.

At each reporting date, the Group entities analyze whether there are internal or external indicators that a tangible asset may be impaired. When there is evidence of impairment, the entity analyzes whether this impairment actually exists by comparing the asset’s net carrying amount with its recoverable amount (as the higher between its recoverable amount less disposal costs and its value in use). When the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount, the carrying amount is written down to the recoverable amount and depreciation charges going forward are adjusted to reflect the asset’s remaining useful life.

Similarly, if there is any indication that the value of a tangible asset has been recovered, the consolidated entities will estimate the recoverable amounts of the asset and recognize it in the consolidated income statement, recording the reversal of the impairment loss registered in previous years and thus adjusting future depreciation charges. Under no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.

Running and maintenance expenses relating to tangible assets held for own use are recognized as an expense in the year they are incurred and recognized in the consolidated income statements under the heading “Administration costs - General and administrative expenses - Property, fixtures and equipment” (see Note 43.2).

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to recognize the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets for own use.

Investment properties

The heading “Tangible assets - Investment properties” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the net values (purchase cost minus the corresponding accumulated depreciation and, if appropriate, estimated impairment losses) of the land, buildings and other structures that are held either to earn rentals or for capital appreciation through sale and that are neither expected to be sold off in the ordinary course of business nor are destined for own use (see Note 17).

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment properties, calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and recognize the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets held for own use.

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets is based on independent appraisals that are no more than one year old at most, unless there are indications of impairment.

2.2.6        Inventories

The balance under the heading “Other assets - Inventories” in the consolidated balance sheets mainly includes the land and other properties that the BBVA Group’s real estate entities hold for development and sale as part of their real estate development activities (see Note 20).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The cost of inventories includes those costs incurred in during their acquisition and development, as well as other direct and indirect costs incurred in getting them to their current condition and location.

In the case of the cost of real-estate assets accounted for as inventories, the cost is comprised of: the acquisition cost of the land, the cost of urban planning and construction, non-recoverable taxes and costs corresponding to construction supervision, coordination and management. Borrowing cost incurred during the year form part of cost, provided that the inventories require more than a year to be in a condition to be sold.

Properties purchased from customers in distress are measured, at the acquisition date and any subsequent time, at either their related carrying amount or the fair value of the property (less costs to sell), whichever is lower. The carrying amount at acquisition date of these properties is defined as the balance pending collection on those assets that originated said purchases (net of provisions).

Impairment

If the fair value less costs to sell is lower than the carrying amount of the loan recognized in the balance sheet, a loss is recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Other assets” in the consolidated income statement for the period (see Note 47). In the case of real-estate assets accounted for as inventories, the BBVA Group’s criterion for determining their net realizable value is mainly based on independent appraisals no more than one year old, or less if there are indications of impairment.

The amount of any subsequent adjustment due to inventory valuation for reasons such as damage, obsolescence, reduction in sale price to its net realizable value, as well as losses for other reasons and, if appropriate, subsequent recoveries of value up to the limit of the initial cost value, are registered under the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 47) for the year in which they are incurred.

Inventory sales

In sale transactions, the carrying amount of inventories is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and recognized as an expense under the income statement heading “Other operating expenses – Changes in inventories” in the year in which the income from its sale is recognized. This income is recognized under the heading “Other operating income – Financial income from non-financial services” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 42).

2.2.7        Business combinations

The aim of a business combination is to obtain control of one or more businesses. It is accounted for by applying the acquisition method.

According to this method, the acquirer has to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed, including those that the acquired entity had not recognized in the accounts. The method involves the measurement of the consideration received for the business combination and its allocation to the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities measured according to their fair value, at the purchase date.

In addition, the acquirer shall recognize an asset in the consolidated balance sheet under the heading “Intangible asset - Goodwill” if on the acquisition date there is a positive difference between:

 

the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of stock previously held in the acquired business; and

 

the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

If this difference is negative, it shall be recognized directly in the income statement under the heading “Gain on Bargain Purchase in business combinations”.

Non-controlling interests in the acquired entity may be measured in two ways: either at their fair value; or at the proportional percentage of net assets identified in the acquired entity. The method of valuing non-controlling interest may be elected in each business combination. So far, the BBVA Group has always elected for the second method.

The purchase of non-controlling interests subsequent to obtaining control of an entity is recognized as an equity transaction; in other words, the difference between the consideration transferred and the carrying amount of the percentage of non-controlling interests acquired is recorded directly to equity.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

2.2.8        Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents payment in advance by the acquiring entity for the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. It is only recognized as goodwill when the business combinations are acquired at a price. Goodwill is never amortized. It is subject periodically to an impairment analysis, and is written off if it is clear that there has been impairment.

Goodwill is assigned to one or more cash-generating units that expect to be the beneficiaries of the synergies derived from the business combinations. The cash-generating units represent the Group’s smallest identifiable asset groups that generate cash flows for the Group and that are largely independent of the flows generated from the Group’s other assets or groups of assets. Each unit or units to which goodwill is allocated:

 

is the lowest level at which the entity manages goodwill internally;

 

is not larger than a business segment.

The cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment (including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount). This analysis is performed at least annually or more frequently if there is any indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a cash-generating unit to which a part of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that cash-generating unit, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests, in the event they are not valued at fair value, is compared with its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit is equal to the fair value less sale costs and its value in use, whichever is greater. Value in use is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections that the unit’s management estimates and is based on the latest budgets approved for the coming years. The main assumptions used in its calculation are: a sustainable growth rate to extrapolate the cash flows indefinitely, and the discount rate used to discount the cash flows, which is equal to the cost of the capital assigned to each cash-generating unit, and equivalent to the sum of the risk-free rate plus a risk premium inherent to the cash-generating unit being evaluated for impairment.

If the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds the related recoverable amount, the Group recognizes an impairment loss; the resulting loss is apportioned by reducing, first, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, second, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the remainder of the assets. This is done by allocating the remaining loss in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the unit. In the event the non-controlling interests are measured at fair value, the deterioration of goodwill attributable to non-controlling interests will be recognized. In any case, an impairment loss recognized for goodwill shall not be reversed in a subsequent period.

They are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 47).

Other intangible assets

These assets may have an indefinite useful life if, based on an analysis of all relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the consolidated entities. In all other cases they have a finite useful life.

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized according to the duration of this useful life, using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets. The defined useful time intangible asset is made up mainly of IT applications acquisition costs which have a useful life of 3 to 5 years. Intangible assets with a finite useful life are mainly composed by the purchase of software applications, which have a useful life between 3 and 5 years.

The depreciation charge of these assets is recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation and amortization” (see 44).

The consolidated entities recognize any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with charge to the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) - Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 47). The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the recovery of impairment losses recognized in prior years, are similar to those used for tangible assets.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

2.2.9       Insurance and reinsurance contracts

The assets of the BBVA Group’s insurance subsidiaries are recognized according to their nature under the corresponding headings of the consolidated balance sheets and the initial recognition and valuation is carried out according to the criteria set out in IFRS 4.

The heading “Reinsurance assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amounts that the consolidated insurance subsidiaries are entitled to receive under the reinsurance contracts entered into by them with third parties and, more specifically, the share of the reinsurer in the technical provisions recognized by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries.

The heading “Liabilities under insurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the technical provisions for direct insurance and inward reinsurance recognized by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at period-end (see Note 22).

The income or expenses reported by the BBVA Group’s consolidated insurance subsidiaries on their insurance activities is recognized, attending to its nature, in the corresponding items of the consolidated income statements.

The consolidated insurance subsidiaries of the BBVA Group recognize the amounts of the premiums written to the income statement and a charge for the estimated cost of the claims that will be incurred at their final settlement to their income statements. At the close of each year the amounts collected and unpaid, as well as the costs incurred and unpaid, are accrued.

The most significant provisions registered by consolidated insurance subsidiaries with respect to insurance policies issued by them are set out by their nature in Note 22.

According to the type of product, the provisions may be as follows:

 

Life insurance provisions:

Represents the value of the net obligations undertaken with the life insurance policyholder. These provisions include:

 

  -  

Provisions for unearned premiums. These are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums accrued until the closing date that has to be allocated to the period from the closing date to the end of the insurance policy period.

 

  -  

Mathematical reserves: Represents the value of the life insurance obligations of the insurance entities at year-end, net of the policyholder’s obligations, arising from life insurance contracted.

 

Non-life insurance provisions:

 

  -  

Provisions for unearned premiums. These provisions are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums accrued until year-end that has to be allocated to the period between the year-end and the end of the policy period.

 

  -  

Provisions for unexpired risks: The provision for unexpired risks supplements the provision for unearned premiums by the amount by which that provision is not sufficient to reflect the assessed risks and expenses to be covered by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries in the policy period not elapsed at year-end.

 

Provision for claims:

This reflects the total amount of the outstanding obligations arising from claims incurred prior to year-end. Insurance subsidiaries calculate this provision as the difference between the total estimated or certain cost of the claims not yet reported, settled or paid, and the total amounts already paid in relation to these claims.

 

Provision for bonuses and rebates:

This provision includes the amount of the bonuses accruing to policyholders, insurees or beneficiaries and the premiums to be returned to policyholders or insurees, as the case may be, based on the behavior of the risk insured, to the extent that such amounts have not been individually assigned to each of them.

 

Technical provisions for reinsurance ceded:

Calculated by applying the criteria indicated above for direct insurance, taking account of the assignment conditions established in the reinsurance contracts in force.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Other technical provisions:

Insurance entities have recognized provisions to cover the probable mismatches in the market reinvestment interest rates with respect to those used in the valuation of the technical provisions.

The BBVA Group controls and monitors the exposure of the insurance subsidiaries to financial risk and, to this end, uses internal methods and tools that enable it to measure credit risk and market risk and to establish the limits for these risks.

2.2.10     Tax assets and liabilities

Expenses on corporate income tax applicable to the BBVA Group’s Spanish entities and on similar income taxes applicable to consolidated foreign entities are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when they result from transactions on which the profits or losses are recognized directly in equity, in which case the related tax effect is also recognized in equity.

The total corporate income tax expense is calculated by aggregating the current tax arising from the application of the corresponding tax rate to the tax for the year (after deducting the tax credits allowable for tax purposes) and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, defined as the amounts to be payable or recoverable in future years arising from the differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax bases (the “tax value”), and tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. These amounts are calculated by applying to each temporary difference the income tax rate that is expected to be applied when the asset is realized or the liability settled (see Note 19).

The “Tax Assets” line item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the assets of a tax nature, and distinguishes between: “Current” (amounts recoverable by tax in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (covering taxes recoverable in future years, including loss carry forwards or tax credits for deductions and tax rebates pending application).

The “Tax Liabilities” line item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the liabilities of a tax nature, except for provisions for taxes, broken down into: “Current” (income tax payable on taxable profit for the year and other taxes payable in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (income taxes payable in subsequent years).

Deferred tax liabilities attributable to taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint venture entities are recognized as such, except where the Group can control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is unlikely that it will reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient taxable profits in the future against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized and are not from the initial recognition (except in the case of a business combination) of other assets or liabilities in a transaction that does not affect the fiscal outcome or the accounting result.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed by the consolidated entities at each balance sheet date in order to ascertain whether they are still current, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.

The income and expenses directly recognized in equity that do not increase or decrease taxable income are accounted for as temporary differences.

2.2.11     Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities

The heading “Provisions” in the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts recognized to cover the BBVA Group’s current obligations arising as a result of past events. These are certain in terms of nature but uncertain in terms of amount and/or settlement date. The settlement of these obligations is deemed likely to entail an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits (see Note 23). The obligations may arise in connection with legal or contractual provisions, valid expectations formed by Group entities relative to third parties in relation to the assumption of certain responsibilities or through virtually certain developments of particular aspects of the regulations applicable to the operation of the entities; and, specifically, future legislation to which the Group will certainly be subject.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The provisions are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets when each and every one of the following requirements is met:

 

They represent a current obligation that has arisen from a past event;

 

At the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements, there is more probability that the obligation will have to be met than that it will not;

 

It is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and

 

The amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated.

Among other items, these provisions include the commitments made to employees by some of the Group entities (mentioned in section 2.2.12), as well as provisions for tax and legal litigation.

Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of events beyond the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement; however, they are disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations of the Group that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events beyond the control of the entity. They also include the existing obligations of the entity when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them; or when, in extremely rare cases, their amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

2.2.12     Pensions and other post-employment commitments

Below is a description of the most significant accounting criteria relating to the commitments to employees, in terms of post-employment benefits and other long-term commitments, of certain BBVA Group entities in Spain and abroad (see Note 24).

Commitments valuation: assumptions and actuarial gains/losses recognition

The present values of the commitments are quantified based on an individual member data. Current employees costs are calculated using the projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit/commitment and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

The actuarial assumptions should take into account that:

 

They are unbiased, in that they are not unduly aggressive nor excessively conservative.

 

They are compatible with each other and adequately reflect the existing economic relations between factors such as inflation, foreseeable wage increases, discount rates and the expected return on plan assets, etc. The future levels of wages and benefits are based on market expectations at the consolidated balance sheet date for the period over which the obligations are to be settled.

 

The rate used to discount the commitments is determined by reference to market yields at the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements on high quality bonds.

The BBVA Group recognizes actuarial gains or losses originating in the commitments assumed with employees taking early retirement, benefits awarded for seniority and other similar items under the heading “Provisions (net)” of the consolidated income statement for the period in which these gains or losses occur (see Note 45). The BBVA Group recognizes the actuarial gains or losses arising on all other defined-benefit post-employment commitments directly under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Other valuation adjustments” of equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 30).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Post-employment benefit commitments

Pensions

The BBVA Group’s post-employment benefit commitments are either defined-contribution or defined-benefit.

 

Defined-contribution commitments: The amounts of these commitments are established as a percentage of certain remuneration items and/or as a fixed pre-established amount. The contributions made in each period by the BBVA Group’s entities for these commitments are recognized with a charge to the heading “Personnel expenses – Defined-contribution plan expense” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 43.1).

 

Defined-benefit commitments: Some of the BBVA Group’s entities have defined-benefit commitments for the permanent disability and death of certain current employees and early retirees, as well as defined-benefit retirement commitments applicable only to certain groups of current employees, or employees taking early retirement and retired employees. These commitments are either funded by insurance contracts or recognized as provisions.

The amounts recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” are the differences, at the date of the consolidated financial statements, between the present values of the commitments for defined-benefit commitments, adjusted by the past service cost, and the fair value of plan assets (see Note 23).

Payments made by the Group’s entities for defined-benefit commitments covering current employees are charged to the heading “Administration cost – Personnel expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 43.1).

Early retirement

The BBVA Group has offered certain employees in Spain the option of taking early retirement (that is earlier than the age stipulated in the collective labor agreement in force) and has recognized the corresponding provisions to cover the cost of the commitments related to this item. The present values of early retirement obligations are quantified based on an individual member data and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 23).

The early retirement commitments in Spain include the compensation and indemnities and contributions to external pension funds payable during the period of early retirement. The commitments relating to this group of employees after they have reached normal retirement age are dealt with in the same way as pensions.

Other post-employment welfare benefits

Some of the BBVA Group’s entities have welfare benefit commitments whose effects extend beyond the retirement of the employees entitled to the benefits. These commitments relate to certain current employees and retirees, depending upon the employee group to which they belong.

The present values of post-employment welfare benefits are quantified based on an individual member data and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 23).

Other long-term commitments to employees

Some of the BBVA Group’s entities are obliged to deliver goods and services to groups of employees. The most significant of these, in terms of the type of compensation and the event giving rise to the commitments, are as follows: loans to employees, life insurance, study assistance and long-service awards.

Some of these commitments are measured using actuarial studies, so that the present values of the vested obligations for commitments with personnel are quantified based on an individual member data. They are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Other provisions” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 23).

The cost of these benefits provided by Spanish entities in the BBVA Group to active employees are recognized under the heading “Personnel expenses – Other personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 43.1).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Other commitments for current employees accrue and are settled on a yearly basis, so it is not necessary to register a provision in this regard.

2.2.13     Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Provided they constitute the delivery of such equity following the completion of a specific period of services, equity-settled share-based payment transactions are recognized as an expense for services being provided by employees, by way of a balancing entry under the heading “Stockholders’ equity – Other equity instruments” in the consolidated balance sheet. These services are measured at fair value for the employees services received, unless such fair value cannot be calculated reliably. In such case, they are measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted, taking into account the date on which they were granted and the terms and other conditions included in the commitments.

When the initial compensation agreement includes what may be considered market conditions among its terms, any changes in these conditions will not be reflected in the consolidated income statement, as these have already been accounted for in calculating the initial fair value of equity instruments. Non-market vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating the initial fair value of equity instruments, but they are taken into account when determining the number of equity instruments to be granted. This will be recognized on the consolidated income statement with the corresponding increase in total equity.

2.2.14     Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized in the accounts when the BBVA Group agrees to terminate employment contracts with its employees and has established a detailed plan.

2.2.15     Treasury stock

The value of common stock issued by the BBVA Group’s entities and held by them - basically, shares and derivatives on the Bank’s shares held by some consolidated entities that comply with the requirements to be recognized as equity instruments - are recognized as a decrease to net equity, under the heading “Stockholders’ funds - Treasury stock” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 28).

These financial assets are recognized at acquisition cost, and the gains or losses arising on their disposal are credited or debited, as appropriate, to the heading “Stockholders’ funds - Reserves” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 27).

2.2.16     Foreign-currency transactions and exchange differences

The BBVA Group’s functional currency, and thus the currency in which the consolidated financial statements are presented, is the euro. All balances and transactions denominated in currencies other than the euro are deemed to be denominated in “foreign currency”.

Conversion to euros of the balances held in foreign currency is performed in two consecutive stages:

 

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the entity operates); and

 

Conversion to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of the entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies carried out by the consolidated entities (or accounted for using the equity method) not based in European Monetary Union countries are initially accounted for in their respective currencies. Subsequently, the monetary balances in foreign currencies are converted to their respective functional currencies using the exchange rate at the close of the financial year.

In addition,

 

Non-monetary items valued at their historical cost are converted to the functional currency at the exchange rate in force on the purchase date.

 

Non-monetary items valued at their fair value are converted at the exchange rate in force on the date on which such fair value was determined.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Income and expenses are converted at the period’s average exchange rates for all the operations carried out during the period. When applying this criterion the BBVA Group considers whether significant variations have taken place in exchange rates during the financial year which, owing to their impact on the statements as a whole, require the application of exchange rates as of the date of the transaction instead of such average exchange rates.

The exchange differences produced when converting the balances in foreign currency to the functional currency of the consolidated entities and their subsidiaries are generally recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statements. However, the exchange differences in non-monetary items, measured at fair value, are recognized temporarily in equity under the heading “Valuation adjustments - Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Conversion of functional currencies to euros

The balances in the financial statements of consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are converted to euros as follows:

 

Assets and liabilities: at the average spot exchange rates as of the date of each of the consolidated financial statements.

 

Income and expenses and cash flows are converted by applying the exchange rate in force on the date of the transaction, and the average exchange rate for the financial year may be used, unless it has undergone significant variations.

 

Equity items: at the historical exchange rates.

The exchange differences arising from the conversion to euros of balances in the functional currencies of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheets. Meanwhile, the differences arising from the conversion to euros of the financial statements of entities accounted for by the equity method are recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments - Entities accounted for using the equity method” until the item to which they relate is derecognized, at which time they are recognized in the income statement.

The breakdown of the main consolidated balances in foreign currencies as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, with reference to the most significant foreign currencies, is set forth in Appendix VII.

As of December 31, 2014, the net assets (excluding non-controlling interest) of the Group in Venezuela was 1,580 million and the Profit attributable to the parent company derived from the activities of the Group in Venezuela for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 162 million.

With regards to the exchanged rates used to convert the financial statements of the Group in Venezuela into Euros, we note that for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bolivar fuerte venezolano official government exchange rate was applied; while for 2014 the exchange rate used was that fixed by the SICAD I (Spanish acronym for Foreign currency administration complementary system). Through this system, the Exchange rate for the U.S. Dollar will be fixed in open auctions for both individuals or companies, resulting in an exchange rate that will fluctuate from auction to auction and which will be published in the SICAD web page.

The Exchange rates used as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were:

 

                

 

Average Exchange Rates

     Year-End Exchange Rates        
     Currency         2014      2013      2012      2014      2013      2012        
   

Venezuelan bolivar

          14.78         8.05         5.52         14.57         8.68         5.66        
                                                                     

During 2014, the Venezuelan government established a new type of auction called SICAD II, however credit institutions are not able to participate in the auction to acquire foreign currencies. During the month of January 2015, the Venezuelan government stated that their exchange rate system will change again and that there could be a new currency devaluation due to the situation related to the oil prices and announced the intention to introduce, in the future, a new system as a result of the merger of SICAD I and SICAD II. Additionally, on February 11, 2015, the Venezuelan government announced that the transactions for the sale or purchase of foreign currency under the SICAD II exchange system would no longer be available and created a new open market foreign exchange system (SIMADI). As of the most recent date of completion of these consolidated financial statements, the SIMADI exchange rate was approximately 206 Bolivar fuerte venezolano per Euro.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

2.2.17     Recognition of income and expenses

The most significant criteria used by the BBVA Group to recognize its income and expenses are as follows.

 

Interest income and expenses and similar items:

As a general rule, interest income and expenses and similar items are recognized on the basis of their period of accrual using the effective interest rate method. The financial fees and commissions that arise on the arrangement of loans and advances (basically origination and analysis fees) are deferred and recognized in the income statement over the expected life of the loan. The direct costs incurred in originating these loans and advances can be deducted from the amount of financial fees and commissions recognized. These fees are part of the effective interest rate for the loans and advances. Also dividends received from other entities are recognized as income when the consolidated entities’ right to receive them arises.

However, when a loan is deemed to be impaired individually or is included in the category of instruments that are impaired because their recovery is considered to be remote, the recognition of accrued interest in the consolidated income statement is discontinued. This interest is recognized for accounting purposes as income, as soon as it is received.

 

Commissions, fees and similar items:

 

Income and expenses relating to commissions and similar fees are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to the nature of such items. The most significant items in this connection are:

 

  -  

Those relating to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized when collected/paid.

 

  -  

Those arising from transactions or services that are provided over a period of time, which are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.

 

  -  

Those relating to single acts, which are recognized when this single act is carried out.

 

Non-financial income and expenses:

These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.

 

Deferred collections and payments:

These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.

2.2.18     Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services

The heading “Other operating income - Financial income from non-financial services” in the consolidated income statements includes the proceeds of the sales of assets and income from the services provided by the Group entities that are not financial institutions. In the case of the Group, these entities are mainly real estate and service entities (see Note 42).

2.2.19     Leases

Lease contracts are classified as finance leases from the inception of the transaction, if they substantially transfer all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset forming the subject-matter of the contract. Leases other than finance leases are classified as operating leases.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessor of an asset in finance leases, the aggregate present values of the lease payments receivable from the lessee plus the guaranteed residual value (normally the exercise price of the lessee’s purchase option on expiration of the lease agreement) are recognized as financing provided to third parties and, therefore, are included under the heading “Loans and receivables” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

When the consolidated entities act as lessors of an asset in operating leases, the acquisition cost of the leased assets is recognized under “Tangible assets – Property, plant and equipment – Other assets leased out under an operating lease” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 17). These assets are depreciated in line with the criteria adopted for items of tangible assets for own use, while the income arising from the lease arrangements is recognized in the consolidated income statements on a straight-line basis within “Other operating expenses - Other of other operating expenses” (see Note 42).

If a fair value sale and leaseback results in an operating lease, the profit or loss generated from the sale is recognized in the consolidated income statement at the time of sale. If such a transaction gives rise to a finance lease, the corresponding gains or losses are amortized over the lease period.

The assets leased out under operating lease contracts to other entities in the Group are treated in the consolidated financial statements as for own use, and thus rental expense and income is eliminated and the corresponding depreciation is recognize.

2.2.20     Entities and branches located in countries with hyperinflationary economies

In order to assess whether an economy is under hyperinflation, the country’s economic environment is evaluated, analyzing whether certain circumstances exist, such as:

 

The country’s population prefers to keep its wealth or savings in non-monetary assets or in a relatively stable foreign currency;

 

Prices may be quoted in that currency;

 

Interest rates, wages and prices are linked to a price index;

 

The cumulative inflation rate over three years is approaching, or exceeds, 100%.

The fact that any of these circumstances is present will not be a decisive factor in considering an economy hyperinflationary, but it does provide some reasons to consider it as such.

Since 2009, the economy of Venezuela can be considered hyperinflationary under the above criteria. As a result, the financial statements of the BBVA Group’s entities located in Venezuela have therefore been adjusted to correct for the effects of inflation (see Note 3). In accordance with IAS 29, the breakdown of the General Price Index is as follows:

 

                                          
 

 

General Price Index as of December 31

 

       

 

2014 (*)  

 

    

 

2013

 

    

 

2012

 

       
 

GPI

          834.80         498.10         318.90        
 

Average GPI

          658.28         406.17         288.80        
 

Inflation of the period

          67.70%         56.19%         20.07%        
                                        

 

  (*)

Provisional data

As of December 31, 2014, the losses recognized under the heading “Profit attributable to the parent company” in the accompanying consolidated income statement as a result of the adjustment for inflation on net monetary position of the Group entities in Venezuela amounted to 306 million

2.3     Recent IFRS pronouncements

Changes introduced in 2014

The following modifications to the IFRS standards or their interpretations (hereinafter “IFRIC”) came into force after January 1, 2014. They have not had a material impact on the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements corresponding to the period ended December 31, 2014.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Amended IAS 32 – “Financial Instruments: Presentation”

The changes made to IAS 32 clarify the following aspects on asset and liability offsetting:

 

The legal right to net recognized amounts must not depend on a future event and must be legally enforceable under all circumstances, including cases of default or insolvency of either party.

 

Settlements in which the following conditions are met shall be accepted as equivalent to “settlements for net amount”: all, or practically all of the credit and liquidity risk is eliminated; and the settlement of the assets and liabilities is carried out in a single settlement process.

Amended IFRS 10 - “Consolidated Financial Statements”, Amended IFRS 12 – “Disclosure of interests in other entities” and Amended IAS 27 – “Consolidated and separate financial statements”

The changes to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 define investment entities and provide an exception to the consolidation requirements requiring investment entities to measure particular subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss, rather than consolidate them as per IFRS 9.

However, the parent company of an investment entity must consolidate all entities under its control, including those controlled through an investment entity, unless the parent company is also an investment entity.

Furthermore, these amendments include new disclosures that will allow the users of such information to evaluate the nature and financial impact of these investments made through investment entities.

IFRIC 21 “Levies”

This Interpretation addresses the accounting for a liability to pay a levy if that tax liability is within the scope of IAS 37. It also addresses the accounting for a liability to pay a levy whose timing and amount is certain.

The obligating event that gives rise to a tax liability to pay a levy is the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation. If the activity that triggers the payment of the levy occurs over a period of time, the liability to pay a levy is recognized progressively; if the obligation to pay a levy is triggered when a minimum threshold activity is reached, such as a minimum amount of revenue or sales generated or outputs produced, the liability to pay a levy is recognized when that minimum threshold is reached.

This interpretation does not apply to taxes that are within the scope of other Standards (such as income taxes that are within the scope of IAS 12 Income Taxes) and to fines or other penalties that are imposed for breaches of the legislation.

The European Union adopted IFRIC 21 and came into effect on June 17, 2014, though early adoption is allowed. Thus, the BBVA Group opted to adopt IFRIC 21 early (see Note 1.3).

Amended IAS 36 - “Impairment of Assets”

The previous IAS 36 required an entity to disclose the recoverable amount for each cash-generating unit for which the carrying amount of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives allocated to that unit, is significant in comparison with the entity’s total carrying amount of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

The changes made to IAS 36 remove that requirement and introduce the requirement to disclose information about the recoverable amount of assets (including goodwill and cash generating units) for which an impairment loss has been recognized or reversed during the period.

The amendments also require additional information about the fair value measurement when the recoverable amount of impaired assets is based on fair value less costs of disposal.

Amended IAS 39 - “Financial Instruments: Recognition and measurement. Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting”

The new IAS 39 introduces an exception to the requirement to discontinue hedge accounting for those novations that, as a consequence of a change in law or regulation, replace the original counterparty of the hedging instrument for a central counterparty or another entity, such as a clearing house, as long as the change does not result in changes to the terms of the original derivative other than changes directly attributable to the change in counterparty.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Annual improvements cycle to IFRSs 2010-2012 – Minor modifications to IFRS 2 and IFRS 3

The annual project cycle to IFRSs 2010-2012 introduces small modifications and clarifications when interpreting IFRS 2 – Vesting Conditions and IFRS 3 – Business combinations. These changes apply to transactions and business combinations carried out from July 1, 2014.

Standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective as of December 31, 2014

New International Financial Reporting Standards together with their interpretations had been published at the date of preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, but are not obligatory as of December 31, 2014. Although in some cases the IASB permits early adoption before they come into force, the BBVA Group has not done so as of this date, as it is still analyzing the effects that will result from them.

IFRS 9 - “Financial instruments”

As of July, 24, 2014, IASB has issued the IFRS 9 which will replace IAS 39. The new standard introduces significant differences with respect to the current regulation with regards to financial assets; among others, the approval of a new classification model based on two single categories of amortized cost and fair value, the elimination of the current “Held-to-maturity-investments” and “Available-for-sale financial assets” categories, impairment analyses only for assets measured at amortized cost and non-separation of embedded derivatives in contracts of financial assets.

With regard to financial liabilities, the classification categories proposed by IFRS 9 are similar to those contained in IAS 39, so there should not be very significant differences save for the requirement to recognize changes in fair value related to own credit risk as a component of equity, in the case of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. Hedge accounting requirements also differs from the current IAS 39 due to the new focus on the economic risk management.

The IASB has established January 1, 2018, as the mandatory application date, with the possibility of early adoption.

IFRS 7 amended - “Financial instruments: Disclosures”

The IASB modified IFRS 7 in December 2011 to include new disclosures on financial instruments that entities will have to provide as soon as they apply IFRS 9 for the first time.

Amended IAS 19 - “Employee Benefits. Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions”

The new IAS 19 amends the accounting requirements for contributions to defined benefit plans to permit to recognize these contributions as a reduction in the service cost in the same period where they are paid if they meet certain requirements, without the need for calculations to attribute the contributions to the periods of service.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after July 1, 2014, although early adoption is permitted.

Annual Improvements cycle to IFRSs 2010-2012– laminar changes to IFRS 8, IFRS 13, IAS 16, IAS 24 and IAS 38

Annual Improvements cycle to IFRSs 2010-2012 introduces small modifications and clarifications to IFRS 8 - Operating Segments, IFRS 13 - Fair Value Measurement, IAS 16 - Property, Plant and Equipment, IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures and IAS 38 - Intangible Assets which will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after July 1, 2014, although early adoption is permitted.

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle introduces small modifications and clarifications to IFRS 1 - First-time Adoption of IFRSs, IFRS 3 - Business Combinations, IFRS 13 - Fair Value Measurement and IAS 40 - Investment Property.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after July 1, 2014, although early adoption is permitted.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Amended IFRS 11 - “Joint Arrangements”

The amendments made to IFRS 11 require the acquirer of an interest in a joint operation in which the activity constitutes a business to apply all of the principles on business combinations accounting in IFRS 3 and other IFRSs. These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2016, although early adoption is permitted.

Amended IAS 16 - “Property, Plant and Equipment” and Amended IAS 38 – “Intangible Assets”.

The amendments made to IAS 16 and IAS 38 exclude, as general rule, as depreciation method to be used, those methods based on revenue that is generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset, because the revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits of the asset.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2016, although early adoption is permitted.

IFRS 15 - “Revenue from contracts with customers”

IFRS 15 contains the principles that an entity shall apply to account for revenue and cash flows arising from a contract with a customer.

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, in accordance with contractually agreed. It is considered that the good or service is transferred when the customer obtains control over it.

The new Standard replaces IAS 18 - Revenue IAS 11 - Construction Contracts, IFRIC 13 - Customer Loyalty Programmes, IFRIC 15 - Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate, IFRIC 18 - Transfers of Assets from Customers and SIC 31 – Revenue-Transactions Involving Advertising Services

This Standard will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2017, although early adoption is permitted.

IAS 27 Amended – “Separate financial statements”

Changes to IAS 27 allow entities to use the equity method to account for investment in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, in their separate financial statements.

These changes will be applicable to accounting periods beginning January 1, 2016, although early adoption is permitted.

IFRS 10 amended – “Consolidated financial statements” and IAS 28 amended

The amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 establish that when an entity sells or transfers assets are considered a business (including its consolidated subsidiaries) to an associate or joint venture of the entity, the latter will have to recognize any gains or losses derived from such transaction in its entirety. Notwithstanding, if the assets sold or transferred are not considered a business, the entity will have to recognize the gains or losses derived only to the extent of the interests in the associate or joint venture with unrelated investors.

These changes will be applicable to accounting periods beginning January 1, 2016, although early adoption is allowed.

Annual improvements cycle to IFRSs 2012-2014

The annual improvements cycle to IFRSs 2012-2014 includes minor changes and clarifications to IFRS 5 – Non current assets held for sale and discontinued operations, IFRS 7 – Financial instruments: Information to disclose, IAS 19 – Employee benefits and IAS 34 – interim financial information.

These changes will be applicable to accounting periods beginning January 1, 2016, although early adoption is allowed.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Amended IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements

The amendments made to IAS 1 further encourage companies to apply professional judgment in determining what information to disclose in their financial statements, in determining when line items are disaggregated and additional headings and subtotals included in the statement of financial position and the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, and in determining where and in what order information is presented in the financial disclosures.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2016, although early adoption is permitted.

IFRS 10 - “Consolidated Financial Statements”, Amended IFRS 12 – “Disclosure of interests in other entities” and Amended IAS 28 – “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”

The amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 introduce clarifications to the requirements when accounting for investment entities in three aspects:

 

  -

The amendments confirm that a parent entity that is a subsidiary of an investment entity has the possibility to apply the exemption from preparing consolidated financial statements

 

  -

The amendments clarify that if an investment entity has a subsidiary whose main purpose is to support the investment entity’s investment activities by providing investment-related services or activities, to the entity or other parties, and that is not itself an investment entity, it shall consolidate that subsidiary; but if that subsidiary is itself an investment entity, the investment entity parent shall measure the subsidiary at fair value through profit or loss.

 

  -

The amendments require a non-investment entity investor to retain, when applying the equity method, the fair value measurement applied by an investment entity associate or joint venture to its interests in subsidiaries.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2016, although early adoption is permitted.

 

3.

BBVA Group

The BBVA Group is an international diversified financial group with a significant presence in retail banking, wholesale banking, asset management and private banking. The Group also operates in other sectors such as insurance, real estate, operational leasing, etc.

Appendices I and II provide relevant information as of December 31, 2014 on the Group’s subsidiaries, consolidated structured entities, and investments and joint venture entities accounted for by the equity method. Appendix III shows the main changes in investments for the year ended December 31, 2014, and Appendix IV gives details of consolidated subsidiaries and which, based on the information available, are more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of December 31, 2014.

The following table sets forth information related to the Group’s total assets as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 broken down by the Group’s entities according to their activity:

 

              

 

Millions of Euros      

     
    

 

Contribution to Consolidated Group.

Entities by Main Activities

      2014     2013     2012       
   

Banks and other financial services

    603,046    556,416    593,884      
   

Insurance and pension fund managing companies

    23,452    20,023    20,481      
   

Other non-financial services

    5,445    6,258    6,766      
    Total     631,942    582,697    621,132      
                          

The total assets and results of operations as of and the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 broken down by the geographical areas in which the BBVA Group operates, are included in Note 6.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The BBVA Group’s activities are mainly located in Spain, Mexico, South America and the United States, with active presence in other countries, as shown below:

 

Spain

The Group’s activity in Spain is mainly through BBVA, which is the parent company of the BBVA Group. The Group also has other entities that operate in Spain’s banking sector, insurance sector, real estate sector, services and as operational leasing entities.

 

Mexico

The BBVA Group operates in Mexico, not only in the banking sector, but also in the insurance sector through Grupo Financiero Bancomer.

 

South America

The BBVA Group’s activities in South America are mainly focused on the banking and insurance sectors, in the following countries: Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Peru, Paraguay, Uruguay and Venezuela. It has a representative office in Sao Paulo (Brazil).

The Group owns more than 50% of most of the entities based in these countries. Appendix I shows a list of the entities which, although less than 50% owned by the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2014, are consolidated (see Note 2.1).

 

United States

The Group’s activity in the United States is mainly carried out through a group of entities with BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. at their head, the New York branch and a representative office in Silicon Valley (California).

 

Turkey

Since 2011, the BBVA Group owns 25.01% of the share capital of the Turkish bank Turkiye Garanti Bankasi, AS (hereinafter, “Garanti”, see the following heading “Ongoing operations”). Garanti heads up a group of banking and financial institutions that operate in Turkey, Holland and some countries in Eastern Europe. BBVA also has a representative office in Istanbul.

 

Rest of Europe

The Group’s activity in Europe is carried out through banks and financial institutions in Ireland, Switzerland, Italy and Portugal, branches in Germany, Belgium, France, Italy and the United Kingdom, and a representative office in Moscow.

 

Asia-Pacific

The Group’s activity in this region is carried out through branches (in Taipei, Seoul, Tokyo, Hong Kong Singapore and Shanghai) and representative offices (in Beijing, Mumbai, Abu Dhabi, Sydney and Jakarta).

Ongoing operations

Investments

New agreement for the acquisition of an additional 14.9% of Garanti

On November 19, 2014 BBVA Group entered into a new agreement with Dogus Holding A.S., Ferit Faik Şahenk, Dianne Şahenk and Defne Şahenk (collectively “Dogus”) for the acquisition of 62,538,000,000 shares of Garanti at a maximum total consideration of 8.90 Turkish Liras per share, which is equal to 5,566 million of Turkish liras.

Completion of the acquisition and the effectivity of the new agreement are conditional on the obtaining of all necessary regulatory consents from the relevant Turkish, Spanish, European Union and, if applicable, other jurisdictions’ regulatory authorities. After the acquisition of the new shares, the stake of the BBVA Group in Garanti will be 39.9%.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

In accordance with IFRS, as a consequence of the implementation of the new agreement, the BBVA Group shall value its current stake in Garanti (which is classified at present as a joint venture accounted for using the equity method) at fair value and shall consolidate Garanti in the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group as from the date of the actual acquisition of control expected during 2015, subject to obtaining the abovementioned regulatory consents.

The date of announcement of the agreement the estimated negative impact in the attributable profit of the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group was approximately 1,500 million. According to the last public information regarding December 2014, the estimated impact was approximately 1,250 million, basically being affected by the exchange rate differences as a result of the depreciation of the Turkish lira against euro since the initial acquisition. These exchange rate differences are already recognized as Other Comprehensive Income deducting the stock shareholder’s equity of the BBVA Group. Such accounting impact does not translate into any additional cash outflow from BBVA.

From the date of the last public information as of December 2014 to the most recent date of completion of these consolidated financial statements, significant volatility has occurred; therefore the estimated negative impact in the attributable profit of the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group could change.

Catalunya Banc competitive auction

On July 21, 2014, the Management Commission of the Banking Restructuring Fund (known as “FROB”) accepted BBVA´s bid in the competitive auction for the acquisition of Catalunya Banc, S.A. (“Catalunya Banc”).

As a consequence, BBVA has executed a sale and purchase agreement with FROB, by virtue of which FROB will sell up to 100% of the shares of Catalunya Banc to BBVA for the price of up to 1,187 million.

The price will be reduced in an amount equal to 267 million provided that, prior to the closing of the transaction, FROB and Catalunya Banc do not obtain a confirmation issued by the Spanish tax authorities of the application of the deferred tax assets regime (foreseen in Royal Decree Law 14/2013) to some losses recorded in Catalunya Banc’s consolidated financial statements for 2013 which were originated as a consequence of the transfer of assets by Catalunya Banc to the Management Company for Assets Arising from the Banking Sector Reorganization (known as “SAREB”).

Closing of the sale and purchase transaction will be subject, among others, to receiving the relevant administrative authorizations and approvals and to the effective closing of the transaction announced by Catalunya Banc to the market on July 17, 2014 whereby Catalunya Banc will transfer to an asset securitization fund a loan portfolio with a nominal value of 6,392 million.

Divestitures

Sale of CNCB

On January 23, 2015 the Group BBVA signed an agreement to sell its 4.9% interest in China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB) to UBS AG, London Branch (UBS), who entered into transactions pursuant to which such CNCB shares would be transferred to a third party and the ultimate economic benefit of ownership of such CNCB shares would be transferred to Xinhu Zhongbao Co., Ltd (Xinhu) (the Relevant Transactions).

Further to the relevant above mentioned information disclosed by BBVA to the markets on January 23, 2015, and once all the contractual conditions have been met, on march 12, 2015, BBVA announced that it completed the sale of 4.9% interest in China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited to UBS AG, London Branch.

The total amount in cash received by BBVA in connection with this sale amounts to 13,136 million HK$, equivalent to 1,555 million Euros.

The estimated impact on the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group will be a net capital gain of approximately 520 million Euros. The sale will generate a positive impact on the Common Equity Tier 1 fully loaded ratio of approximately 20 bp, equivalent to a capital generation of approximately 600 million Euros.

Agreement to sell the participation in Citic International Financial Holding (CIFH)

On December 23, 2014 the BBVA Group signed an agreement to sell its 29.68% interest in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (CIFH), to China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB). CIFH is a non-listed subsidiary of CNCB domiciled in Hong Kong. The selling price is HK$8,162 million. The closing of such agreement is subject to the relevant regulatory approvals. The estimated impact on the attributable profit of the consolidated financial statements of the BBVA Group will be approximately 25 million.

As of December 31, 2014, the investment in CIFH is recognized under the heading “Non-Current assets held for sale” from the heading “Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method –Associates” (see Note 16).

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Changes in the Group in 2014

Purchase of Simple

On March 17, 2014, the Group acquired 100% of Simple Finance Technology Corp. (“Simple”) for a price of $117 million (approximately 84 million). The goodwill recognized by this acquisition amounted to $89 million (approximately 65 million, see Note 18), although this amount is provisional, as the measurement period is still opened under IFRS 3.

Changes in the Group in 2013

Purchase of Unnim Vida

On February 1, 2013, Unnim Banc, S.A. later absorbed by the Bank, reached an agreement with Aegon Spain Holding B.V. to acquire the 50% of Unnim Vida, Inc. Insurance and Reinsurance (“Unnim Vida”) for a price of 352 million. Thus, the BBVA Group owned 100% of the stake of “Unnim Vida.

Sale of BBVA Panama

On July 20, 2013, BBVA announced that it had reached an agreement with the entity Leasing Bogotá S.A., Panamá, a subsidiary of Grupo Aval Acciones y Valores, S.A., for the sale of the direct and indirect ownership interest (98.92%) in Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (Panamá), S.A. (“BBVA Panamá”).

On December 19, 2013, after having obtained the necessary approvals, BBVA completed the sale.

The total consideration that BBVA received pursuant to this sale amounted to approximately $645 million, $505 million as sale price and $140 million as distribution of dividends by BBVA Panamá from June 1, 2013.

BBVA received part of the consideration through the distribution of dividends from BBVA Panamá amounting to $140 million prior to closing (such amount has consequently reduced the purchase price to be paid to BBVA on closing).

After deducing such distribution of dividends the capital gain gross of taxes amounted to approximately 230 million which was recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement in 2013.

Sale of pension businesses in Latin America

On May 24, 2012 BBVA announced its decision to conduct a study on strategic alternatives for its pension business in Latin America. The alternatives considered in this process include the total or partial sale of the businesses of the Pension Fund Administrators (“AFP”) in Chile, Colombia and Peru, and the Retirement Fund Administrator (Afore) in Mexico.

On October 2, 2013, with the sale of “AFP Provida” (Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones AFP Provida de Chile), BBVA finalized the process. Below there is a description of each of the operations that have been carried out during this process:

Sale of AFP Provida (Chile)

On February 1, 2013, BBVA reached an agreement with MetLife, Inc., for the sale of the 64.3% stake that BBVA held direct and indirectly in the Chilean Pension Fund manager Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones Provida SA (“AFP Provida”).

On October 2, 2013, BBVA completed the sale. The total amount in cash received by BBVA was approximately 1,540 million U.S. dollars (“USD”), taking into account the purchase price amounting to roughly 1,310 million USD as well as the dividends paid by AFP Provida since February 1, 2013 amounting to roughly 230 million USD. The gain on disposal, attributable to the Parent company net of taxes, amounted to approximately 500 million which was recognized under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations (Net)” in the consolidated income statement in 2013.

Sale of BBVA AFP Horizonte S.A. (Peru)

On April 23, 2013, BBVA sold a wholly owned Peruvian subsidiary “AFP Horizonte SA” to “AFP Integra SA” and “Profuturo AFP, SA” who have each acquired 50% of said company.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The total consideration paid for the shares is approximately US$ 544 million. This consideration is composed by a price of approximately US$ 516 million and a dividend distributed prior to the closing of approximately US$ 28 million.

The gain on disposal, attributable to parent company net of taxes, amounted to approximately 206 million at the moment of the sale and such gain was recognized under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations (Net)” in the consolidated income statement in 2013 (see Note 49.2).

Sale of BBVA AFP Horizonte S.A. (Colombia)

On December 24, 2012, BBVA reached an agreement with Sociedad Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones y Cesantías Porvenir, S.A., a subsidiary of Grupo Aval Acciones y Valores, S.A., for the sale to the former of the total stake that BBVA held directly or indirectly in the Colombian company BBVA Horizonte Sociedad Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones y Cesantías S.A.

On April 18, 2013, after having obtained the necessary approvals, BBVA completed the sale. The adjusted total price was US$ 541.4 million. The gain on disposal, attributable to parent company net of taxes, amounted to approximately 255 million at the moment of the sale, and was recognized under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations (Net)” in the consolidated income statement in 2013 (see Note 49.2).

Sale of Afore Bancomer (Mexico)

On November 27, 2012, BBVA reached an agreement to sell to Afore XXI Banorte, S.A. de C.V. its entire stake directly or indirectly held in the Mexican subsidiary Administradora de Fondos para el Retiro Bancomer, S.A. de C.V.

Once the corresponding authorization had been obtained from the competent authorities, the sale was closed on January 9, 2013, at which point the BBVA Group no longer had control over the subsidiary sold.

The total sale price was USD 1,735 million (approximately 1,327 million). The gain on disposal, attributable to parent company net of taxes, was approximately 771 million, and was recognized under the heading “Profit from discontinued operations (Net)” in the consolidated income statement in 2013 (see Note 49.2).

Agreement with Citic Group

As of October 21, 2013, BBVA reached a new agreement with the Citic Group that included among other aspects the sale of its 5.1% stake in China Citic Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB) to Citic Limited for an amount of approximately 944 million, after this sale, the stake of BBVA in CNCB was reduced to the 9.9%.

In accordance with IFRS 11, the new situation implies a change in the accounting criteria applied to the participation of BBVA in CNCB, being now of no significant influence and recognized under the heading “Available-for-sale financial assets” (see Notes 12 and 16).

As a result of this change in the accounting criteria and the mentioned sale, the loss attributable to the BBVA Group at the time of the sale amounted to approximately 2,600 million which was recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale” in the consolidated income statement in 2013 (see Note 48).

Changes in the Group in 2012

Acquisition of Unnim

On March 7, 2012, the Governing Board of the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (FROB) awarded BBVA Unnim Banc, S.A. (hereinafter “Unnim”).

This was done through a share sale purchase agreement between FROB, the Credit Institution Deposit Guarantee Fund (hereinafter “FGD”) and BBVA, under which BBVA was to purchase 100% of the shares of Unnim for 1.

A Protocol of Financial Support Measures was also concluded for the restructuring of Unnim. This regulates an asset protection scheme (EPA) whereby the FGD will assume 80% of the losses that may be incurred on a portfolio of predetermined Unnim assets for the next 10 years.

On July 27 2012, following the completion of the transaction, Unnim became a wholly owned subsidiary of BBVA.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

As of May 23, 2013 the Unnim merger by acquisition public deed was entered on the companies’ register of Vizcaya.

Sale of the business in Puerto Rico

On June 28, 2012, BBVA reached an agreement to sell its business in Puerto Rico to Oriental Financial Group Inc.

This agreement included the sale of 100% of the common stock of BBVA Securities of Puerto Rico, Inc. and BBVA PR Holding Corporation, which in turn owned 100% of the common stock of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Puerto Rico and of BBVA Seguros Inc.

Once the corresponding authorization had been obtained from the competent authorities, the sale closed on December 18, 2012, at which point the BBVA Group no longer had control over the businesses.

The sale price was USD 500 million (around 385 million at the exchange rate on the transaction date). Gross losses from the sale were around 15 million (taking into account the exchange rate at the transaction date and the earnings of these entities up to December 18, 2012). These capital losses are recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement for 2012 (see Note 49.2).

 

4.

Shareholder remuneration system and allocation of earnings

Shareholder remuneration system

During 2011, 2012 and 2013, a shareholder remuneration system called the “Dividend Option” was implemented.

Under this remuneration scheme, BBVA offers its shareholders the opportunity to receive part of their remuneration in the form of free shares; however, they can still choose to receive it in cash by selling the rights assigned to them in each capital increase either to BBVA (by the Bank exercising its commitment to purchase the free assignment rights) or on the market.

The Bank’s Shareholders’ Annual General Meeting held on March 14, 2014 once more approved the establishment of the “Dividend Option” program for 2014, through four share capital increases charged to voluntary reserves, under similar conditions to those established in the previous years.

In April 2014, the Executive Committee approved the execution of the first of the capital increases charged to reserves as agreed by the AGM held on March 14, 2014 to implement the Dividend Option. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s common stock increased by 49,594,990.83 (101,214,267 shares at a 0.49 par value each). 89.21% of shareholders opted to receive their remuneration in the form of shares (see Note 25). The other 10.79% of the right owners opted to sell the rights assigned to them to BBVA, and as a result, BBVA acquired 624,026,809 rights for a total amount of 104,836,503.91; said shareholders were paid in cash at a gross fixed price of 0.168 per right.

In October 2014, the Executive Committee approved the execution of the first of the capital increases charged to reserves as agreed by the AGM held on March 14, 2014 to implement the Dividend Option. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s common stock increased by 20,455,560.09 (41,746,041 shares at a 0.49 par value each). 85.09% of shareholders opted to receive their remuneration in the form of shares (see Note 25). The other 14.91% of the right owners opted to sell the rights assigned to them to BBVA, and as a result, BBVA acquired 877,643,649 rights for a total amount of 70,211,491.92; said shareholders were paid in cash at a gross fixed price of 0.080 per right.

In December 2014, the Executive Committee approved the execution of the third of the capital increases charged to reserves as agreed by the AGM held on March 14, 2014 to implement the Dividend Option. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s common stock increased by 26,256,622.07 (53,584,943 shares at a 0.49 par value each). 85.96% of shareholders opted to receive their remuneration in the form of shares (see Note 25). The other 14.04% of the right owners opted to sell the rights assigned to them to BBVA, and as a result, BBVA acquired 866,429,450 rights for a total amount of 69,314,363.20; said shareholders were paid in cash at a gross fixed price of 0.080 per right.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Dividends

At its meeting of June 25, 2014, the Board of Directors of BBVA approved the payment of an interim dividend against 2014 earnings of 0.08 gross (0.0632 net) per outstanding share to be paid on July 10, 2014.

The expected financial statements prepared in accordance with legal requirements evidenced the existence of sufficient liquidity for the distribution of the amounts to the interim dividend, as follows:

 

         

 

Millions of Euros

    
     Available Amount for Interim Dividend Payments       May 31,    
    2014    
        
   

Profit of BBVA, S.A. at each of the dates indicated, after the provision for income tax

  983      
   

Less -

         
   

Estimated provision for Legal Reserve

  10      
   

Acquisition by the bank of the free allotment rights in 2014 capital increase

  105      
   

Additional Tier I capital instruments remuneration

  53      
   

Maximum amount distributable

  815      
   

Amount of proposed interim dividend

  471      
               
   

BBVA cash balance available to the date

  1,827      
                 

The amount of the interim dividend which was paid to the shareholders on July 10, 2014, after deducting the treasury shares held by the Group’s entities, amounted to 471 million and was recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds - Dividends and remuneration”

The allocation of earnings for 2014 subject to the approval of the Board of Directors at the Annual Shareholders Meeting is presented below:

 

                
               Millions of Euros            
     

Allocation of Earnings

 

   2014      
    

Profit for year (*)

   1,105      
    

Distribution:

         
    

Interim dividends

   471      
    

Acquisition by the bank of the free allotment rights(**)

   244      
    

Additional Tier 1 securities

   126      
    

Legal reserve

   38      
    

Voluntary reserves

   226      
                

 

  (*)

Net Income of BBVA S.A.

  (**)

Concerning to the remuneration to shareholders who choose to be paid in cash through the “Dividend Option”

 

5.

Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated in accordance with the criteria established by IAS 33. For more information see Glossary of terms

The Bank issued additional common stock in 2014, 2013 and 2012 (see Note 25). In accordance with IAS 33, when there is a capital increase earnings per share, basic and diluted, should be recalculated for previous periods applying a corrective factor to the denominator (the weighted average number of shares outstanding). This corrective factor is the result of dividing the fair value per share immediately before the exercise of rights by the theoretical ex-rights fair value per share. The basic and diluted earnings per share for December 2013 and 2012 were recalculated on this basis.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The calculation of earnings per share is as follows:

 

                                     
    

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

 

          2014             2013 (*)             2012 (*)           
                                   
    Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share (millions of euros)                                
   

Profit attributable to parent company

        2,618        2,084        1,676       
   

Adjustment: Mandatory convertible bonds interest expenses (3)

        -        -        95       
   

Profit adjusted (millions of euros) (A)

        2,618        2,084        1,771       
   

Profit from discontinued operations (net of non-controlling interest) (B)

        -        1,819        319       
    Denominator for basic earnings per share (number of shares outstanding)                                
   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (1)

        5,905        5,597        5,148       
   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding x corrective factor (2)

        5,905        5,815        5,514       
   

Adjustment: Average number of estimated shares to be converted (3)

        -        -        315       
   

Adjusted number of shares - Basic earning per share (C)

        5,905        5,815        5,829       
   

Adjusted number of shares - diluted earning per share (D)

        5,905        5,815        5,829       
    Basic earnings per share from continued operations (Euros per share)A-B/C         0.44        0.05        0.25       
    Diluted earnings per share from continued operations (Euros per share)A-B/D         0.44        0.05        0.25       
    Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations (Euros per share)B/C         -        0.31        0.05       
    Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations (Euros per share)B/D         -        0.31        0.05       
                                     

 

  (1)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions of euros), excluded weighted average of treasury shares during the period.

  (2)

Corrective factor, due to the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription right, applied for the previous years.

  (3)

Conversion of convertible bonds as of June 30, 2013 (see Note 21.4)

  (*)

Data recalculated due to the mentioned corrective factor.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were no other financial instruments or share options awarded to employees that could potentially affect the calculation of the diluted earnings per share for the years presented. For this reason the basic and diluted earnings are the same.

 

6.

Operating segment reporting

The information about operating segments is provided in accordance with IFRS 8. Operating segment reporting represents a basic tool in the oversight and management of the BBVA Group’s various activities. The BBVA Group compiles reporting information on as disaggregated level as possible, and all data relating to the businesses these units manage is recognized in full. These minimum level units are then aggregated in accordance with the organizational structure determined by the BBVA Group management into higher level units and, ultimately, the reportable segments themselves. Similarly, all the entities that make up the BBVA Group are also assigned to the different operating segments according to the geographical areas where they carry out their activity.

Once the composition of each of the operating segments in the BBVA Group has been defined, certain management criteria are applied, noteworthy among which are the following:

 

 

Internal transfer prices

The amount of the net interest income reported under each operating segment is calculated by applying the internal transfer rates to both the assets and liabilities. These internal transfer rates are composed of a market rate that depends on the maturity of transactions, and a liquidity premium that aims to reflect the conditions and outlook of the financial markets. Income is allocated across revenue-generating and distribution units (e.g., in asset management products) at market prices.

 

 

Allocation of operating expenses

Both direct and indirect operating expenses are allocated to the operating segments, except for those items for which there is no clearly defined or close link with the operating segment, as they represent corporate or institutional expenses incurred on behalf of the Group as a whole.

 

 

Cross-selling

On certain occasions, adjustments are made to eliminate overlap accounted for in the results of two or more operating segments as a result of encouraging cross-selling between businesses.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

During 2014, the operating segment reporting structure is as follows:

 

 

Banking activity in Spain which as in previous years includes:

 

  -

The Retail network, with the segments of individual customers, private banking, and small businesses.

 

  -

Corporate and Business Banking (CBB), which handles the SMEs, corporations and public sector in the country.

 

  -

Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB), which includes business with large corporations and multinational groups and the trading floor and distribution business in the same geographical area.

 

  -

Other units, among them BBVA Seguros and Asset Management (management of mutual and pension funds in Spain.

 

  -

In addition, it also includes the portfolios, finance and structural interest-rate positions of the euro balance sheet.

 

 

Real estate activity in Spain

Manage the assets of the real-estate area accumulated by the Group as a result of the crisis in Spain. It therefore mainly comprise of loans and advances to real-estate developers and foreclosed real estate assets.

 

 

Eurasia

Includes the business carried out in the rest of Europe and Asia, i.e. the retail and wholesale businesses of the BBVA Group in the area. It also includes BBVA’s stakes in the Turkish bank Garanti and the Chinese banks CNCB and CIFH.

 

 

Mexico

Comprising of the banking and insurance businesses. The banking business includes retail business through its Commercial Banking, Consumer Finance and Corporate and Institutional Banking units; and wholesale banking through CIB.

 

 

The United States

Encompasses the Group’s businesses in the United States.

 

 

South America

Includes the banking and insurance businesses that BBVA carries out in the region.

Finally, Corporate Center is an aggregate that contains the remainder of the items that have not been allocated to the operating segments, as it basically corresponds to the Group’s holding function. It groups together the costs of the headquarters that have a corporate function; management of structural exchange-rate positions, carried out by the Financial Planning unit; specific issues of capital instruments to ensure adequate management of the Group’s global solvency; portfolios and their corresponding results, whose management is not linked to customer relations, such as industrial holdings; certain tax assets and liabilities; funds due to commitments with pensioners; goodwill and other intangibles; and the results of certain corporate transactions.

The breakdown of the BBVA Group’s total assets by operating segments as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, is as follows:

 

                                     
            

Millions of Euros

 

    

 

Total Assets by Operating Segments

 

              2014                     2013 (*)                     2012 (*)               
   

Spain

      318,353        314,902        345,521       
   

Real Estate Activity in Spain

      17,934        20,582        22,112       
   

Eurasia (1)

      44,667        41,223        48,324       
   

Mexico

      93,731        81,801        82,722       
   

South America

      84,364        77,874        75,877       
   

United States

      69,261        53,046        53,880       
    Subtotal Assets by Operating Segments       628,310        589,428        628,436       
   

Corporate Center and other adjustments (2)

      3,632        (6,731)        (7,304)       
   

Total Assets BBVA Group

      631,942        582,697        621,132       
                                     

 

F-47


Table of Contents
  (1)

The information is presented under management criteria, pursuant to which Garanti’s assets and liabilities have been proportionally consolidated based on our 25.01% interest in Garanti.

 
  (2)

Other adjustments include adjustments made to account for the fact that, in our Consolidated Financial Statements, Garanti is accounted for using the equity method rather than using the management criteria referred above.

 
  (*)

The figures corresponding to December 2013 and 2012 have been restated in order to allow homogeneous year-on-year comparisons due to immaterial changes in the scope of the operating segments and a change in accounting criteria registered in the Corporate Center (see Note 1.3).

 

The profit and main earning figures in the consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 by operating segments are as follows:

 

                                                                                     
             Millions of Euros       
                        Operating Segments           
    Main Margins and Profits by Operating Segments      
 
BBVA
Group
  
  
    Spain       
 
 
Real Estate
Activity in
Spain
  
  
  
    Eurasia        Mexico       
 
South
America
  
  
   
 
United
States
  
  
   
 
Corporate
Center
  
  
   

 

Adjusments

(2)

  

  

   
   

2014

                                                                             
   

Net interest income

      14,382        3,830        (38)        924        4,910        4,699        1,443        (651)        (734)       
   

Gross income

      20,725        6,622        (132)        1,680        6,522        5,191        2,137        (664)        (632)       
   

Net margin before provisions (1)

      10,166        3,777        (291)        942        4,115        2,875        640        (1,653)        (240)       
   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

      3,980        1,463        (1,225)        713        2,519        1,951        561        (1,920)        (83)       
   

Profit

      2,618        1,028        (876)        565        1,915        1,001        428        (1,444)        -       
   

2013 (*)

                                                                             
   

Net interest income

      13,900        3,838        (3)        909        4,478        4,660        1,402        (671)        (713)       
   

Gross income

      20,752        6,103        (38)        1,717        6,194        5,583        2,047        (416)        (439)       
   

Net margin before provisions (1)

      9,956        3,088        (188)        981        3,865        3,208        618        (1,584)        (34)       
   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

      954        230        (1,838)        586        2,358        2,354        534        (1,680)        (1,590)       
   

Profit

      2,084        589        (1,252)        449        1,802        1,224        390        (1,117)        -       
   

2012(*)

                                                                             
   

Net interest income

      14,474        4,729        (21)        851        4,174        4,236        1,550        (397)        (648)       
   

Gross income

      21,824        6,659        (79)        1,665        5,751        5,308        2,198        391        (68)       
   

Net margin before provisions (1)

      11,450        3,776        (209)        886        3,590        3,023        722        (681)        344       
   

Operating profit /(loss) before tax

      1,582        1,651        (5,705)        508        2,223        2,234        620        (783)        833       
   

Profit

      1,676        1,186        (4,068)        404        1,687        1,172        445        850        -       
                                                                                     

 

  (1)

Gross Income less Administrative Cost and Amortization

  (2)

Includes adjustments due to Garanti Group accounted for using the equity method instead of using management criteria as referenced earlier.

 
  (*)

The figures corresponding to December 2013 and 2012 have been restated in order to allow homogeneous year-on-year comparisons due to immaterial changes in the scope of the operating segments and a change in accounting criteria registered in the Corporate Center (see Note 1.3).

 

 

7.

Risk management

 

7.1

General risk management and control model

The BBVA Group has an overall control and risk management model (hereinafter ‘the model’) tailored to their business, their organization and the geographies in which it operates, allowing them to develop their activity in accordance with their strategy and policy control and risk management defined by the governing bodies of the Bank and adapt to a changing economic and regulatory environment, tackling management globally and adapted to the circumstances of each instance.

This model is applied comprehensively in the Group and consists of the basic elements listed below::

 

 

Governance and organization

 

 

Risk appetite

 

 

Decisions and processes

 

 

Assessment, monitoring and reporting

 

 

Infrastructure

The Group encourages the development of a risk culture to ensure consistent application of the control and risk management model in the Group, and to ensure that the risk function is understood and assimilated at all levels of the organization.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

7.1.1      Governance and organization

The governance model for risk management at BBVA is characterized by a special involvement of its corporate bodies, both in setting the risk strategy and in the ongoing monitoring and supervision of its implementation.

Thus, as developed below, the corporate bodies are the ones that approve this risk strategy and corporate policies for the different types of risk, being the risk function responsible for the management, its implementation and development, reporting to the governing bodies.

The responsibility for the daily management of the risks lies on the businesses which abide in the development of their activity to the policies, standards, procedures, infrastructure and controls, based on the framework set by the governing bodies, which are defined by the function risk.

To perform this task properly, the risk function in the BBVA Group is configured as a single, comprehensive and independent role of commercial areas.

Corporate governance system

BBVA Group has developed a corporate governance system that is in line with the best international practices and adapted to the requirements of the regulators in the countries in which its different business units operate.

The Board of Directors (hereinafter also referred to as “the Board”) approves the risk strategy and supervises the internal control and management systems. Specifically, the strategy approved by the Board includes, at least, the Group’s Risk Appetite statement, the fundamental metrics and the basic structure of limits by geographies, types of risk and asset classes, as well as the bases of the control and risk management model. The Board ensures that the budget is in line with the approved risk appetite.

On the basis established by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee approves specific corporate policies for each type of risk. Furthermore, the committee approves the Group’s risk limits and monitors them, being informed of both limit excess occurrences and, where applicable, the appropriate corrective measures taken.

Lastly, the Board of Directors has set up a Board committee specializing in risks, the Risk Committee (“RC”). This committee is responsible for analyzing and regularly monitoring risks within the remit of the corporate bodies and assists the Board and the SC in determining and monitoring the risk strategy and the corporate policies, respectively. Another task of special relevance it carries out is detailed control and monitoring of the risks that affect the Group as a whole, which enables it to supervise the effective integration of the risk strategy management and the application of corporate policies approved by the corporate bodies.

The head of the risk function in the executive hierarchy is the Group’s Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who carries out its functions with independence, authority, capacity and resources to do so. He is appointed by the Board of Directors of the Bank as a member of its senior management, and has direct access to its corporate bodies (Board of Directors, Executive Standing Committee and Risk Committee), who reports regularly on the status of risks to the Group.

The Chief Risk Officer, for the utmost performance of its functions, is supported by a cross composed set of units in corporate risk and the specific risk units in the geographical and / or business areas of the Group structure. Each of these units is headed by a Risk Officer for the geographical and/or business area who, within his/her field of competence, carries out risk management and control functions and is responsible for applying the corporate policies and rules approved at Group level in a consistent manner, adapting them if necessary to local requirements and reporting to the local corporate bodies.

The Risk Officers of the geographical and/or business areas report both to the Group’s Chief Risk Officer and to the head of their geographical and/or business area. This dual reporting system aims to ensure that the local risk management function is independent from the operating functions and that it is aligned with the Group’s corporate risk policies and goals.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Organizational structure and committees

The risk management function, as defined above, consists of risk units from the corporate area, which carry out cross-cutting functions, and risk units from the geographical and/or business areas.

 

 

The corporate area’s risk units develop and present the Group’s risk appetite proposal, corporate policies, rules and global procedures and infrastructures to the Group’s Chief Risk Officer (CRO), within the action framework approved by the corporate bodies, ensure their application, and report either directly or through the Group’s Chief Risk Officer (CRO) to the Bank’s corporate bodies.

Their functions include:

 

  -

Management of the different types of risks at Group level in accordance with the strategy defined by the corporate bodies.

 

  -

Risk planning aligned with the risk appetite principles.

 

  -

Monitoring and control of the Group’s risk profile in relation to the risk appetite approved by the Bank’s corporate bodies, providing accurate and reliable information with the required frequency and in the necessary format.

 

  -

Prospective analyses to enable an evaluation of compliance with the risk appetite in stress scenarios and the analysis of risk mitigation mechanisms.

 

  -

Management of the technological and methodological developments required for implementing the Model in the Group.

 

  -

Design of the Group’s Internal Risk Control model and definition of the methodology, corporate criteria and procedures for identifying and prioritizing the risk inherent in each unit’s activities and processes.

 

  -

Validation of the models used and the results obtained by them in order to verify their adaptation to the different uses to which they are applied.

 

 

The risk units in the business units develop and present to the Risk Officer of the geographical and/or business area the risk appetite proposal applicable in each geographical and/or business area, independently and always within the Group’s risk appetite. They also ensure that the corporate policies and rules approved consistently at a Group level are applied, adapting them if necessary to local requirements; they are provided with appropriate infrastructures for managing and controlling their risks; and they report to their corporate bodies and/or to senior management, as appropriate.

The local risk units thus work with the corporate area risk units in order to adapt to the risk strategy at Group level and share all the information necessary for monitoring the development of their risks.

The risk function has a decision-making process to perform its functions, underpinned by a structure of committees, where the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) acts as the highest committee within Risk. It proposes, examines and, where applicable, approves, among others, the internal risk regulatory framework and the procedures and infrastructures needed to identify, assess, measure and manage the material risks faced by the Group in its businesses. The members of this Committee are the Group’s Chief Risk Officer and the heads of the risk units of the corporate area and of the most representative geographical and/or business areas.

The Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) carries out its functions assisted by various support committees which include:

 

 

Global Technical Operations Committee: It is responsible for decision-making related to wholesale credit risk admission in certain customer segments.

 

 

Monitoring, Assessment & Reporting Committee: It guarantees and ensures the appropriate development of aspects related to risk identification, assessment, monitoring and reporting, with an integrated and cross-cutting vision.

 

 

Asset Allocation Committee: The executive body responsible for analysis and decision-making on all credit risk matters related to the processes intended for obtaining a balance between risk and return in accordance with the Group’s risk appetite.

 

 

Technology and Methodologies Committee: It determines the need for new models and infrastructures and channels the decision-making related to the tools needed for managing all the risks to which the Group is exposed.

 

F-50


Table of Contents
   

Corporate Technological Risks and Operational Control Committee: It approves the Technological Risks and Operational Control Management Frameworks in accordance with the General Risk Management Model’s architecture and monitors metrics, risk profiles and operational loss events.

 

   

Global Market Risk Unit Committee: It is responsible for formalizing, supervising and communicating the monitoring of trading desk risk in all the Global Markets business units.

 

   

Corporate Operational and Outsourcing Risk Admission Committee: It identifies and assesses the operational risks of new businesses, new products and services, and outsourcing initiatives.

Each geographical and/or business area has its own risk management committee (or committees), with objectives and contents similar to those of the corporate area, which perform their duties consistently and in line with corporate risk policies and rules.

Under this organizational scheme, the risk management function ensures the risk strategy, the regulatory framework, and standardized risk infrastructures and controls are integrated and applied across the entire Group. It also benefits from the knowledge and proximity to customers in each geographical and/or business area, and transmits the corporate risk culture to the Group’s different levels.

Internal Risk Control and Internal Validation

The Group has a specific Internal Risk Control unit whose main function is to ensure there is an adequate internal regulatory framework in place, together with a process and measures defined for each type of risk identified in the Group, (and for other types of risk that could potentially affect the Group, to oversee their application and operation, and to ensure that the risk strategy is integrated into the Group’s management. The Internal Risk Control unit is independent from the units that develop risk models, manage running processes and controls. Its scope is global both geographically and in terms of type of risk.

The Director of Group Internal Control Risk is responsible for the function, and reports its activities and work plans to the CRO and the Risk Committee of the Board, besides attending to it on issues deemed necessary.

For this purpose, the Risk area also has a Technical area independent from the units that develop risk models, manage running processes and controls, which gives the Commission the necessary technical support to better perform their functions.

The unit has a structure of teams at both corporate level and in the most relevant geographical areas in which the Group operates. As in the case of the corporate area, local units are independent of the business areas that execute the processes, and of the units that execute the controls. They report functionally to the Internal Risk Control unit. This unit’s lines of action are established at Group level, and it is responsible for adapting and executing them locally, as well as for reporting the most relevant aspects.

Additionally, the Group has an Internal Validation unit, also independent rom the units that develop risk models and of those who use them to manage. Its functions include, among others, review and independent validation, internally, of the models used for the control and management of the Group’s risks.

BBVA Group’s internal control system is based on the best practices developed in “Enterprise Risk Management – Integrated Framework” by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO 2013) and in the “Framework for Internal Control Systems in Banking Organizations” by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS).

The control model has a system with three lines of defense:

 

 

The first line is made up of the Group’s business units, which are responsible for control within their area and for executing any measures established by higher management levels.

 

 

The second line consists of the specialized control units (Legal Compliance, Global Accounting & Information Management/Internal Financial Control, Internal Risk Control, IT Risk, Fraud & Security, Operations Control and the Production Divisions of the support units, such as Human Resources, Legal Services, etc.). This line supervises the control of the various units within their cross-cutting field of expertise, defines the necessary improvement and mitigating measures, and promotes their proper implementation. The Corporate Operational Risk Management unit also forms part of this line, providing a methodology and common tools for management.

 

F-51


Table of Contents
 

The third line is the Internal Audit unit, which conducts an independent review of the model, verifying the compliance and effectiveness of the corporate policies and providing independent information on the control model.

 

7.1.2

Risk appetite

The Group’s risk appetite, approved by the Board of Directors, determines the risks (and their level) that the Group is willing to assume to achieve its business targets. These are expressed in terms of capital, liquidity, profitability, recurrent earnings, cost of risk or other metrics. The definition of the risk appetite has the following goals:

 

 

To express the Group’s strategy and the maximum levels of risk it is willing to assume, at both Group and geographical and/or business area level.

 

 

To establish a set of guidelines for action and a management framework for the medium and long term that prevent actions from being taken (at both Group and geographical and/or business area level) which could compromise the future viability of the Group.

 

 

To establish a framework for relations with the geographical and/or business areas that, while preserving their decision-making autonomy, ensures they act consistently, avoiding uneven behavior.

 

 

To establish a common language throughout the organization and develop a compliance-oriented risk culture.

 

 

Alignment with the new regulatory requirements, facilitating communication with regulators, investors and other stakeholders, thanks to an integrated and stable risk management framework.

Risk appetite is expressed through the following elements:

 

 

Risk appetite statement: sets out the general principles of the Group’s risk strategy and the target risk profile. BBVA’s risk policy aims to maintain the risk profile set out in the Group’s risk appetite statement, which is reflected in a series of metrics (fundamental metrics and limits).

 

 

Fundamental metrics: they reflect, in quantitative terms, the principles and the target risk profile set out in the risk appetite statement.

 

 

Limits: they establish the risk appetite at geographical and/or business area, legal entity and risk type level, or any other level deemed appropriate, enabling its integration into management.

The corporate risk area works with the various geographical and/or business areas to define their risk appetite, which will be coordinated with and integrated into the Group’s risk appetite to ensure that its profile fits as defined.

The BBVA Group assumes a certain degree of risk to be able to provide financial services and products to its customers and obtain attractive returns for its shareholders. The organization must understand, manage and control the risks it assumes.

The aim of the organization is not to eliminate all risks, but to assume a prudent level of risks that allows it to generate returns while maintaining acceptable capital and fund levels and generating recurrent earnings.

BBVA’s risk appetite expresses the levels and types of risk that the Bank is willing to assume to be able to implement its strategic plan with no relevant deviations, even in situations of stress.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LOGO

Fundamental metrics

Those metrics that characterize the bank’s objective behavior (as defined in the statement), enabling the expression of the risk culture at all levels in a structured and understandable manner. They summarize the bank’s goals, and are therefore useful for communication to the stakeholders.

The fundamental metrics are strategic in nature. They are disseminated throughout the Group, understandable and easy to calculate, and objectifiable at business and/or geographical area level, so they can be subject to future projections.

Limits

Metrics that determine the bank’s strategic positioning for the different types of risk: credit, ALM, liquidity, markets, operational. They differ from the fundamental metrics in the following respects:

 

 

They are levers, not the result. They are a management tool related to a strategic positioning that must be geared toward ensuring compliance with the fundamental metrics, even in an adverse scenario.

 

 

Risk metrics: a higher level of specialization, they do not necessarily have to be disseminated across the Group.

 

 

Independent of the cycle: they can include metrics with little correlation with the economic cycle, thus allowing comparability that is isolated from the specific macroeconomic situation.

Thus, they are levers for remaining within the thresholds defined in the fundamental metrics and are used for day-to-day risk management. They include tolerance limits, sub-limits and alerts established at the level of business and/or geographical areas, portfolios and products.

7.1.3      Decisions and processes

The transfer of risk appetite to ordinary management is supported by three basic aspects:

 

 

A standardized set of regulations

 

 

Risk planning

 

 

Integrated management of risks over their life cycle

Standardized regulatory framework

The corporate GRM area is responsible for proposing the definition and development of the corporate policies, specific rules, procedures and schemes of delegation based on which risk decisions should be taken within the Group.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

This process aims for the following objectives:

 

 

Hierarchy and structure: well-structured information through a clear and simple hierarchy creating relations between documents that depend on each other.

 

 

Simplicity: an appropriate and sufficient number of documents.

 

 

Standardization: a standardized name and content of document.

 

 

Accessibility: ability to search for, and easy access to, documentation through the corporate risk management library.

The approval of corporate policies for all types of risks corresponds to the corporate bodies of the Bank, while the corporate risk area endorses the remaining regulations.

Risk units of geographical and / or business areas continue to adapt to local requirements the regulatory framework for the purpose of having a decision process that is appropriate at local level and aligned with the Group policies. If such adaptation is necessary, the local risk area must inform the corporate GRM area, which must ensure the consistency of the set of regulations at the level of the entire Group, and thus must give its approval prior to any modifications proposed by the local risk areas.

Risk planning

Risk planning ensures that the risk appetite is integrated into management, through a cascade process for establishing limits, in which the function of the corporate area risk units and the geographical and/or business areas is to guarantee the alignment of this process against the Group’s risk appetite.

It has tools in place that allow the risk appetite defined at aggregate level to be assigned and monitored by business areas, legal entities, types of risk, concentrations and any other level considered necessary.

The risk planning process is present within the rest of the Group’s planning framework so as to ensure consistency among all of them.

Daily risk management

All risks must be managed integrally during their life cycle, and be treated differently depending on the type.

The risk management cycle is composed of 5 elements:

 

 

Planning: with the aim of ensuring that the Group’s activities are consistent with the target risk profile and guaranteeing solvency in the development of the strategy.

 

 

Assessment: a process focused on identifying all the risks inherent to the activities carried out by the Group.

 

 

Formalization: includes the risk origination, approval and formalization stages.

 

 

Monitoring and reporting: continuous and structured monitoring of risks and preparation of reports for internal and/or external (market, investors, etc.) consumption.

 

 

Active portfolio management: focused on identifying business opportunities in existing portfolios and new markets, businesses and products.

7.1.4      Assessment, monitoring and reporting

Assessment, monitoring and reporting is a cross-cutting element that should ensure that the Model has a dynamic and proactive vision to enable compliance with the risk appetite approved by the corporate bodies, even in adverse scenarios. The materialization of this process covers all the categories of material risks and has the following objectives:

 

 

Assess compliance with the risk appetite at the present time, through monitoring of the fundamental management metrics and limits.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
 

Assess compliance with the risk appetite in the future, through the projection of the risk appetite variables, in both a baseline scenario determined by the budget and a risk scenario determined by the stress tests.

 

 

Identify and assess the risk factors and scenarios that could compromise compliance with the risk appetite, through the development of a risk repository and an analysis of the impact of those risks.

 

 

Act to mitigate the impact in the Group of the identified risk factors and scenarios, ensuring this impact remains within the target risk profile.

 

 

Monitor the key variables that are not a direct part of the risk appetite, but that condition its compliance. These can be either external or internal.

The following phases need to be developed for undertaking this process:

A)  Identification of risk factors

Aimed at generating a map with the most relevant risk factors that can compromise the Group’s performance in relation to the thresholds defined in the risk appetite.

B)  Impact evaluation

This involves evaluating the impact that the materialization of one (or more) of the risk factors identified in the previous phase could have on the risk appetite metrics, through the occurrence of a given scenario.

C)  Response to undesired situations and realignment measures

Exceeding the parameters will trigger an analysis of the realignment measures to enable dynamic management of the situation, even before it occurs.

D)  Monitoring

The aim is to avoid losses before they occur by monitoring the Group’s current risk profile and the identified risk factors.

E)  Reporting

This aims to provide information on the assumed risk profile by offering accurate, complete and reliable data to the corporate bodies and to senior management, with the frequency and completeness appropriate to the nature, significance and complexity of the risks.

7.1.5      Infrastructure

The infrastructure is an element that must ensure that the Group has the human and technological resources needed for effective management and supervision of risks in order to carry out the functions set out in the Group’s risk Model and the achievement of their objectives.

With respect to human resources, the Group’s risk function will have an adequate workforce, in terms of number, skills and experience.

With regards to technology, the Group ensures the integrity of management information systems and the provision of the infrastructure needed for supporting risk management, including tools appropriate to the needs arising from the different types of risks for their admission, management, assessment and monitoring.

The principles that govern the Group risk technology are:

 

 

Standardization: the criteria are consistent across the Group, thus ensuring that risk handling is standardized at geographical and/or business area level.

 

 

Integration in management: the tools incorporate the corporate risk policies and are applied in the Group’s day-to-day management.

 

 

Automation of the main processes making up the risk management cycle.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
 

Appropriateness: provision of adequate information at the right time.

Through the “Risk Analytics” function, the Group has a corporate framework in place for developing the measurement techniques and models. It covers all the types of risks and the different purposes and uses a standard language for all the activities and geographical/business areas and decentralized execution to make the most of the Group’s global reach. The aim is to continually evolve the existing risk models and generate others that cover the new areas of the businesses that develop them, so as to reinforce the anticipation and proactiveness that characterize the Group’s risk function.

Also the risk units of geographical and / or business areas shall ensure that they have sufficient means from the point of view of resources, structures and tools to develop a risk management in line with the corporate model.

7.1.6      Risk culture

BBVA considers risk culture to be an essential element for consolidating and integrating the other components of the Model. The culture transfers the implications that are involved in the Group’s activities and businesses to all the levels of the organization. The risk culture is organized through a number of levers, including the following:

 

 

Communication: promotes the dissemination of the Model, and in particular the principles that must govern risk management in the Group, in a consistent and integrated manner across the organization, through the most appropriate channels.

GRM has a number of communication channels to facilitate the transmission of information and knowledge among the various teams in the function and the Group, adapting the frequency, formats and recipients based on the proposed goal, in order to strengthen the basic principles of the risk function. The risk culture and the management model thus emanate from the Group’s corporate bodies and senior management and are transmitted throughout the organization.

 

 

Training: its main aim is to disseminate and establish the model of risk management across the organization, ensuring standards in the skills and knowledge of the different persons involved in the risk management processes.

Well defined and implemented training ensures continuous improvement of the skills and knowledge of the Group’s professionals, and in particular of the GRM area, and is based on four aspects that aim to develop each of the needs of the GRM group by increasing its knowledge and skills in different fields such as: finance and risks, tools and technology, management and skills, and languages.

 

 

Motivation: the aim in this area is for the incentives of the risk function teams to support the strategy for managing those teams and the function’s values and culture at all levels. Includes compensation and all those elements related to motivation – working environment, etc… which contribute to the achievement Model objectives.

7.2        Risk events

As mentioned earlier, BBVA has processes in place for identifying risks and analyzing scenarios that enable the Group to manage risks in a dynamic and proactive way.

The risk identification processes are forward looking to ensure the identification of emerging risks and take into account the concerns of both the business areas, which are close to the reality of the different geographical areas, and the corporate areas and senior management.

Risks are captured and measured consistently using the methodologies deemed appropriate in each case. Their measurement includes the design and application of scenario analyses and stress testing and considers the controls to which the risks are subjected.

As part of this process, a forward projection of the risk appetite variables in stress scenarios is conducted in order to identify possible deviations from the established thresholds. If any such deviations are detected, appropriate measures are taken to keep the variables within the target risk profile.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

To this extent, there are a number of emerging risks that could affect the Group’s business trends. These risks are described in the following main blocks:

I.          Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks

 

 

The slowdown in economic growth in emerging countries and potential difficulties in the recovery of European economies is a major focus for the Group.

 

 

In addition, financial institutions are exposed to the risks of political and social instability in the countries in which they operate, which can have significant effects on their economies and even regionally. In this regard the Group’s diversification is a key to achieving a high level of recurring revenues, despite environmental conditions and economic cycles of the economies in which it operates.

II.         Regulatory, legal and reputational risks

 

 

Financial institutions are exposed to a complex and ever-changing regulatory and legal environment defined by governments and regulators. This can affect their ability to grow and the capacity of certain businesses to develop, and result in stricter liquidity and capital requirements with lower profitability ratios. The Group constantly monitors changes in the regulatory framework that allow for anticipation and adaptation to them in a timely manner, adopt best practices and more efficient and rigorous criteria in its implementation

 

 

The financial sector is under ever closer scrutiny by regulators, governments and society itself. Negative news or inappropriate behavior can significantly damage the Group’s reputation and affect its ability to develop a sustainable business. The attitudes and behaviors of the group and its members are governed by the principles of integrity, honesty, long-term vision and best practices through, inter alia, internal control model, the Code of Conduct and Responsible Business Strategy of the Group.

III.         Business and operational risks

 

 

New technologies and forms of customer relationships: Developments in the digital world and in information technologies pose significant challenges for financial institutions, entailing threats (new competitors, disintermediation…) but also opportunities (new framework of relations with customers, greater ability to adapt to their needs, new products and distribution channels...)

 

 

Technological risks and security breaches: The Group is exposed to new threats such as cyber-attacks, theft of internal and customer databases, fraud in payment systems, etc. that require major investments in security from both the technological and human point of view. The Group gives great importance to the active operational and technological risk management and control. One example was the early adoption of advanced models for management of these risks (AMA - Advanced Measurement Approach).

 

7.3

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party.

It is the most important risk for the Group and includes counterparty risk, issuer risk, settlement risk and country risk management.

The principles underpinning credit risk management in BBVA are as follows:

 

 

Availability of basic information for the study and proposal of risk, and supporting documentation for approval, which sets out the conditions required by the relevant body.

 

 

Sufficient generation of funds and asset solvency of the customer to assume principal and interest repayments of loans owed.

 

 

Establishment of adequate and sufficient guarantees that allow effective recovery of the operation, this being considered a secondary and exceptional method of recovery when the first has failed.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Credit risk management in the Group has an integrated structure for all its functions, allowing decisions to be taken objectively and independently throughout the life cycle of the risk.

 

 

At Group level: frameworks for action and standard rules of conduct are defined for handling risk, specifically, the circuits, procedures, structure and supervision.

 

 

At the business area level: they are responsible for adapting the Group’s criteria to the local realities of each geographical area and for direct management of risk according to the decision-making circuit:

 

  -  

Retail risks: in general, the decisions are formalized according to the scoring tools, within the general framework for action of each business area with regard to risks. The changes in weighting and variables of these tools must be validated by the corporate GRM area.

 

  -  

Wholesale risks: in general, the decisions are formalized by each business area within its general framework for action with regard to risks, which incorporates the delegation rule and the Group’s corporate policies.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

7.3.1      Credit risk exposure

In accordance with IFRS 7, the BBVA Group’s maximum credit risk exposure (see definition below) by headings in the balance sheets as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is provided below. It does not consider the availability of collateral or other credit enhancements to guarantee compliance with payment obligations. The details are broken down by financial instruments and counterparties.

 

                              
               Millions of Euros      
    

 

Maximum Credit Risk Exposure

 

   Notes          2014              2013              2012            
   

Financial assets held for trading

        39,028     34,473    31,180     
   

Debt securities

   10    33,883     29,601    28,021     
   

Government

        28,212     24,696    23,370     
   

Credit institutions

        3,048     2,734    2,545     
   

Other sectors

        2,623     2,172    2,106     
   

Equity instruments

        5,017     4,766    2,915     
   

Customer lending

        128     106    244     
    Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss         2,761     2,414    2,530     
   

Debt securities

   11    737     664    753     
   

Government

        141     142    174     
   

Credit institutions

        16     16    45     
   

Other sectors

        580     506    534     
   

Equity instruments

        2,024     1,750    1,777     
   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        94,125     77,407    66,567     
   

Debt securities

   12    86,858     71,439    62,615     
   

Government

        63,764     48,728    38,926     
   

Credit institutions

        7,377     10,431    13,157     
   

Other sectors

        15,717     12,280    10,532     
   

Equity instruments

        7,267     5,968    3,952     
   

Loans and receivables

        384,461     364,031    384,097     
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

   13.1    26,975     22,792    25,372     
   

Loans and advances to customers

   13.2    350,822     336,759    354,973     
   

Government

        37,113     32,400    34,917     
   

Agriculture

        4,316     4,982    4,738     
   

Industry

        37,395     28,679    30,731     
   

Real estate and construction

        32,899     40,486    47,223     
   

Trade and finance

        43,597     47,169    51,912     
   

Loans to individuals

        157,476     149,891    151,244     
   

Other

        38,026     33,151    34,208     
   

Debt securities

   13.3    6,664     4,481    3,751     
   

Government

        5,608     3,175    2,375     
   

Credit institutions

        81     297    453     
   

Other sectors

        975     1,009    923     
   

Held-to-maturity investments

           -    10,162     
   

Government

           -    9,210     
   

Credit institutions

           -    392     
   

Other sectors

           -    560     
   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

        47,248     41,294    49,208     
   

Subtotal

        567,623     519,620    543,744     
    Valuation adjustments         980     1,068    338     
   

Total Financial Assets Risk

        568,603     520,688    544,082     
   

Financial guarantees (Bank guarantees, letter of credits,..)

        33,741     33,543    37,019     
   

Drawable by third parties

        96,714     87,542    83,519     
   

Government

        1,359     4,354    1,360     
   

Credit institutions

        1,057     1,583    1,946     
   

Other sectors

        94,299     81,605    80,213     
   

Other contingent commitments

        9,537     6,628    6,624     
   

Total Contingent Risks and Commitments

   32    139,993     127,712    127,161     
   

Total Maximum Credit Exposure

        708,596     648,400    671,243     
                              

 

F-59


Table of Contents

The maximum credit exposure presented in the table above is determined by type of financial asset as explained below:

 

 

In the case of financial assets recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, exposure to credit risk is considered equal to its gross carrying amount, not including certain valuation adjustments (impairment losses, hedges and others), with the sole exception of trading and hedging derivatives.

 

 

The maximum credit risk exposure on financial guarantees granted is the maximum that the Group would be liable for if these guarantees were called in, and that is their carrying amount.

 

 

Our calculation of risk exposure for derivatives is based on the sum of two factors: the derivatives fair value and their potential risk (or “add-on”).

 

 

The first factor, market value, reflects the difference between original commitments and market values on the reporting date (mark-to-market). As indicated in Note 2.2.1 to the consolidated financial statements, derivatives are accounted for as of each reporting date at fair value in accordance with IAS 39.

 

 

The second factor, potential risk (‘add-on’), is an estimate of the maximum increase to be expected on risk exposure over a derivative market value (at a given statistical confidence level) as a result of future changes in the fair value over the remaining term of the derivatives.

The consideration of the potential risk (“add-on”) relates the risk exposure to the exposure level at the time of a customer’s default. The exposure level will depend on the customer’s credit quality and the type of transaction with such customer. Given the fact that default is an uncertain event which might occur any time during the life of a contract, the BBVA Group has to consider not only the credit exposure of the derivatives on the reporting date, but also the potential changes in exposure during the life of the contract. This is especially important for derivatives, whose valuation changes substantially throughout their terms, depending on the fluctuation of market prices.

7.3.2      Mitigation of credit risk, collateralized credit risk and other credit enhancements

In most cases, maximum credit risk exposure is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate the Group’s exposure. The BBVA Group applies a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy deriving from a banking approach focused on relationship banking. The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, as the assumption of risks by the Group requires prior evaluation of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or that the debtor can generate sufficient resources to allow the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore organized into three different levels in the BBVA Group:

 

 

Analysis of the financial risk of the operation, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds;

 

 

The constitution of guarantees that are adequate, or at any rate generally accepted, for the risk assumed, in any of the generally accepted forms: monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees; and finally,

 

 

Assessment of the repayment risk (asset liquidity) of the guarantees received.

The procedures for the management and valuation of collaterals are set out in the Corporate Policies (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collaterals assigned in transactions with customers.

The methods used to value the collateral are in line with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real-estate collateral, the market price in market securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All the collaterals assigned must be properly drawn up and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The following is a description of the main types of collateral for each financial instrument class:

 

 

Financial instruments held for trading: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument.

 

F-60


Table of Contents
 

Trading and hedging derivatives: In derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction.

 

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and Available-for-sale financial assets: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

 

 

Loans and receivables:

 

  -

Loans and advances to credit institutions: These usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

  -

Loans and advances to customers: Most of these loans and advances are backed by personal guarantees extended by the own customer. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash collaterals, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

 

  -

Debt securities: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

Collateralized loans granted by the Group as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 excluding balances deemed impaired, is broken down in the table below:

 

                       
              Millions of Euros     
    

 

Collateralized Credit Risk

 

      

2014  

 

  

2013  

 

  

2012

 

    
   

Mortgage loans

     124,097     125,564     137,870    
   

Operating assets mortgage loans

     4,062     3,778     3,897    
   

Home mortgages

     109,031     108,745     119,235    
   

Rest of mortgages (1)

     11,005     13,041     14,739    
   

Secured loans, except mortgage

     28,419     23,660     23,125    
   

Cash guarantees

     468     300     377    
   

Secured loan (pledged securities)

     518     570     997    
   

Rest of secured loans (2)

     27,433     22,790     21,751    
   

Total

           152,517           149,224           160,995    
                  
                            

 

  (1)

Loans with mortgage collateral (other than residential mortgage) for property purchase or construction.

  (2)

Includes loans with cash collateral, other financial assets with partial collateral.

 

 

Financial guarantees, other contingent risks and drawable by third parties: These have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

7.3.3      Financial instrument netting

Financial assets and liabilities may be netted, i.e. they are presented for a net amount on the balance sheet only when the Group’s entities satisfy with the provisions of IAS 32-Paragraph 42, so they have both the legal right to net recognized amounts, and the intention of settling the net amount or of realizing the asset and simultaneously paying the liability.

In addition, the Group has presented as gross amounts assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for which there are master netting arrangements in place, but for which there is no intention of settling net. The most common types of events that trigger the netting of reciprocal obligations are bankruptcy of the entity, surpassing certain level of indebtedness threshold, failure to pay, restructuring and dissolution of the entity.

In the current market context, derivatives are contracted under different framework contracts being the most widespread developed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) and, for the Spanish market, the Framework Agreement on Financial Transactions (CMOF). Almost all portfolio derivative transactions have been concluded under these framework contracts, including in them the netting clauses mentioned in the preceding paragraph as “Master Netting Agreement”, greatly reducing the credit exposure on these instruments. Additionally, in contracts signed with professional counterparts, the collateral agreement annexes called Credit Support Annex (CSA) are included, thereby minimizing exposure to a potential default of the counterparty.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Moreover, in transactions involving assets purchased or sold under a purchase agreement there has greatly increased the volume transacted through clearing houses that articulate mechanisms to reduce counterparty risk, as well as through the signature of various master agreements for bilateral transactions, the most widely used being the Global Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA), published by ICMA (International Capital Market Association), to which the clauses related to the collateral exchange are usually added within the text of the master agreement itself.

The assets and liabilities subject to contractual netting rights at the time of their settlement are presented below as of December 31, 2014.

 

                                    Millions of Euros              
                              

Gross Amounts Not Offset in
the Condensed Consolidated

Balance Sheets (D)

            
     2014        Gross Amounts
Recognized (A)
    Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
(B )
    Net Amount
Presented in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
(C =A-B)
    Financial
Instruments
    Cash Collateral
Received/Pledged
    Net Amount
(E=C-D)
      
   

Derivative financial assets

  10, 14     55,277        8,497        46,780        33,196        6,844        6,740       
   

Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and similar agreements

  34     17,639        -        17,639        16,143        339        1,157       
    Total Assets         72,916        8,497        64,419        49,339        7,183        7,896       
   

Derivative financial liabilities

  10, 14     56,710        9,327        47,383        33,158        9,624        4,601       
   

Repurchase, securities lending and similar agreements

  34     66,326        -        66,326        51,143        10        15,173       
    Total Liabillities         123,036        9,327        113,709        84,301        9,634        19,773       
                                                             

7.3.4         Risk concentration

Policies for preventing excessive risk concentration

In order to prevent the build-up of excessive concentrations of credit risk at the individual, country and sector levels, BBVA Group maintains maximum permitted risk concentration indices updated at individual and portfolio sector levels tied to the various observable variables within the field of credit risk management. The limit on the Group’s exposure or financial commitment to a specific customer therefore depends on the customer’s credit rating, the nature of the risks involved, and the Group’s presence in a given market, based on the following guidelines:

 

 

The aim is, as much as possible, to reconcile the customer’s credit needs (commercial/financial, short-term/long-term, etc.) with the interests of the Group.

 

 

Any legal limits that may exist concerning risk concentration are taken into account (relationship between risks with a customer and the capital of the entity that assumes them), the markets, the macroeconomic situation, etc.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Risk concentrations by geography

Below is a breakdown of the balances of financial instruments registered in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets by their concentration in geographical areas and according to the residence of the customer or counterparty. It does not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan-loss provisions:

 

               

 

Millions of Euros

     
    Risks by Geographical Areas December 2014        Spain      Europe,   Excluding   Spain      Mexico      USA      

South  

America  

   Rest      Total     
   

Financial assets -

                                       
   

Financial assets held for trading

     17,461     36,039     17,091     6,126     4,337     2,206     83,258    
   

Loans and advances to customers

              128           128    
   

Debt securities

     7,816     6,512     13,747     2,654     2,656     499     33,883    
   

Equity instruments

     2,541     1,334     342     457     171     172     5,017    
   

Derivatives

     7,103     28,193     3,003     2,886     1,510     1,535     44,229    
   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     189     152     1,836     581           2,761    
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

                         
   

Debt securities

     94     62        581           737    
   

Equity instruments

     95     90     1,836              2,024    
   

Available-for-sale portfolio

     45,465     13,673     13,169     10,780     6,079     4,958     94,125    
   

Debt securities

     42,267     13,348     13,119     10,222     5,973     1,929     86,858    
   

Equity instruments

     3,198     326     50     558     106     3,029     7,267    
   

Loans and receivables

     185,924     31,597     52,157     52,080     57,911     4,792     384,460    
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     4,172     13,313     2,497     3,521     2,180     1,291     26,975    
   

Loans and advances to customers

     178,735     18,274     49,660     47,635     53,018     3,501     350,822    
   

Debt securities

     3,017           924     2,713        6,663    
   

Held-to-maturity investments

                         
   

Hedging derivatives

     708     1,699     182     66     14        2,672    
    Total Risk in Financial Assets      249,747     83,160     84,435     69,633     68,344     11,958     567,276    
    Contingent risks and liabilities                                        
   

Contingent risks

     13,500     8,454     1,220     3,161     5,756     1,650     33,741    
   

Contingent liabilities

     25,577     22,973     19,751     29,519     7,343     1,087     106,251    
   

Total Contingent Risk

     39,077     31,427     20,971     32,680     13,099     2,738     139,992    
                                             
    Total Risks in Financial Instruments      288,824     114,587     105,406     102,313     81,443     14,696     707,268      
   

    

                                           
                   
               

 

Millions of Euros

     
   

Risks by Geographical Areas

December 2013

       Spain      Europe,   Excluding   Spain      Mexico      USA     

South  

America  

   Rest      Total     
   

Financial assets -

                                       
   

Financial assets held for trading

     14,882     33,091     15,707     2,677     3,412     2,345     72,114    
   

Loans and advances to customers

              107           107    
   

Debt securities

     6,320     5,838     13,410     424     2,608     1,002     29,602    
   

Equity instruments

     2,752     953     632     118     148     163     4,766    
   

Derivatives

     5,810     26,300     1,665     2,028     656     1,180     37,639    
   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     211     106     1,591     503           2,413    
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

                         
   

Debt securities

     107     54        497           663    
   

Equity instruments

     104     52     1,586              1,750    
   

Available-for-sale portfolio

     42,074     8,587     10,380     7,729     5,626     3,011     77,407    
   

Debt securities

     38,732     8,453     10,329     7,247     5,535     1,143     71,439    
   

Equity instruments

     3,342     134     51     482     91     1,868     5,968    
   

Loans and receivables

     194,383     26,712     44,414     39,650     53,886     4,984     364,031    
   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     5,224     9,171     2,366     2,707     1,909     1,415     22,792    
   

Loans and advances to customers

     187,400     17,519     42,048     36,047     50,173     3,569     336,759    
   

Debt securities

     1,759     22        896     1,804        4,481    
   

Held-to-maturity investments

                         
   

Hedging derivatives

     434     2,113        60     10        2,629    
    Total Risk in Financial Assets      251,984     70,609     72,100     50,618     62,935     10,344     518,591    
    Contingent risks and liabilities                                        
   

Contingent risks

     15,172     9,038     767     2,344     5,292     929     33,542    
   

Contingent liabilities

     28,096     17,675     16,109     24,485     7,002     803     94,170    
   

Total Contingent Risk

     43,268     26,713     16,876     26,829     12,294     1,732     127,712    
                                             
    Total Risks in Financial Instruments      295,252     97,322     88,976     77,447     75,229     12,076     646,303      
   

    

                                           

 

F-63


Table of Contents
                                                           
             

Millions of Euros

 

 
  Risks by Geographical Areas
2012
       Spain      Europe,   Excluding   Spain      Mexico      USA      South   America      Rest        Total  
 

Financial assets -

                                      
 

Financial assets held for trading

     13,768     39,360     15,035     4,751     3,643     3,272     79,830   
 

Loans and advances to customers

              244           244   
 

Debt securities

     5,726     5,155     12,960     577     2,805     796     28,020   
 

Equity instruments

     1,270     519     101     543     239     243     2,915   
 

Derivatives

     6,772     33,686     1,973     3,387     599     2,233     48,651   
 

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     296     87     13     2,134           2,531   
 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

                        
 

Debt securities

     190     42        512           753   
 

Equity instruments

     106     45        1,622           1,777   
 

Available-for-sale portfolio

     36,109     6,480     9,601     7,163     6,128     1,085     66,567   
 

Debt securities

     33,107     6,267     9,035     7,112     6,053     1,040     62,615   
 

Equity instruments

     3,002     213     566     51     75     45     3,952   
 

Loans and receivables

     209,786     31,375     46,384     40,259     51,978     4,314     384,096   
 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     3,220     11,042     4,549     3,338     2,065     1,157     25,372   
 

Loans and advances to customers

     205,216     19,979     41,835     36,040     48,753     3,151     354,973   
 

Debt securities

     1,350     354        880     1,160        3,751   
 

Held-to-maturity investments

     7,279     2,884                 10,162   
 

Hedging derivatives

     914     3,798     159     226        18     5,120   
  Total Risk in Financial Assets      268,151     83,984     71,192     54,532     61,754     8,691     548,305   
  Contingent risks and liabilities                                       
 

Contingent risks

     16,164     10,074     872     3,159     5,858     891     37,019   
 

Contingent liabilities

     26,514     19,678     13,564     22,027     7,097     1,264     90,142   
 

Total Contingent Risk

     42,678     29,752     14,435     25,186     12,955     2,155     127,161   
                                          
  Total Risks in Financial Instruments      310,829     113,736     85,627     79,718     74,709     10,846     675,466     
   

    

                                          

The breakdown of the main figures in the most significant foreign currencies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is set forth in Appendix VII.

Sovereign risk concentration

Sovereign risk management

The risk associated with the transactions involving sovereign risk is identified, measured, controlled and tracked by a centralized unit integrated in the BBVA Group’s Risk Area. Its basic functions involve the preparation of reports in the countries where sovereign risk exists (called “financial programs”), tracking such risks, assigning ratings to these countries and, in general, supporting the Group in terms of reporting requirements for any transactions involving sovereign risk. The risk policies established in the financial programs are approved by the relevant risk committees.

The country risk unit tracks the evolution of the risks associated with the various countries to which the Group are exposed (including sovereign risk) on an ongoing basis in order to adapt its risk and mitigation policies to any macroeconomic and political changes that may occur. Moreover, it regularly updates its internal ratings and forecasts for these countries. The internal rating assignment methodology is based on the assessment of quantitative and qualitative parameters which are in line with those used by certain multilateral organizations such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank (WB), rating agencies and export credit organizations.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Sovereign risk exposure

The table below provides a breakdown of exposure to financial instruments (excluding derivatives and equity instruments), as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 by type of counterparty and the country of residence of such counterparty. The below figures do not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan-loss provisions:

 

                                                
              Millions of Euros
              2014      
    

 

Risk Exposure by Countries

 

       

 

Sovereign  
Risk (*)  

 

  

 

Financial  
Institutions  

 

  

 

Other  
Sectors  

 

   Total      %        
   

Spain

     68,584     9,040     157,337     234,961     46.5%      
   

Italy

     9,823     713     2,131     12,667     2.5%      
   

France

     1,078     5,351     2,453     8,883     1.8%      
   

United Kingdom

     119     2,923     4,669     7,711     1.5%      
   

Portugal

     605     43     4,927     5,574     1.1%      
   

Germany

     590     1,129     1,565     3,284     0.6%      
   

Ireland

     167     148     565     880     0.2%      
   

Turkey

     21     214     246     482     0.1%      
   

Greece

           64     64     0.0%      
   

Rest of Europe

     1,182     6,011     4,800      11,993     2.4%      
   

Europe

     82,170     25,573     178,757     286,499     56.7%      
   

Mexico

     31,164     2,757     42,864     76,785     15.2%      
   

The United States

     11,241     3,941     52,849     68,031     13.5%      
   

Rest of countries

     7,676     4,669     62,052     74,398     14.7%      
   

Total Rest of Countries

     50,081     11,367     157,765     219,213     43.3%      
    Total Exposure to Financial Instruments            132,251           36,939           336,522           505,713           100.0%      
                                       

 

F-65


Table of Contents
                                                
              Millions of Euros
              2013      
    

 

Risk Exposure by Countries

 

       

 

Sovereign  
Risk (*)  

 

  

 

Financial  
Institutions  

 

  

 

Other  
Sectors  

 

   Total      %        
   

Spain

     59,114     11,870     166,677     237,661     51.1%      
   

United Kingdom

        5,405     4,377     9,785     2.1%      
   

Italy

     3,888     422     2,617     6,927     1.5%      
   

France

     942     2,640     2,316     5,898     1.3%      
   

Portugal

     385     238     5,179     5,802     1.2%      
   

Germany

     1,081     1,338     1,206     3,625     0.8%      
   

Ireland

        221     487     708     0.2%      
   

Turkey

     10     65     163     238     0.1%      
   

Greece

           72     72     0.0%      
   

Rest of Europe

     2,608     2,552     4,239     9,399     2.0%      
   

Europe

     68,031     24,751     187,333     280,115     60.2%      
   

Mexico

     26,629     2,810     38,312     67,751     14.6%      
   

The United States

     5,224     3,203     41,872     50,299     10.8%      
   

Rest of countries

     7,790     5,480     53,649     66,919     14.4%      
   

Total Rest of Countries

     39,643     11,493     133,833     184,969     39.8%      
   

Total Exposure to Financial Instruments

          107,674           36,244           321,166          465,084           100.0%      
                                       

 

                                                
              Millions of Euros
              2012      
    

 

Risk Exposure by countries

 

       

 

Sovereign  
Risk (*)  

 

  

 

Financial  
Institutions  

 

  

 

Other  
Sectors  

 

   Total      %        
   

Spain

     62,558     11,839     182,785     257,182     52.9%      
   

Turkey

     13     159     400     572     0.1%      
   

United Kingdom

        7,095     2,336     9,433     1.9%      
   

Italy

     4,203     405     3,288     7,896     1.6%      
   

Portugal

     443     590     5,763     6,796     1.4%      
   

France

     1,739     3,291     2,631     7,661     1.6%      
   

Germany

     1,298     1,025     734     3,057     0.6%      
   

Ireland

        280     456     736     0.2%      
   

Greece

           99     99     0.0%      
   

Rest of Europe

     1,664     2,484     5,256     9,404     1.9%      
   

Europe

     71,920     27,168     203,748     302,836     62.3%      
   

Mexico

     25,059     5,492     36,133     66,684     13.7%      
   

The United States

     3,942     3,768     42,157     49,867     10.3%      
   

Rest of countries

     7,521     5,484     53,481     66,486     13.7%      
   

Total Rest of Countries

     36,523     14,744     131,771     183,037     37.7%      
   

Total Exposure to Financial Instruments

          108,443           41,912           335,519          485,873           100.0%      
                                       

 

  (*)

In addition, as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, undrawn lines of credit, granted mainly to the Spanish government or government agencies and amounted to 1,619, 1,942 million, and 1,613 million, respectively.

 

The exposure to sovereign risk set out in the above table includes positions held in government debt securities in countries where the Group operates. They are used for ALCO’s management of the interest-rate risk on the balance sheets of the Group’s entities in these countries, as well as for hedging of pension and insurance commitments by insurance entities within the BBVA Group.

Sovereign risk exposure in Europe

The table below provides a breakdown of the exposure of the Group’s credit institutions to European sovereign risk as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, by type of financial instrument and the country of residence of the counterparty, under EBA (European Banking Authority) requirements:

 

F-66


Table of Contents
              

 

Millions of Euros

 

    
             2014     
            

 

Debt securities

 

    Loans and
Receivables
   

 

  Derivatives (2)

 

   

 

Total

    Contingent
risks and
commitments
    %       
     Exposure to
Sovereign Risk
by European
Union
Countries (1)
     

Financial

Assets Held-
for-Trading

    Available-
for-Sale
Financial
Assets
    Held-to-
Maturity
Investments
      Direct
Exposure
    Indirect
Exposure
            
   
   

Spain

      6,332        28,856        -        25,997        431                61,616         1,647      83.0%    
   

Italy

      2,462        6,601        -        142                      9,208         -      12.4%    
   

France

      872        40        -        28                      940         -      1.3%    
   

Germany

      482        92        -        -        (97)        (1)        476         -      0.6%    
   

Portugal

      302        23        -        280                      605         11      0.8%    
   

United Kingdom

      -        115        -        -                      117         1      -    
   

Greece

      -        -        -        -                             -      -    
   

Hungary

      -        -        -        -                             -      -    
   

Ireland

      1        167        -        -                      168         -      0.2%    
   

Rest of European Union

      910        131        -        33                      1,075         -      1.4%    
    Total Exposure to Sovereign Counterparties (European Union)       11,361        36,026        -        26,480        334                74,205         1,659      100.0%    
                                                                                 

 

  (1)

This table shows sovereign risk balances with EBA criteria. Therefore, sovereign risk of the Group’s insurance companies (13,406 million as of December 31, 2014) is not included.

 

 

  (2)

Includes credit derivatives CDS (Credit Default Swaps) shown at fair value.

 

              

 

Millions of Euros

 

    
             2013     
            

 

Debt securities

 

    Loans and
Receivables
   

 

  Derivatives (2)

 

   

 

Total

    Contingent
risks and
commitments
    %       
     Exposure to
Sovereign Risk
by European
Union
Countries (1)
     

Financial

Assets Held-
for-Trading

    Available-
for-Sale
Financial
Assets
    Held-to-
Maturity
Investments
      Direct
Exposure
    Indirect
Exposure
            
   

 

Spain

      5,251        24,339        -        23,430        258         (25)        53,253         1,924      86.5%    
   

Italy

      733        2,691        -        90               (6)        3,507         -      5.7%    
   

France

      874        -        -        -               (1)        873         -      1.4%    
   

Germany

      1,064        -        -        -               (1)        1,063         -      1.7%    
   

Portugal

      64        19        -        302                      385         17      0.6%    
   

United Kingdom

      -        -        -        -        (13)               (10)        1      -    
   

Greece

      -        -        -        -                             -      -    
   

Hungary

      -        65        -        -                      65         -      0.1%    
   

Ireland

      -        -